-----BEGIN PRIVACY-ENHANCED MESSAGE----- Proc-Type: 2001,MIC-CLEAR Originator-Name: webmaster@www.sec.gov Originator-Key-Asymmetric: MFgwCgYEVQgBAQICAf8DSgAwRwJAW2sNKK9AVtBzYZmr6aGjlWyK3XmZv3dTINen TWSM7vrzLADbmYQaionwg5sDW3P6oaM5D3tdezXMm7z1T+B+twIDAQAB MIC-Info: RSA-MD5,RSA, MPBD6wl3tIjlObmqDUi8SAcGFS65lniv408M8aRv0y0O1hg/tmUl2VgQlZfCLt9g Hayx31R0jUbpXUGep8TEcw== 0000891618-03-004329.txt : 20030813 0000891618-03-004329.hdr.sgml : 20030813 20030812214807 ACCESSION NUMBER: 0000891618-03-004329 CONFORMED SUBMISSION TYPE: 10-Q PUBLIC DOCUMENT COUNT: 5 CONFORMED PERIOD OF REPORT: 20030629 FILED AS OF DATE: 20030813 FILER: COMPANY DATA: COMPANY CONFORMED NAME: LSI LOGIC CORP CENTRAL INDEX KEY: 0000703360 STANDARD INDUSTRIAL CLASSIFICATION: SEMICONDUCTORS & RELATED DEVICES [3674] IRS NUMBER: 942712976 STATE OF INCORPORATION: DE FISCAL YEAR END: 1231 FILING VALUES: FORM TYPE: 10-Q SEC ACT: 1934 Act SEC FILE NUMBER: 001-10317 FILM NUMBER: 03838977 BUSINESS ADDRESS: STREET 1: 1621 BARBER LANE CITY: MILPITAS STATE: CA ZIP: 95035 BUSINESS PHONE: 4084338000 MAIL ADDRESS: STREET 1: 1621 BARBER LANE CITY: MILPITAS STATE: CA ZIP: 95035 10-Q 1 f92385e10vq.htm FORM 10-Q LSI Logic Corporation Form 10-Q (6/29/2003)
Table of Contents

UNITED STATES
SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION

Washington, D.C. 20549


FORM 10-Q


(Mark One)

     
[X]   QUARTERLY REPORT PURSUANT TO SECTION 13 OR 15(d) OF THE SECURITIES EXCHANGE ACT OF 1934

For the Quarterly Period Ended June 29, 2003

OR

     
[   ]   TRANSITION REPORT PURSUANT TO SECTION 13 OR 15(d) OF THE SECURITIES EXCHANGE ACT OF 1934

For the transition period from _______ to ________

Commission File Number: 0-11674


LSI LOGIC CORPORATION

(Exact name of registrant as specified in its charter)
     
Delaware
(State of Incorporation)
  94-2712976
(I.R.S. Employer Identification Number)

1621 Barber Lane
Milpitas, California 95035
(Address of principal executive offices)
(Zip code)

(408) 433-8000
(Registrant’s telephone number, including area code)


Indicate by check mark whether the registrant: (1) has filed all reports required to be filed by Section 13 or 15(d) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934 during the preceding 12 months (or for such shorter period that the registrant was required to file such reports), and (2) has been subject to such filing requirements for the past 90 days.

YES [X]  NO [  ]

Indicate by check mark whether the registrant is an accelerated filer (as defined in Rule 12b-2 of the Exchange Act) YES [X] NO [  ]

As of August 8, 2003, there were 378,750,957 shares of the registrant’s Common Stock, $.01 par value, outstanding.

 


PART I – FINANCIAL INFORMATION
Item 1. Financial Statements
CONSOLIDATED BALANCE SHEETS
CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF OPERATIONS
CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF CASH FLOWS
NOTES TO UNAUDITED CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
Item 2. Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations
Item 3. Quantitative and Qualitative Disclosures about Market Risk
Item 4. Controls and Procedures
PART II – OTHER INFORMATION
Item 1. Legal Proceedings
Item 2. Changes in Securities and Use of Proceeds
Item 4. Submission of Matters to a Vote of Security Holders
Item 6. Exhibits and Reports on Form 8-K
SIGNATURES
CERTIFICATION OF CHIEF EXECUTIVE OFFICER
CERTIFICATION OF CHIEF FINANCIAL OFFICER
INDEX TO EXHIBITS
EXHIBIT 4.5
EXHIBIT 10.45
EXHIBIT 99.1
EXHIBIT 99.1


Table of Contents

LSI LOGIC CORPORATION
Form 10-Q
For the Quarter Ended June 30, 2003
INDEX

         
      Page
No.
     
    PART I. FINANCIAL INFORMATION    
Item 1   Financial Statements 3  
            Consolidated Balance Sheets — June 30, 2003 (unaudited) and December 31, 2002 3  
            Consolidated Statements of Operations — Three and Six Months Ended June 30, 2003 and 2002 (unaudited) 4  
            Consolidated Statements of Cash Flows — Six Months Ended June 30, 2003 and 2002 (unaudited) 5  
            Notes to Unaudited Consolidated Financial Statements 6  
Item 2   Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations 18  
Item 3   Quantitative and Qualitative Disclosures About Market Risk 32  
Item 4   Controls and Procedures 32  
    PART II. OTHER INFORMATION    
Item 1   Legal Proceedings 33  
Item 2   Changes in Securities and Use of Proceeds 33  
Item 4   Submission of Matters to a Vote of Security Holders 33  
Item 6   Exhibits and Reports on Form 8-K 34  
    Signatures 35  
    Certifications 36  
    Index to Exhibits 38  

2

 


Table of Contents

PART I – FINANCIAL INFORMATION

Item 1. Financial Statements

LSI LOGIC CORPORATION
CONSOLIDATED BALANCE SHEETS
(UNAUDITED)

                   
      June 30,   December 31,
      2003   2002
     
 
      (In thousands, except per-share
      amounts)
Assets
               
Cash and cash equivalents
  $ 636,164     $ 448,847  
Short-term investments
    478,615       541,129  
Accounts receivable, less allowances of $6,329 and $7,033
    241,056       248,621  
Inventories
    205,365       194,466  
Deferred tax assets
    11,405       11,380  
Prepaid expenses and other current assets
    188,138       181,610  
 
   
     
 
 
Total current assets
    1,760,743       1,626,053  
Property and equipment, net
    497,396       746,964  
Goodwill
    968,583       968,464  
Amortized Intangible assets, net
    219,115       282,579  
Deferred tax assets
    137,283       137,152  
Other assets
    457,388       381,525  
 
   
     
 
 
Total assets
  $ 4,040,508     $ 4,142,737  
 
   
     
 
Liabilities and Stockholders’ Equity
               
Accounts payable
  $ 112,232     $ 100,856  
Accrued salaries, wages and benefits
    61,841       71,499  
Other accrued liabilities
    201,090       184,837  
Income tax payable
    44,976       30,066  
Deferred tax liabilities
    10,192       10,192  
Current portion of long-term obligations
    173,676       361  
 
   
     
 
 
Total current liabilities
    604,007       397,811  
Deferred tax liabilities
    123,575       123,365  
Long-term debt and capital lease obligations
    1,133,177       1,241,217  
Other non-current liabilities
    139,475       73,483  
 
   
     
 
 
Total long-term obligations and deferred tax liabilities
    1,396,227       1,438,065  
 
   
     
 
Commitments and contingencies (Note 12)
               
Minority interest in subsidiary
    6,799       6,506  
 
   
     
 
Stockholders’ equity:
               
Preferred shares; $.01 par value; 2,000 shares authorized, none outstanding
           
Common stock; $.01 par value; 1,300,000 shares authorized; 378,507 and 375,096 shares outstanding
    3,785       3,751  
Additional paid-in capital
    2,941,853       2,954,282  
Deferred stock compensation
    (31,734 )     (51,161 )
Accumulated deficit
    (896,752 )     (612,243 )
Accumulated other comprehensive income
    16,323       5,726  
 
   
     
 
 
Total stockholders’ equity
    2,033,475       2,300,355  
 
   
     
 
 
Total liabilities and stockholders’ equity
  $ 4,040,508     $ 4,142,737  
 
   
     
 

See notes to unaudited consolidated financial statements.

3


Table of Contents

LSI LOGIC CORPORATION
CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF OPERATIONS
(UNAUDITED)

                                     
        Three Months Ended   Six Months Ended
        June 30,   June 30,
        2003   2002   2003   2002
       
 
 
 
        (In thousands, except per share amounts)
Revenues
  $ 407,213     $ 437,768     $ 779,998     $ 850,277  
 
   
     
     
     
 
Costs and expenses:
                               
 
Cost of revenues
    238,469       274,404       486,537       581,067  
 
Research and development
    111,326       112,833       226,453       227,176  
 
Selling, general and administrative
    56,870       57,366       114,499       115,546  
 
Restructuring of operations and other items, net
    124,527       (6,405 )     160,193       58,655  
 
Amortization of non-cash deferred stock compensation (*)
    8,884       23,849       19,427       50,770  
 
Amortization of intangibles
    19,267       19,147       39,392       38,304  
 
   
     
     
     
 
   
Total costs and expenses
    559,343       481,194       1,046,501       1,071,518  
 
   
     
     
     
 
Loss from operations
    (152,130 )     (43,426 )     (266,503 )     (221,241 )
Interest expense
    (7,314 )     (15,486 )     (16,145 )     (31,320 )
Interest income and other, net
    3,360       2,621       10,139       6,267  
 
   
     
     
     
 
Loss before income taxes
    (156,084 )     (56,291 )     (272,509 )     (246,294 )
Provision/ (benefit) for income taxes
    6,000       6,000       12,000       (12,250 )
 
   
     
     
     
 
Net loss
  $ (162,084 )   $ (62,291 )   $ (284,509 )   $ (234,044 )
 
   
     
     
     
 
Loss per share:
                               
 
Basic
  $ (0.43 )   $ (0.17 )   $ (0.76 )   $ (0.63 )
 
   
     
     
     
 
 
Dilutive
  $ (0.43 )   $ (0.17 )   $ (0.76 )   $ (0.63 )
 
   
     
     
     
 
Shares used in computing per share amounts:
                               
 
Basic
    376,619       369,672       375,745       368,769  
 
   
     
     
     
 
 
Dilutive
    376,619       369,672       375,745       368,769  
 
   
     
     
     
 

  (*) Amortization of non-cash deferred stock compensation recorded in connection with acquisitions, if not shown separately, would have been included in cost of revenues, research and development and selling, general and administrative expenses as shown below:

                                 
    Three months ended June 30,   Six months ended June 30,
   
 
    2003   2002   2003   2002
   
 
 
 
    (In thousands)
Cost of revenues
  $ 88     $ 444     $ 270     $ 994  
Research and development
    7,391       18,580       15,541       38,899  
Selling, general and administrative
    1,405       4,825       3,616       10,877  

See notes to unaudited consolidated financial statements.

4


Table of Contents

LSI LOGIC CORPORATION
CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF CASH FLOWS
(UNAUDITED)

                         
            Six Months Ended
            June 30,
           
            2003   2002
           
 
            (In thousands)
Operating activities:
               
Net loss
  $ (284,509 )   $ (234,044 )
Adjustments:
               
 
Depreciation and amortization
    152,111       175,928  
 
Amortization of non-cash deferred stock compensation
    19,427       50,770  
   
Non-cash restructuring and other items, net
    127,323       49,598  
   
Loss on write-down of equity securities
    9,074        
   
Loss on repurchase of Convertible Subordinated Notes
    2,029        
   
Gain on sale of property and equipment
    (2,560 )      
   
Changes in deferred tax assets and liabilities
    37       (3,171 )
   
Changes in assets and liabilities:
               
   
Accounts receivable, net
    8,500       (49,577 )
   
Inventories, net
    (10,040 )     61,115  
   
Prepaid expenses and other assets
    52,440       (9,308 )
   
Accounts payable
    12,028       (41,398 )
   
Accrued and other liabilities
    18,205       (9,847 )
 
   
     
 
       
Net cash provided by / (used in) operating activities
    104,065       (9,934 )
 
   
     
 
Investing activities:
               
 
Purchase of debt securities available-for-sale
    (1,409,529 )     (937,742 )
 
Maturities and sales of debt securities available-for-sale
    1,455,927       627,823  
 
Purchases of equity securities
          (9,894 )
 
Purchases of property and equipment, net
    (19,663 )     (12,148 )
 
Proceeds from the sale-lease back of equipment
    160,000        
 
(Increase)/decrease in non-current assets and deposits
    (145,768 )     236  
 
   
     
 
       
Net cash provided by / (used in) investing activities
    40,967       (331,725 )
 
   
     
 
Financing activities:
               
 
Proceeds from borrowings
    350,000        
 
Repurchase of Convertible Subordinated Notes
    (288,587 )      
 
Cash paid for call spread options
    (28,000 )      
 
Debt issuance costs
    (10,566 )      
 
Repayment of debt obligations
    (174 )     (191 )
 
Issuance of common stock, net
    15,890       26,589  
 
   
     
 
       
Net cash provided by financing activities
    38,563       26,398  
 
   
     
 
Effect of exchange rate changes on cash and cash equivalents
    3,722       4,065  
 
   
     
 
Increase / (decrease) in cash and cash equivalents
    187,317       (311,196 )
 
   
     
 
Cash and cash equivalents at beginning of period
    448,847       757,138  
 
   
     
 
Cash and cash equivalents at end of period
  $ 636,164     $ 445,942  
 
   
     
 

See notes to unaudited consolidated financial statements.

5


Table of Contents

LSI LOGIC CORPORATION
NOTES TO UNAUDITED CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

NOTE 1 — BASIS OF PRESENTATION

     In the opinion of LSI Logic Corporation (the “Company” or “LSI”), the accompanying unaudited consolidated financial statements contain all adjustments (consisting only of normal recurring adjustments, additional excess inventory and other related charges and restructuring and other items, net as discussed in Note 3 to the Unaudited Consolidated Financial Statements, hereafter referred to as the Notes), necessary to present fairly the financial information included herein. While the Company believes that the disclosures are adequate to make the information not misleading, it is suggested that these financial statements be read in conjunction with the audited consolidated financial statements and accompanying notes included in the Company’s Annual Report on Form 10-K for the year ended December 31, 2002.

     For financial reporting purposes, the Company reports on a 13 or 14-week quarter with a year ending December 31. The current quarter ended June 29, 2003. For presentation purposes, the consolidated financial statements refer to the quarter’s calendar month end for convenience. The results of operations for the quarter ended June 30, 2003, are not necessarily indicative of the results to be expected for the full year.

     The preparation of financial statements in conformity with accounting principles generally accepted in the United States of America requires management to make estimates and assumptions that affect the reported amounts of assets and liabilities and disclosure of contingent assets and liabilities at the date of the consolidated financial statements and the reported amounts of revenues and expenses during the reporting periods. Actual results could differ significantly from these estimates.

     Certain items previously reported in specific financial statement captions have been reclassified to conform to the current period presentation.

Recent Accounting Pronouncements

     In January 2003, the Financial Accounting Standards Board (“FASB”) issued FASB Interpretation No. 46 (“FIN 46”), “Consolidation of Variable Interest Entities, an Interpretation of ARB No. 51.” FIN 46 requires certain variable interest entities to be consolidated by the primary beneficiary of the entity if the equity investors in the entity do not have the characteristics of a controlling financial interest or do not have sufficient equity at risk for the entity to finance its activities without additional subordinated financial support from other parties. FIN 46 is effective immediately for all new variable interest entities created or acquired after January 31, 2003. For variable interest entities created or acquired prior to February 1, 2003, the provisions of FIN 46 must be applied for the first interim or annual period beginning after June 15, 2003. On March 28, 2003, the Company entered into new operating leases to refinance the old leases. See Note 12 of the Notes. The Company refinanced these leases in a manner that best met our capital financing strategy and cost of capital objectives and the new leases are not subject to the consolidation provisions of FIN 46. The Company believes that the adoption of this standard will not have a material impact on our consolidated balance sheet or statement of operations.

     In November 2002, the Emerging Issues Task Force (“EITF”) reached a consensus on Issue No. 00-21, “Revenue Arrangements with Multiple Deliverables.” EITF Issue No. 00-21 provides guidance on how to account for arrangements that involve the delivery or performance of multiple products, services and/or rights to use assets. The provisions of EITF Issue No. 00-21 will apply to revenue arrangements entered into in fiscal periods beginning after June 15, 2003. The Company believes that the adoption of this standard will not have a material impact on our consolidated balance sheet or statement of operations.

     In April 2003, the FASB issued Statement No. 149 (“SFAS No. 149”), “Amendment of Statement 133 on Derivative Instruments and Hedging Activities.” SFAS No. 149 amends and clarifies financial accounting and reporting for derivative instruments by requiring that contracts with comparable characteristics be accounted for similarly. In particular, this statement clarifies the circumstances under which a contract with an initial net investment meets the characteristics of a derivative, clarifies when a derivative contains a financing component, amends the definition of an underlying to conform it to the language used in FIN 45, “Guarantor’s Accounting and Disclosure Requirements for Guarantees, Including Indirect Guarantees of Indebtedness of Others,” and amends certain other existing pronouncements. The provisions of SFAS No. 149, which were not already applied under an Implementation Issue, are effective for contracts entered into or modified after June 30, 2003. The Company believes that the adoption of this standard will not have a material impact on our consolidated balance sheet or statement of operations.

6


Table of Contents

     In May 2003, the FASB issued Statement No. 150 (“SFAS No. 150”), “Accounting for Certain Financial Instruments with Characteristics of both Liabilities and Equity.” SFAS No. 150 establishes standards for classification and measurement of certain financial instruments with characteristics of both liabilities and equity. It requires financial instruments within its scope be classified as a liability (or an asset in some circumstances). Many of those financial instruments were previously classified as equity. SFAS No. 150 is effective for financial instruments entered into or modified after May 31, 2003. For financial instruments created before and still existing as of the issuance of this statement, a cumulative effect of change in accounting principle shall be reported upon implementation in the first interim period beginning after June 15, 2003. The Company believes that the adoption of this standard will not have a material impact on our consolidated balance sheet or statement of operations.

NOTE 2 — STOCK-BASED COMPENSATION

     The Company adopted the disclosure requirement of Statement of Financial Accounting Standards No. 148 (“SFAS No. 148”) as of December 31, 2002. These disclosure requirements include more prominent presentation, in a tabular format, of the pro forma effect of using the fair value method of accounting for stock-based employee compensation in interim and annual financial statements. The following table provides pro forma disclosures as if the Company had recorded compensation costs based on the estimated grant date fair value, as defined by SFAS No. 123, for awards granted under its stock option and stock purchase plans. The estimated weighted average grant date fair value, as defined by SFAS No. 123, was calculated using the Black-Scholes model. The Black-Scholes model was developed to estimate the fair value of freely tradable, fully transferable options without vesting restrictions, which significantly differ from the Company’s stock option awards. These models also require highly subjective assumptions, including future stock price volatility and expected time until exercise, which greatly affect the calculated grant date fair value.

                                   
      Three months ended June 30,   Six months ended June 30,
     
 
      2003   2002   2003   2002
     
 
 
 
              (In thousands, except per share amounts)
Net loss, as reported
  $ (162,084 )   $ (62,291 )   $ (284,509 )   $ (234,044 )
Add: Amortization of non-cash deferred stock compensation expense determined under the intrinsic value method as reported in net loss, net of related tax effects *
    2,228       7,904       6,129       18,742  
Deduct: Total stock-based employee compensation expense determined under fair value method for all awards, net of related tax effects
    (50,338 )     (58,930 )     (103,005 )     (119,598 )
 
   
     
     
     
 
Pro forma net loss
  $ (210,194 )   $ (113,317 )   $ (381,385 )   $ (334,900 )
 
   
     
     
     
 
Loss per share:
                               
 
Basic-as reported
  $ (0.43 )   $ (0.17 )   $ (0.76 )   $ (0.63 )
 
Basic-pro forma
  $ (0.56 )   $ (0.31 )   $ (1.02 )   $ (0.91 )
 
 
Diluted-as reported
  $ (0.43 )   $ (0.17 )   $ (0.76 )   $ (0.63 )
 
Diluted-pro forma
  $ (0.56 )   $ (0.31 )   $ (1.02 )   $ (0.91 )


*   This amount excludes amortization of non-cash deferred stock compensation on restricted stock awards.

     For the three and six months ended June 30, 2003, common stock equivalents of approximately 85.7 million and 73.0 million shares, respectively, were excluded from the computation of pro forma diluted loss per share as a result of their antidilutive effect. For the three and six months ended June 30, 2002, common stock equivalents of approximately 93.7 million and 97.3 million shares, respectively, were excluded from the computation of pro forma diluted loss per share as a result of their antidilutive effect.

NOTE 3 — RESTRUCTURING AND OTHER ITEMS

     The Company recorded a charge of $125 million and $160 million in restructuring of operations and other items for the three and six months ended June 30, 2003, respectively. The Company recorded a gain of $6 million and a charge of $59 million in restructuring of operations and other items for the three and six months ended June 30, 2002, respectively. For a complete discussion of the 2002 restructuring actions, please refer to the Company’s Annual Report on Form 10-K.

7


Table of Contents

     Restructuring and impairment of long-lived assets:

     On January 1, 2003, the Company adopted SFAS No. 146, “Accounting for Exit or Disposal Activities.” SFAS No. 146 has been applied to restructuring activities initiated after December 31, 2002 and changes the timing of when restructuring charges are recorded to the date when the liabilities are incurred. The adoption of SFAS No. 146 did not affect restructuring reserves recorded prior to December 31, 2002.

     In February 2003, the Company downsized operations and recorded $36 million in charges for restructuring of operations and other items. Of this charge, $21 million was associated with the Semiconductor segment and $15 million was attributable to the Storage Systems segment. The charges consisted of severance and termination benefits for approximately 210 terminated employees primarily involved in manufacturing operations, research and development and marketing and sales; costs associated with exiting certain operating leases primarily for real estate; and a write-down of certain acquired intangibles and other long-lived assets. During the six months ended June 30, 2003, payments related to the February 2003 restructuring actions have consisted of approximately $4 million for severance and termination benefits and $0.4 million for lease and contract terminations.

     In April 2003, the Company announced a restructuring of our operations that includes a reduction in workforce and the consolidation of certain non-manufacturing facilities. A charge of $33 million was recorded in the Semiconductor segment consisting of severance and termination benefits for approximately 325 terminated employees involved in manufacturing operations, research and development, marketing, sales and administration; costs associated with exiting certain operating leases primarily for real estate; other exit costs; and a write-down of fixed assets due to impairment. During the six months ended June 30, 2003, payments related to the April 2003 restructuring actions have consisted of approximately $7 million for severance and termination benefits and $0.2 million for lease and contract terminations.

     In June 2003, the Company announced the decision to sell the Tsukuba, Japan manufacturing facility. As a result, a charge of $73 million was recorded in the Semiconductor segment to write down fixed assets to their fair market value, which has been reclassified from property, plant and equipment to other current assets to reflect the intention to dispose of the facility within the next twelve months. In addition, approximately $2 million in restructuring charges were recorded for severance and other exit costs. During the six months ended June 30, 2003, there have been no payments related to the amounts accrued for severance and other exit costs under the June 2003 restructuring actions.

     In June 2003, the Company also recorded $19 million of additional fixed asset write-downs to reflect the decrease in fair market value of the assets during the period. This write-down included a reduction in the value of the Colorado Springs fabrication facility of $16 million to reflect continued and accelerated efforts to sell the facility.

     The fair value of assets determined to be impaired was the result of the use of management estimates and independent appraisals. Given that current market conditions for the sale of older fabrication facilities and related equipment may fluctuate, there can be no assurance that the Company will realize the current net carrying value for the assets. The Company reassesses the realizability of the carrying value of these assets at the end of each quarter until the assets are sold or otherwise disposed of and additional adjustments may be necessary. Assets held for sale of $60 million and $74 million were included as a component of prepaid expenses and other current assets as of June 30, 2003 and December 31, 2002, respectively. Assets classified as held for sale are not depreciated.

     The following table sets forth the Company’s restructuring reserves as of June 30, 2003, which are included in other accrued liabilities on the balance sheet:

                                                         
    Balance at   Restructuring   Utilized   Balance at   Restructuring   Utilized   Balance at
    December   Expense   during   March 31,   Expense   during   June 30,
    31, 2002   Q1 2003   Q1 2003   2003   Q2 2003   Q2 2003   2003
   
 
 
 
 
 
 
                    (In thousands)                        
Write-down of excess assets (a)
  $ 6,008     $ 29,754     $ (30,021 )   $ 5,741     $ 96,805     $ (97,917 )   $ 4,629  
Lease terminations and maintenance contracts (b)
    6,757       1,396       (1,172 )     6,981       18,762       (1,425 )     24,318  
Facility closure and other exit costs (c)
    8,129             (2,520 )     5,609       498       (2,040 )     4,067  
Payments to employees for severance (d)
    1,391       4,516       (4,493 )     1,414       10,637       (7,116 )     4,935  
 
   
     
     
     
     
     
     
 
Total
  $ 22,285     $ 35,666     $ (38,206 )   $ 19,745     $ 126,702     $ (108,498 )   $ 37,949  
 
   
     
     
     
     
     
     
 

8


Table of Contents

(a)   The amounts utilized in 2003 reflect $126.6 million of non-cash write-downs of amortizable intangible and other long-lived assets in the U.S due to impairment, and $1.4 million in cash payments to decommission and sell assets. The write-downs of the intangible and other long-lived assets were accounted for as a reduction of the assets and did not result in a liability. The $4.6 million balance as of June 30, 2003, relates to machinery and equipment decommissioning costs in the U.S and estimates of selling costs for assets held for sale and is expected to be utilized during 2003.
 
(b)   Amounts utilized represent cash payments. The balance remaining for primarily real estate lease terminations and maintenance contracts will be paid during the remaining terms of these contracts, which extend through 2010.
 
(c)   Amounts utilized represent cash payments. The balance remaining for facility closure and other exit costs will be paid during 2003.
 
(d)   Amounts utilized represent cash severance payments to approximately 470 employees during the six months ended June 30, 2003. The balance remaining for severance will be paid during 2003.

     Other items:

     A gain of approximately $2 million was recorded in restructuring and other items, net during the second quarter of 2003 associated with additional sales of intellectual property associated with the CDMA handset product line.

NOTE 4 — INVESTMENTS

                   
      June 30,   December 31,
      2003   2002
     
 
      (In thousands)
Available-for-sale debt securities
               
Asset and mortgage-backed securities
  $ 258,897     $ 102,083  
U.S. government and agency securities
    138,245       202,613  
Corporate and municipal debt securities
    76,129       180,843  
Auction rate preferred stock
    5,005       55,590  
Foreign debt securities
    339        
 
   
     
 
 
Total short-term investments
  $ 478,615     $ 541,129  
 
   
     
 
Long-term investment in equity securities
  $ 32,970     $ 37,655  
 
   
     
 

     An unrealized gain on available-for-sale securities of $4 million, net of the related tax effect of $2 million, and $3 million, net of the related tax effect of $1 million, was included in accumulated other comprehensive income as of June 30, 2003 and December 31, 2002, respectively. Net realized gains/(losses) on sales of available-for-sale debt securities were $2 million and $9 million for the three and six months ended June 30, 2003, respectively. Realized gains and losses on available-for-sale debt securities were not significant for the three and six months ended June 30, 2002. The Company recorded a pre-tax loss of $2 million and $9 million, in interest income and other, net, associated with the decline in value of long-term investment in equity securities during the three and six months ended June 30, 2003, respectively. The decline in value was considered by management to be other than temporary.

NOTE 5 — DERIVATIVE FINANCIAL INSTRUMENTS

Foreign currency risk

     The Company enters into purchased currency option contracts that are designated as foreign currency cash-flow hedges of third-party yen revenue exposures. Changes in the fair value of currency option contracts due to changes in time value are excluded from the assessment of effectiveness and are recognized in interest income and other, net. During the second quarter of 2003, the Company terminated all outstanding purchased currency options hedging previously forecasted yen revenues because the underlying revenue

9


Table of Contents

agreements were modified to be denominated in U.S. dollars. At the time the options were terminated, there were no unrealized gains or losses in accumulated other comprehensive income. The change in option time value was approximately $1 million for both the three and six months ended June 30, 2003. For the three and six months ended June 30, 2002, the change in option time value was not significant. During the three and six months ended June 30, 2003 and 2002, amounts reclassified to revenue were not significant. The Company did not record any gains or losses due to hedge ineffectiveness for the three and six months ended June 30, 2003 and 2002. There were no option contracts outstanding as of December 31, 2002. There were no unrealized gains or losses included in accumulated other comprehensive income as of June 30, 2003 or December 31, 2002.

     The Company enters into forward contracts that are designated as foreign currency cash-flow hedges of forecasted payments in euros. Changes in the fair value of the forward contracts due to changes in time value are excluded from the assessment of effectiveness and are recognized in interest income and other, net. As of June 30, 2003, the Company held forward contracts designated as foreign currency cash flow hedges of forecasted euro payment transactions that were set to expire over a six month period. There were no such hedges outstanding as of December 31, 2002. For the three and six months ended June 30, 2003, the change in time value of these forward contracts was not significant. The unrealized gains included in accumulated other comprehensive income as of June 30, 2003, which will be reclassified to interest income and other, net over the next six months, were not significant. The amounts reclassified to the income statement for the three and six months ended June 30, 2003 were not significant. The Company did not record any gains or losses due to hedge ineffectiveness for the six months ended June 30, 2003.

     Forward exchange contracts and options are also used to hedge certain foreign currency-denominated assets or liabilities. These derivatives do not qualify for SFAS No. 133 hedge accounting treatment. Accordingly, changes in the fair value of these hedges are recorded immediately in earnings to offset the changes in fair value of the assets or liabilities being hedged. The related gains and losses included in interest income and other, net were not significant.

Interest rate risk

     With the objective of protecting cash flows and earnings of the Company from the impact of fluctuations in interest rates, while minimizing the cost of capital, the Company may enter into or terminate interest rate swaps, such as the below mentioned transactions.

     In the second quarter of 2003, the Company terminated interest rate swaps (the “Swaps”) with a notional amount of $740 million. The unrecognized gain of $44 million from the termination of these Swaps was included as a component of the Convertible Notes and is being amortized as an adjustment to interest expense over the remaining term of the hedged Convertible Notes (see Note 7). The Swaps had effectively converted fixed interest payments on a portion of the Company’s 4% and 4.25% Convertible Subordinated Notes (“Convertible Notes”) to LIBOR-based floating rates. Under the terms of the Swaps, the Company provided collateral to match any mark-to-market exposure on the Swaps. The Swaps qualified for hedge accounting as fair value hedges, with changes in the fair value of the interest rate risk on the Convertible Notes being offset by changes in the fair values of the Swaps recorded as a component of interest expense. The difference between the changes in the fair values of the derivative and the hedged risk resulted in a benefit to interest expense of $2 million and $1 million for the three and six months ended June 30, 2003, respectively. For the three months ended June 30, 2002, a charge to interest expense for the difference between the changes in the fair values of the derivative and the hedged risk was not significant. Collateral of approximately $7 million included in other long-term assets as of December 31, 2002, was returned to the Company upon termination of the Swaps.

     In the second quarter of 2003, the Company entered into an interest rate swap transaction to effectively convert the LIBOR-based floating rate interest payments on the equipment operating leases discussed in Note 12, with a notional amount of $395 million, to a fixed interest rate (the “Lease Swap”). The Lease Swap qualifies to be accounted for as a cash flow hedge of the forecasted interest payments attributable to the benchmark interest rate on the equipment operating leases through September 2006. The unrealized gains or losses included in accumulated other comprehensive income will be reclassified to cost of sales on a quarterly basis as lease payments are made. A loss of approximately $2 million, net of tax of $1 million included in accumulated other comprehensive income as of June 30, 2003, is expected to be reclassified to cost of sales within the next 12 months. The loss due to ineffectiveness recorded in interest income and other, net during the three months ended June 30, 2003 was not significant. Under the terms of the Lease Swap, the Company must provide collateral to match any mark-to-market exposure on the swap. As of June 30, 2003, collateral of approximately $8 million was included in other long-term assets.

10


Table of Contents

NOTE 6 — BALANCE SHEET DETAIL

                       
          June 30,   December 31,
          2003   2002
         
 
          (In thousands)
Cash and cash equivalents:
               
   
Cash
  $ 65,564     $ 279,620  
   
Cash equivalents
    570,600       169,227  
   
 
   
     
 
 
  $ 636,164     $ 448,847  
   
 
   
     
 
Inventories:
               
 
Raw materials
  $ 16,229     $ 18,152  
 
Work-in-process
    79,616       65,052  
 
Finished goods
    109,520       111,262  
   
 
   
     
 
 
  $ 205,365     $ 194,466  
   
 
   
     
 
Property and equipment:
               
   
Land
  $ 38,202     $ 53,013  
   
Buildings and improvements
    344,288       470,028  
   
Equipment
    730,030       1,253,061  
   
Furniture and fixtures
    36,996       46,783  
   
Leasehold improvements
    36,921       37,151  
   
Construction in progress
    13,633       18,747  
   
 
   
     
 
 
    1,200,070       1,878,783  
   
Accumulated depreciation and amortization
    (702,674 )     (1,131,819 )
   
 
   
     
 
 
  $ 497,396     $ 746,964  
   
 
   
     
 
Other long-term assets:
               
 
Non-current assets and deposits
  $ 341,828     $ 211,248  
 
Investment in equity securities
    32,970       37,655  
 
Other assets
    82,590       132,622  
   
 
   
     
 
 
  $ 457,388     $ 381,525  
   
 
   
     
 
Goodwill:
               
   
Semiconductor segment
  $ 887,990     $ 887,990  
   
Storage systems segment
    80,593       80,474  
   
 
   
     
 
 
  $ 968,583     $ 968,464  
   
 
   
     
 
Amortized intangible assets, net of accumulated amortization:
               
   
Semiconductor segment
  $ 188,884     $ 236,723  
   
Storage systems segment
    30,231       45,856  
   
 
   
     
 
 
  $ 219,115     $ 282,579  
   
 
   
     
 

     The Company monitors the recoverability of goodwill recorded in connection with acquisitions annually, or sooner if events or changes in circumstances indicate that the carrying amount may not be recoverable. An impairment, if any, would be determined in accordance with SFAS No. 142, which uses a fair value model for determining the carrying value of goodwill. See the Company’s Annual Report on Form 10-K for further discussion.

11


Table of Contents

NOTE 7 — DEBT

                                           
              Interest   Conversion   June 30,   December 31,
      Maturity   Rate *   Price   2003   2002
     
 
 
 
 
                              (In thousands)
2003 Convertible Subordinated Notes
    2010       4 %   $ 13.4200     $ 350,000     $  
2001 Convertible Subordinated Notes
    2006       4 %   $ 26.3390       490,000       490,000  
2000 Convertible Subordinated Notes
    2005       4 %   $ 70.2845       250,000       385,000  
1999 Convertible Subordinated Notes
    2004       4.25 %   $ 15.6765       171,935       324,935  
Change in fair value of the hedged interest rate risk on Convertible Subordinated Notes
                                  36,724  
Unamortized gain on terminated swaps
                            44,198       4,025  
Capital lease obligations
                            720       894  
 
                           
     
 
 
                            1,306,853       1,241,578  
Current portion of long-term debt and capital lease obligations
                            (173,676 )     (361 )
 
                           
     
 
 
Long-term debt and capital lease obligations
                          $ 1,133,177     $ 1,241,217  
 
                           
     
 

*   The interest rate payable on a portion of the Convertible Subordinated Notes was converted to floating rates through interest rate swaps. Interest rate swaps with a notional amount of $740 million were terminated in the second quarter of 2003 (see Note 5). The weighted average interest rate payable on the Convertible Subordinated Notes, after adjusting for the impact of the interest rate swaps was 2.94% and 3.92% for the three months ended June 30, 2003 and 2002, respectively, and 2.54% and 3.99% for the six months ended June 30, 2003 and 2002, respectively.

     On May 12, 2003, the Company issued $350 million of 4% Convertible Subordinated Notes (the “2003 Convertible Notes”) due in 2010. The 2003 Convertible Notes are subordinated to all existing and future senior debt, are convertible at the holder’s option, at any time prior to the maturity date of the convertible notes, into shares of the Company’s common stock at a conversion price of $13.42 per share. The Company cannot elect to redeem the 2003 Convertible Notes prior to maturity; however, each holder of the 2003 Convertible Notes has the right to cause the Company to repurchase all of such holder’s convertible notes at 100% of their principal amount plus accrued interest upon the occurrence of any fundamental change, which includes a transaction or event such as an exchange offer, liquidation, tender offer, consolidation, merger or combination. Interest is payable semiannually. The Company paid approximately $10.6 million in debt issuance costs that are being amortized using the interest method.

     Approximately $28 million of the proceeds from issuance of the 2003 Convertible Notes were used to purchase call spread options on LSI’s common stock (the “Call Spread Options”). The Call Spread Options, including fees and costs have been accounted for as capital transactions in accordance with Emerging Issues Task Force No. 00-19, “Accounting for Derivative Financial Instruments Indexed to, and Potentially Settled in, a Company’s Own Stock.” The Call Spread Options cover approximately 26.1 million shares of our common stock, which is the number of shares that are initially issuable upon conversion of the 2003 Convertible Notes in full. The Call Spread Options are designed to mitigate dilution from conversion of the 2003 Convertible Notes in the event that the market price per share of the Company’s common stock upon exercise of the Call Spread Options is greater than $13.42 and is less than or equal to $23.875. The Call Spread Options may be settled at the Company’s option in either net shares or in cash and expire in 2010. Settlement of the Call Spread Options in net shares on the expiration date would result in the Company receiving a number of shares, not to exceed 26.1 million shares, of our common stock with a value equal to the amount otherwise receivable on cash settlement. Should there be an early unwind of the Call Spread Options, the amount of cash or net shares potentially received by the Company will be dependent upon then existing overall market conditions, and on the Company’s stock price, the volatility of the Company’s stock and the amount of time remaining on the Call Spread Options.

12


Table of Contents

     The proceeds from the 2003 Convertible Notes were used to repurchase $153 million of the 1999 Convertible Subordinated Notes and $135 million of the 2000 Convertible Subordinated Notes. A net pre-tax loss of $2 million was recognized, in interest income and other, net, on the repurchases of the 1999 and 2000 Convertible Notes. The pre-tax loss is net of the write-off of debt issuance costs and a portion of the unamortized gain on the terminated Swaps (see Note 5).

NOTE 8 — COMMON STOCK

     Stock option plans. In May 2003, the stockholders approved an amendment to the Amended 1995 Director Option Plan to increase the number of shares of common stock reserved for issuance thereunder by 1 million. As of June 30, 2003, 1.1 million shares were available for future grants under the Amended 1995 Director Option Plan.

     In May 2003, the stockholders approved the adoption of the 2003 Equity Incentive Plan (“2003 Plan”) under which 11 million shares of common stock were reserved for issuance. Under the terms of the 2003 Plan, the Company may grant stock options or restricted stock awards to employees with an exercise price that is no less than the fair market value of the stock on the date of grant. No participant shall be granted options covering more than 2 million shares in any year. The term of each option is determined by the Board of Directors and is usually ten years. Options generally vest in annual increments of 25% per year commencing one year from the date of grant. Under the 2003 Plan, the Company may also grant restricted stock awards. No participant may be granted more than 0.5 million shares of restricted stock in any year. The vesting requirements for the restricted stock awards are determined by the Board of Directors. As of June 30, 2003, there were 11 million shares available for future grants under the 2003 Plan.

     Stock option exchange program. On August 20, 2002, the Company filed, with the Securities Exchange Commission, an offer to exchange stock options outstanding under the 1991 Equity Incentive Plan and the 1999 Nonstatutory Stock Option Plan for new options. Under the exchange offer, eligible employees had the opportunity to exchange eligible stock options for the promise to grant new options under the 1999 Nonstatutory Stock Option Plan. Directors and executive officers of the Company were not eligible to participate in this program. The exchange offer expired September 18, 2002, and the Company accepted an aggregate of 16,546,370 options for exchange. On March 20, 2003, the Company granted a new option that covered two shares of LSI Logic common stock for every three shares covered by an option that an employee had elected to exchange. The exercise price per share of the new options was equal to the fair market value of the Company’s common stock on the grant date. The Company granted 10,691,139 options at an exercise price of $5.06 per share. The exchange program did not result in the recording of any compensation expense in the statement of operations.

NOTE 9 — RECONCILIATION OF BASIC AND DILUTED LOSS PER SHARE

     A reconciliation of the numerators and denominators of the basic and diluted loss per share computations are as follows:

                                                   
      Three Months Ended June 30,
     
      2003   2002
     
 
                      Per-Share                   Per-Share
(In thousands except per share amounts)   Loss*   Shares+   Amount   Loss*   Shares+   Amount
   
 
 
 
 
 
Basic EPS:
                                               
Net loss available to common stockholders
  $ (162,084 )     376,619     $ (0.43 )   $ (62,291 )     369,672     $ (0.17 )
 
                   
                     
 
 
Effect of dilutive securities:
                                   
Diluted EPS:
                                               
 
Net loss available to common stockholders
  $ (162,084 )     376,619     $ (0.43 )   $ (62,291 )     369,672     $ (0.17 )
 
                   
                     
 

13


Table of Contents

                                                   
      Six Months Ended June 30,
     
      2003   2002
     
 
                      Per-Share                   Per-Share
(In thousands except per share amounts)   Loss*   Shares+   Amount   Loss*   Shares+   Amount
   
 
 
 
 
 
Basic EPS:
                                               
Net loss available to common stockholders
  $ (284,509 )     375,745     $ (0.76 )   $ (234,044 )     368,769     $ (0.63 )
 
                   
                     
 
 
Effect of dilutive securities:
                                   
Diluted EPS:
                                               
 
Net loss available to common stockholders
  $ (284,509 )     375,745     $ (0.76 )   $ (234,044 )     368,769     $ (0.63 )
 
                   
                     
 

    * Numerator
 
    + Denominator

     Options to purchase approximately 66,326,662 shares and 74,740,226 shares were outstanding at June 30, 2003 and 2002, respectively, and were excluded from the computation of diluted shares because of their antidilutive effect on loss per share for the three and six months then ended. The exercise price of these options ranged from $0.06 to $72.25 at June 30, 2003, and from $0.01 to $72.25 at June 30, 2002.

     For the three and six months ended June 30, 2003, common equivalent shares of 54,720,989 and 49,819,986, respectively, associated with the 2003, 2001, 2000 and 1999 Convertible Notes were excluded from the calculation of diluted shares because of their antidilutive effect on loss per share. For the three and six months ended June 30, 2002, common equivalent shares of 47,720,853 associated with the 2001, 2000 and 1999 Convertible Notes were excluded from the calculation of diluted shares because of their antidilutive effect on loss per share.

NOTE 10 — COMPREHENSIVE LOSS

     Comprehensive loss is defined as a change in equity of a company during a period from transactions and other events and circumstances, excluding transactions resulting from investments by owners and distributions to owners. Comprehensive loss, net of taxes for the current reporting period and comparable period in the prior year is as follows:

                                 
    Three Months Ended June 30,   Six Months Ended June 30,
   
 
    2003   2002   2003   2002
   
 
 
 
            (In thousands)        
Net loss
  $ (162,084 )   $ (62,291 )   $ (284,509 )   $ (234,044 )
Change in unrealized gain on derivative instruments designated as and qualifying as cash-flow hedges, net of tax
    (16 )     (2,608 )     464        
Change in unrealized gain on available for sale securities, net of tax
    1,454       (10,074 )     1,711       (16,267 )
Change in foreign currency translation adjustments
    6,178       23,758       8,422       14,199  
 
   
     
     
     
 
Comprehensive loss
  $ (154,468 )   $ (51,215 )   $ (273,912 )   $ (236,112 )
 
   
     
     
     
 

NOTE 11 — SEGMENT REPORTING

     The Company operates in two reportable segments: the Semiconductor segment and the Storage Systems segment. In the Semiconductor segment, the Company uses advanced process technology and comprehensive design methodologies to design, develop, manufacture and market highly complex integrated circuits. These system-on-a-chip solutions include both application specific integrated circuits, commonly referred to as ASICs, and application specific standard products in silicon, or ASSPs. Semiconductor segment product offerings also include redundant array of independent disks (“RAID”) host bus adapters and related products, and services. In the Storage Systems segment, the Company designs, manufactures, markets and supports high-

14


Table of Contents

performance, highly scaleable open storage area network systems, storage solutions and a complete line of RAID systems, subsystems and related software.

     The following is a summary of operations by segment for the three and six months ended June 30, 2003 and 2002:

                                     
        Three months ended June 30,   Six months ended June 30,
       
 
        2003   2002   2003   2002
       
 
(In thousands)
 
 
Revenues:
                               
 
Semiconductor
  $ 306,150     $ 354,761     $ 579,214     $ 707,351  
 
Storage Systems
    101,063       83,007       200,784       142,926  
 
 
   
     
     
     
 
   
Total
  $ 407,213     $ 437,768     $ 779,998     $ 850,277  
 
 
   
     
     
     
 
Loss from operations:
                               
 
Semiconductor
  $ (160,532 )   $ (51,879 )   $ (268,426 )   $ (228,592 )
 
Storage Systems
    8,402       8,453       1,923       7,351  
 
 
   
     
     
     
 
   
Total
  $ (152,130 )   $ (43,426 )   $ (266,503 )   $ (221,241 )
 
 
   
     
     
     
 

     Intersegment revenues for the periods presented above were not significant. For the three months ended June 30, 2003, restructuring of operations and other items, net of $125 million primarily impacted the Semiconductor segment. For the six months ended June 30, 2003, restructuring of operations and other items, net of $145 million and $15 million were included in the Semiconductor segment and the Storage Systems segment, respectively. For the three and six months ended June 30, 2002, restructuring of operations and other items, net of $(6) million and $59 million, respectively, were primarily included in the Semiconductor segment.

     Significant Customers. The following table summarizes the number of our significant customers, each of whom accounted for 10% or more of our revenues, along with the percentage of revenues they individually represent on a consolidated basis and by segment:

                                   
      Three months ended June 30,   Six months ended June 30,
     
 
      2003   2002   2003   2002
     
 
 
 
Semiconductor segment:
                               
 
Number of significant customers
    2       1       2       1  
 
Percentage of segment revenues
    14%, 11 %     19 %     13%, 10 %     18 %
Storage Systems segment:
                               
 
Number of significant customers
    3       3       3       3  
 
Percentage of segment revenues
    50%, 14%, 11 %     32%, 22%, 18 %     45%, 15%, 12 %     33%, 18%, 17 %
Consolidated:
                               
 
Number of significant customers
    2       1       1       1  
 
Percentage of consolidated revenues
    14%, 11 %     15 %     14 %     15 %

15


Table of Contents

     The following is a summary of total assets by segment as of June 30, 2003 and December 31, 2002:

                     
        June 30,   December 31,
        2003   2002
       
 
        (In thousands)
Total assets:
               
 
Semiconductor
  $ 3,737,773     $ 3,851,283  
 
Storage Systems
    302,735       291,454  
 
   
     
 
   
Total
  $ 4,040,508     $ 4,142,737  
 
 
   
     
 

     Revenues from domestic operations were $217 million, representing 53% of consolidated revenues for the second quarter of 2003 compared to $227 million, representing 52% of consolidated revenues for the same period of 2002.

     Revenues from domestic operations were $424 million, representing 54% of consolidated revenues, for the first half of 2003 compared to $441 million, representing 52% of consolidated revenues, for the same period of 2002.

NOTE 12 — COMMITMENTS AND CONTINGENCIES

     On March 28, 2003, the Company entered into two lease and security agreements, each with Bank of America, National Association (“BANA”), acting as the Lessor, and Wells Fargo Bank Northwest, as the Agent, for a total of $395 million for certain wafer fabrication equipment (the “Equipment”). The leases qualify for operating lease accounting treatment. As of June 30, 2003, the amount under both leases was fully drawn. Each lease has a term of 3.5 years with no option for renewal. The Company may, at the end of the lease term, return or purchase, at a pre-determined amount, all of the Equipment. The first lease was for $235 million and was for equipment that was previously on lease immediately prior to closing this transaction. Refer to our Annual Report on Form 10-K for a complete discussion of the former leases. The second lease was for $160 million and was for Equipment that was sold to BANA and then immediately leased back in a transaction commonly referred to as a sale-leaseback. The Equipment sold had a book value of approximately $103 million. The resulting $57 million gain on the sale of the Equipment will be deferred until the end of the lease term and has been recorded as a non-current liability as of June 30, 2003. The Company has $384 million in cash that is posted as collateral for the new leases. The lessor has access to the Company’s cash collateral only in the event of a default. Of this cash collateral, $60 million, representing the amount of cash collateral to be released in the next 12 months, is reflected in other current assets and the remaining cash collateral of $324 million is recorded in other non-current assets. In addition, the Company is required to maintain unrestricted cash reserves in an amount no less than the higher of a) the sum of $100 million plus the principal amount outstanding under the 4% Convertible Subordinated Notes due February 15, 2005; or b) $350 million. The Company was in compliance with this requirement as of June 30, 2003.

     The Company guarantees residual values related to equipment on leases. As of June 30, 2003, our maximum potential exposure to residual value guarantees was approximately $163 million and the Company does not expect to have a loss on such guarantees.

     In November 2002, the FASB issued FASB Interpretation No. 45 (“FIN 45”), “Guarantor’s Accounting and Disclosure Requirements for Guarantees, Including Indirect Guarantees of Indebtedness of Others.” FIN 45 requires that a liability be recorded in the guarantor’s balance sheet upon issuance of a guarantee. In addition, FIN 45 requires disclosures about the guarantees that an entity has issued, including a reconciliation of changes in the entity’s product warranty liabilities. The initial recognition and initial measurement provisions of FIN 45 are applicable on a prospective basis to guarantees issued or modified after December 31, 2002, irrespective of the guarantor’s fiscal year-end. The disclosure requirements of FIN 45 are effective for financial statements of interim or annual periods ending after December 15, 2002. The guaranteed residual values for the equipment under our operating leases are subject to FIN 45; the fair value of the guarantee of the residual value of the equipment was determined using management estimates and an independent appraisal and was recorded as a non-current asset and liability each in the amount of $7 million as of June 30, 2003.

     In connection with the equipment operating leases described above, the Company entered into standby letters of credit for $63 million to expire at the end of the lease term. These instruments are off-balance sheet commitments to extend financial guarantees. The fair value of the letters of credit approximates the contract amount.

16


Table of Contents

     No officer or employee of the Company has any financial interest in these leasing arrangements. The minimum lease payments, excluding the residual value guarantees, under the two lease agreements are $50 million, $64 million, $62 million and $45 million in 2003, 2004, 2005 and 2006, respectively.

     The Company is a party to a variety of agreements pursuant to which it may be obligated to indemnify the other party with respect to certain matters. Typically, these obligations arise in connection with contracts and license agreements or the sale of assets, under which the Company customarily agrees to hold the other party harmless against losses arising from a breach of warranties, representations and covenants related to such matters as title to assets sold, validity of certain intellectual property rights, non-infringement of third-party rights, and certain income tax related matters. In each of these circumstances, payment by the Company is typically subject to the other party making a claim to and cooperating with the Company pursuant to the procedures specified in the particular contract. This usually allows the Company to challenge the other party’s claims or, in case of breach of intellectual property representations or covenants, to control the defense or settlement of any third-party claims brought against the other party. Further, the Company’s obligations under these agreements may be limited in terms of activity (typically to replace or correct the products or terminate agreement with a refund to the other party), duration and/or amounts. In some instances, the Company may have recourse against third parties and/or insurance covering certain payments made by the Company.

NOTE 13 — LEGAL MATTERS

     In February 1999, a lawsuit alleging patent infringement was filed in the United States District Court for the District of Arizona by the Lemelson Medical, Education & Research Foundation, Limited Partnership (“Lemelson”) against 88 electronics industry companies, including us. The case number is CIV990377PHXRGS. The patents involved in this lawsuit are alleged to relate to semiconductor manufacturing and computer imaging, including the use of bar coding for automatic identification of articles. The plaintiff sought an infringement judgment, an injunction, treble damages, attorneys’ fees and further relief as the court may provide. In September 1999, the Company filed an answer denying infringement, raising affirmative defenses and asserting a counterclaim for declaratory judgment of non-infringement, invalidity and unenforceability of Lemelson’s patents. As of June 30, 2003, the discovery phase was continuing. Initial patent claim construction briefs are due in March 2004. As of this time, no trial date has been set. While the Company cannot make any assurance regarding the eventual resolution of this matter, the Company does not believe it will have a material adverse effect on the consolidated results of operations or financial condition.

     U.S. Philips Corporation, a subsidiary of Royal Philips Electronics of Netherlands (“Philips”), filed suits on October 17, 2001 in the U.S. District Court in New York against eight companies, including us, for allegedly infringing and inducing others to infringe Philips U.S. Patent Number 4,689,740. This patent is directed to devices and methods used with the Inter-Integrated Circuit Bus. Philips sought an infringement judgment, an injunction, attorneys’ fees, costs and further relief as the court may provide. While the Company cannot make any assurance regarding the eventual resolution of this matter, the Company does not believe it will have a material adverse effect on the consolidated results of operations or financial condition.

     On June 14, 2002, Plasma Physics Corporation (“Plasma Physics”) filed suit against the Company in the Eastern District of New York, alleging that the Company is willfully and deliberately infringing two U.S. Plasma Physics patents. LSI was served with the lawsuit in December 2002. The case is number CV 02-3462 (LDW) (WDW). The two Plasma Physics patent numbers are 5,470,784 and 6,245,648. No specific Company products were identified in the complaint. The plaintiff sought an infringement judgment, an injunction, treble damages, attorneys’ fees and further relief as the court may provide. Similar lawsuits were also filed at the same time against several other corporations. In January 2003, the Company answered the complaint denying infringement and asserting the affirmative defenses and asserting counterclaims for judgments declaring patent non-infringement, declaring patent invalidity, and declaring the patents unenforceable. Trial is currently set for April 30, 2004. While the Company cannot make any assurance regarding the eventual resolution of this matter, the Company does not believe it will have a material adverse effect on the consolidated results of operations or financial condition.

     The Company is a party to other litigation matters and claims that are normal in the course of its operations, and while the results of such litigation and claims cannot be predicted with certainty, the Company believes that the final outcome of such matters is not expected to have a material adverse effect on the Company’s consolidated results of operations and financial condition.

17


Table of Contents

Item 2. Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations

     Statements in this discussion and analysis include forward-looking information within the meaning of Section 27A of the Securities Act of 1933, as amended, and Section 21E of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended. All forward-looking statements included in this discussion and analysis are based on information available to us on the date of filing of this Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q, and we assume no obligation to update any such forward-looking statements. These statements involve known and unknown risks and uncertainties. Our actual results in future periods may be significantly different from any future performance suggested in this report. In some cases, you can identify forward-looking statements by terminology such as “may,” “will,” “expects,” “plans,” “anticipates,” “believes,” “estimates,” “intends,” “projects,” “predicts,” or similar expressions. For such statements, we claim the protection under the safe harbor for forward-looking statements contained in the Private Securities Litigation Reform Act of 1995. Although we believe that the expectations reflected in the forward-looking statements are reasonable, we cannot guarantee future results, levels of activity, performance or achievements.

OVERVIEW

     During the second quarter of 2003, both of our business segments improved compared to the first quarter of 2003, and we are moving into seasonally stronger quarters in the second half of the year. Our consumer products market in the Semiconductor segment improved significantly in the second quarter and we expect continued growth in the third quarter, which is generally the strongest quarter for our consumer products market. However, the outlook continues to remain uncertain, as any macroeconomic and geopolitical factors may adversely affect the global economy. These issues may impact our operating results and financial condition.

     Revenues for three months ended June 30, 2003, were approximately $407.2 million compared to $372.8 million and $437.8 million for the three months ended March 31, 2003 and June 30, 2002, respectively. The consolidated gross profit margin was 41% for the three months ended June 30, 2003, compared to 33% and 37% for the three months ended March 31, 2003 and June 30, 2002, respectively. Operating expenses for the three months ended June 30, 2003, were $320.9 million compared to $239.1 million and $206.8 million for the three months ended March 31, 2003 and June 30, 2002, respectively. Net loss per diluted share was 43 cents for the three months ended June 30, 2003, compared to a net loss per diluted share of 33 cents and 17 cents for the three months ended March 31, 2003 and June 30, 2002, respectively. We have taken measures in the first and second quarters of 2003 with the objective of consolidating our internal manufacturing at our Gresham manufacturing location and returning to profitability in the second half of 2003. We recorded $35.7 million and $124.5 million in restructuring and other items in the first quarter and second quarter of 2003, respectively. See discussion below under results of operations for information by reportable segment and more details by income statement line item.

     Looking forward, LSI is projected to move to profitability in the second half of the year, which will reflect the impact of revenue growth and our completed restructuring program including the consolidation of our internal manufacturing at our Gresham manufacturing facility, supplemented by strategic foundry engagements. In the third quarter of 2003, we expect total consolidated revenues to increase 8% to 12% from the $407.2 million recorded in the second quarter of 2003. We expect our net loss per diluted share to be 4 to 7 cents in the third quarter of 2003.

Financing activities

     On May 12, 2003, we issued $350 million of 4% Convertible Subordinated Notes (the “2003 Convertible Notes”) due in 2010. The 2003 Convertible Notes are subordinated to all existing and future senior debt, are convertible at the holder’s option, at any time prior to the maturity date of the convertible notes, into shares of our common stock at a conversion price of approximately $13.42 per share. We cannot elect to redeem the 2003 Convertible Notes prior to maturity; however, each holder of the 2003 Convertible Notes has the right to cause us to repurchase all of such holder’s convertible notes at 100% of their principal amount plus accrued interest upon the occurrence of any fundamental change, which includes a transaction or event such as an exchange offer, liquidation, tender offer, consolidation, merger or combination. Interest is payable semiannually. We paid approximately $10.6 million for debt issuance costs that are being amortized using the interest method.

     Approximately $28 million of the proceeds from issuance of the 2003 Convertible Notes were used to purchase call spread options on LSI’s common stock (the “Call Spread Options”). The Call Spread Options cover approximately 26.1 million shares of our common stock, which is the number of shares that are initially issuable upon conversion of the 2003 Convertible Notes in full. The Call Spread Options are designed to mitigate dilution from conversion of the 2003 Convertible Notes in the event that the market price

18


Table of Contents

per share of our common stock upon exercise of the Call Spread Options is greater than $13.42 and is less than or equal to $23.875. The Call Spread Options may be settled at our option in either net shares or in cash and expire in 2010.

     Proceeds from the 2003 Convertible Notes were used to repurchase $153 million of the 1999 Convertible Subordinated Notes and $135 million of the 2000 Convertible Subordinated Notes. A net pre-tax loss of $2 million was recognized, in interest income and other, net, on the repurchases of the 1999 and 2000 Convertible Notes. The pre-tax loss is net of the write-off of debt issuance costs and a portion of the unamortized gain on the terminated Swaps (see Notes 5 and 7 of the Notes).

Stock option exchange

     On August 20, 2002, we filed, with the Securities Exchange Commission, an offer to exchange stock options outstanding under the 1991 Equity Incentive Plan and the 1999 Nonstatutory Stock Option Plan for new options. Under the exchange offer, eligible employees had the opportunity to exchange eligible stock options for the promise to grant new options under the 1999 Nonstatutory Stock Option Plan. Directors and executive officers of the Company were not eligible to participate in this program. The exchange offer expired September 18, 2002, and the Company accepted an aggregate of 16,546,370 options for exchange. On March 20, 2003, we granted a new option that covered two shares of LSI Logic common stock for every three shares covered by an option that an employee had elected to exchange. The exercise price per share of the new options was equal to the fair market value of our common stock on the grant date. We granted 10,691,139 options at an exercise price of $5.06 per share. The exchange program did not result in the recording of any compensation expense.

     Where more than one significant factor contributed to changes in results from year to year, we have quantified such factors throughout the Management’s Discussion & Analysis, where practicable.

RESULTS OF OPERATIONS

     Revenues:

                                         
    Three months ended   Six months ended
   
 
    June 30, 2003   March 31, 2003   June 30, 2002   June 30, 2003   June 30, 2002
   
 
 
 
 
    (in millions)
Semiconductor segment
  $ 306.2     $ 273.1     $ 354.8     $ 579.2     $ 707.4  
Storage Systems segment
    101.0       99.7       83.0       200.8       142.9  
 
   
     
     
     
     
 
Consolidated
  $ 407.2     $ 372.8     $ 437.8     $ 780.0     $ 850.3  
 
   
     
     
     
     
 

     There were no significant intersegment revenues during the periods presented.

     Second quarter of 2003 compared to the first quarter of 2003

     Total consolidated revenues for the second quarter of 2003 increased $34.4 million or 9% from the first quarter of 2003. The increase in revenues in the second quarter of 2003 is primarily attributable to an overall seasonal recovery in the Semiconductor segment as a result of an increase in demand for products used in consumer custom solutions applications within the consumer products market.

     Revenues for the Semiconductor segment increased $33.1 million or 12% in the second quarter of 2003 as compared to the first quarter of 2003. The increase in the Semiconductor segment was primarily attributable to an increase in demand for consumer products due to seasonality, communications ASICs, and storage ASICs used in storage networking and hard disk drive applications.

     Revenues for the Storage Systems segment increased $1.3 million or 1% from the first quarter of 2003.

     We expect total consolidated revenues to increase 8% to 12% in the third quarter of 2003 as compared to the second quarter of 2003. The third quarter is expected to be a seasonally stronger quarter in our consumer and storage product markets. We expect our storage businesses, storage components and Storage Systems, to total approximately $1 billion in combined revenues for the year 2003.

19


Table of Contents

     Three and six months ended June 30, 2003 compared to the same period of 2002

     Total consolidated revenues for the second quarter of 2003 decreased $30.6 million or 7% as compared to the second quarter of 2002. For the six months ended June 30, 2003, revenues were $70.3 million or 8% lower than the same period of the prior year.

     Revenues for the Semiconductor segment decreased $48.6 million or 14% for the second quarter of 2003 and decreased $128.2 million or 18% for the first half of 2003 as compared to the same periods of the previous year. The decline in revenues in the Semiconductor segment in the second quarter and first half of 2003 as compared to the same periods of 2002 is primarily related to the consumer products market, where we experienced lower revenues from video game and set-top box semiconductors.

     Revenues for the Storage Systems segment increased $18.0 million or 22% for the second quarter of 2003 and increased $57.9 million or 41% for the first half of 2003 as compared to the same periods of 2002. The increase in revenues in the Storage Systems segment for the second quarter and first half of 2003 as compared to the same periods of 2002, is due to continued strong demand for modular storage products, sales to a new master distributor, and additional revenues from the Mylex business unit of IBM, which was acquired in August 2002 and primarily became part of the Storage Systems segment.

     Significant Customers. The following table summarizes the number of our significant customers, each of whom accounted for 10% or more of our revenues, along with the percentage of revenues they individually represent on a consolidated basis and by segment:

                                   
      Three months ended June 30,   Six months ended June 30,
     
 
      2003   2002   2003   2002
     
 
 
 
Semiconductor segment:
                               
 
Number of significant customers
    2       1       2       1  
 
Percentage of segment revenues
    14%, 11 %     19 %     13%, 10 %     18 %
Storage Systems segment:
                               
 
Number of significant customers
    3       3       3       3  
 
Percentage of segment revenues
    50%, 14%, 11 %     32%, 22%, 18 %     45%, 15%, 12 %     33%, 18%, 17 %
Consolidated:
                               
 
Number of significant customers
    2       1       1       1  
 
Percentage of consolidated revenues
    14%, 11 %     15 %     14 %     15 %

     Revenues by geography. The following table summarizes our revenues by geography:

                                           
      Three months ended   Six months ended
     
 
      June 30, 2003   March 31, 2003   June 30, 2002   June 30, 2003   June 30, 2002
     
 
 
 
 
                      (in millions)                
Revenues:
                                       
 
North America
  $ 216.7     $ 206.9     $ 227.4     $ 423.6     $ 440.6  
 
Asia, including Japan
    154.6       124.9       173.5       279.6       324.8  
 
Europe
    35.9       41.0       36.9       76.8       84.9  
 
 
   
     
     
     
     
 
Total
  $ 407.2     $ 372.8     $ 437.8     $ 780.0     $ 850.3  
 
 
   
     
     
     
     
 

     In the second quarter of 2003, revenues increased in North America and Asia, including Japan, as compared to the first quarter of 2003. The overall increase in revenues is primarily due to a seasonal recovery in the Semiconductor segment. The increase in revenues in Asia, including Japan, represents primarily higher revenues in the consumer products market, which increased significantly in the second quarter of 2003 as compared to the first quarter of 2003. The decrease in revenues in Europe in the second quarter of 2003 represents primarily lower revenues for certain communication products compared to the first quarter of 2003.

     In the second quarter and first half of 2003, revenues declined in all geographic regions as compared to the same periods in 2002. The decline in domestic revenues for the above noted periods is mainly due to the continued economic downturn in the United States.

20


Table of Contents

The decline in revenues in Asia, including Japan, represents primarily lower revenues in the consumer products market, as we experienced greater than normal seasonality in the first quarter of 2003 as a result of high levels of inventory in the retail channel.

     We expect revenues from Asia, including Japan, to increase in the third quarter of 2003 primarily due to the customer concentration in these regions within the consumer products market, which is typically strong in the second half of the year.

     Operating costs and expenses. Key elements of the consolidated statements of operations for the respective segments are as follows:

     Gross profit margin:

                                             
        Three months ended   Six months ended
       
 
        June 30, 2003   March 31, 2003   June 30, 2002   June 30, 2003   June 30, 2002
       
 
 
 
 
                        (in millions)                
Semiconductor segment
  $ 130.2     $ 88.5     $ 133.4     $ 218.8     $ 216.8  
   
Percentage of revenues
    43 %     32 %     38 %     38 %     31 %
Storage Systems segment
  $ 38.5     $ 36.2     $ 30.0     $ 74.7     $ 52.4  
   
Percentage of revenues
    38 %     36 %     36 %     37 %     37 %
 
   
     
     
     
     
 
Consolidated
  $ 168.7     $ 124.7     $ 163.4     $ 293.5     $ 269.2  
 
   
     
     
     
     
 
   
Percentage of revenues
    41 %     33 %     37 %     38 %     32 %

     Second quarter of 2003 compared to the first quarter of 2003

     The increase in consolidated Semiconductor segment and Storage Systems segment gross profit margins for the second quarter of 2003 compared to the first quarter of 2003 are a result of the following factors:

    A favorable shift in product mix, higher revenues from cost-reduced parts, improved yields and productivity, mainly from our 0.18 micron process for semiconductor products sold. in the second quarter of 2003 as compared to the first quarter of 2003; and
 
    Lower inventory charges due to lower inventory reserve requirements primarily resulting from sales of previously reserved inventory, which was in part offset by higher manufacturing variances in the second quarter of 2003. The sale of previously reserved excess inventory improved gross profit margins by approximately one percentage point during the second quarter of 2003 as compared to the first quarter of 2003.

     We expect gross profit margins to be 41% to 42% on a consolidated basis in the third quarter of 2003.

     Three and six months ended June 30, 2003 compared to the same period of 2002

     The increase in consolidated and Semiconductor segment gross profit margins for the second quarter and first half of 2003, as compared to the same periods in 2002, are a result of improved capacity utilization and factory absorption. Additional excess inventory and related charges for the three and six months ended June 30, 2002, were $4.8 million and $45.5 million, respectively. The charges in 2002 impacted the Semiconductor segment and were primarily a result of underutilization charges associated with a partial idling of our fabrication facilities due to decreased demand. The gross profit margin was relatively flat in the Storage Systems segment as a result of consistent distribution of products within the channel and product mix.

     Factors that may affect gross profit margins

     We have advanced wafer-manufacturing operations in Oregon, which is our primary manufacturing site, and Japan. In June 2003, we announced the decision to sell the manufacturing facility in Japan (See Note 3 of the Notes). We also acquire wafers from foundries in other locations. Utilizing a diversity of manufacturing locations allows us to better manage potential disruption in the manufacturing process due to economic and geographic risks associated with each location.

21


Table of Contents

     Our operating environment, combined with the resources required to operate in the Semiconductor and Storage Systems industries, require that we manage a variety of factors. These factors include, among other things:

  Competitive pricing pressures;
 
  Product mix;
 
  Factory capacity and utilization;
 
  Manufacturing yields;
 
  Availability of certain raw materials;
 
  Terms negotiated with third-party subcontractors; and
 
  Foreign currency fluctuations.

     These and other factors could have a significant effect on our gross profit margin in future periods.

     Research and development:

                                             
        Three months ended   Six months ended  
       
 
 
        June 30, 2003   March 31, 2003   June 30, 2002   June 30, 2003 June 30, 2002  
       
 
 
 

 
                        (in millions)                
Semiconductor segment
  $ 100.4     $ 105.1     $ 105.5     $ 205.6     $ 211.9  
 
Percentage of revenues
    33 %     38 %     30 %     35 %     30 %
Storage Systems segment
  $ 10.9     $ 10.0     $ 7.3     $ 20.9     $ 15.3  
 
Percentage of revenues
    11 %     10 %     9 %     10 %     11 %
 
   
     
     
     
     
 
Consolidated
  $ 111.3     $ 115.1     $ 112.8     $ 226.5     $ 227.2  
 
   
     
     
     
     
 
 
Percentage of revenues
    27 %     31 %     26 %     29 %     27 %

     Second quarter of 2003 compared to the first quarter of 2003

     Research and development (“R&D”) expenses declined $3.8 million or 3% in the second quarter of 2003 as compared to the first quarter of 2003 on a consolidated basis.

     R&D expenses in the Semiconductor segment decreased $4.7 million or 4% in the second quarter of 2003 as compared to the first quarter of 2003. The decrease in R&D expenses for the Semiconductor segment is primarily a result of benefits from the restructuring actions of 2003 (see Note 3 of the Notes). We continue to develop advanced sub-micron product technologies. One of the technologies under development is RapidChip™. Products utilizing RapidChip technology combine the high-density, high-performance and proven intellectual property benefits of cell-based ASICs with the advantages of Field Programmable Gate Arrays (“FPGAs”), such as customization and faster time to market. We expect products utilizing RapidChip technology to have performance comparable to cell-based ASICs at a cost significantly lower than FPGAs. We expect to begin shipping products utilizing RapidChip technology in the second half of 2003, although we do not expect it to contribute significantly to our consolidated revenues until 2004.

     R&D expenses in the Storage Systems segment increased $0.9 million or 9% in the second quarter of 2003 as compared to the first quarter of 2003 primarily due to higher compensation-related expenditures and increased expenditures on existing R&D programs.

     The decrease in R&D expenses as a percentage of revenues on a consolidated basis is primarily a result of higher revenues and lower R&D expenses in the second quarter as compared to the first quarter of 2003.

22


Table of Contents

     Three and six months ended June 30, 2003 compared to the same period of 2002

     R&D expenses, on a consolidated basis, decreased $1.5 million or 1% during the second quarter of 2003 as compared to the second quarter of 2002. R&D expenses for the first half of 2003 decreased by $0.7 million or less than 1% as compared to the first half of 2002 on a consolidated basis.

     R&D expenses for the Semiconductor segment decreased $5.1 million or 5% in the second quarter of 2003 and $6.3 million or 3% for the first half of 2003 as compared to the same periods of 2002. The decrease in R&D expenses for the Semiconductor segment is primarily a result of benefits from the restructuring actions of 2002 and 2003 (see Note 3 of the Notes). The decrease was offset in part by a lower benefit associated with the technology transfer agreement entered into with Silterra in Malaysia during 1999. No benefit was recorded in the second quarter or first half of 2003 as compared to $2 million and $6 million benefit recorded in the second quarter and first half of 2002, respectively. The obligations under the technology transfer agreement were complete as of December 31, 2002.

     R&D expenses for the Storage Systems segment increased by $3.6 million or 49% in the second quarter of 2003 and $5.6 million or 37% in the first half of 2003 as compared to the same periods of 2002 primarily due to the additional R&D expenses incurred in the first half of 2003 for the former Mylex business unit of IBM, which was acquired in August 2002, and is now primarily a part of the Storage Systems segment.

     The increases in R&D expenses as a percentage of revenues on a consolidated basis and for the Semiconductor segment in the second quarter and first half of 2003 as compared to the same periods of 2002, are a result of lower revenues, offset in part by lower R&D expenses. R&D expenses as a percentage of revenues for the Storage Systems segment increased to 11% in the second quarter of 2003 from 9% in the same quarter of 2002. The increase is a result of an increase in revenues, more than offset by an increase in R&D expenses in the second quarter of 2003 as compared to the same period of 2002. R&D expenses as a percentage of revenues for the Storage Systems segment decreased to 10% in the first half of 2003 as compared to 11% in the same period of 2002. The decrease is a result of higher revenues, offset in part by an increase in R&D expenses in the first half of 2003 as compared to the same period of 2002.

     Selling, general and administrative:

                                             
        Three months ended   Six months ended
       
 
        June 30, 2003   March 31, 2003   June 30, 2002   June 30, 2003   June 30, 2002
       
 
 
 
 
        (in millions)
Semiconductor segment
  $ 40.8     $ 42.9     $ 45.6     $ 83.8     $ 92.3  
   
Percentage of revenue
    13 %     16 %     13 %     14 %     13 %
Storage Systems segment
  $ 16.1     $ 14.7     $ 11.8     $ 30.7     $ 23.2  
   
Percentage of revenue
    16 %     15 %     14 %     15 %     16 %
 
   
     
     
     
     
 
Consolidated
  $ 56.9     $ 57.6     $ 57.4     $ 114.5     $ 115.5  
 
   
     
     
     
     
 
   
Percentage of revenue
    14 %     15 %     13 %     15 %     14 %

     Second quarter of 2003 compared to the first quarter of 2003

     Selling, general and administrative (“SG&A”) expenses decreased $0.7 million or 1% during the second quarter of 2003 from the first quarter of 2003 on a consolidated basis. SG&A expenses for the Semiconductor segment decreased $2.1 million or 5% in the second quarter of 2003 as compared to the first quarter of 2003. The decrease for the Semiconductor segment is due to the various cost reduction measures implemented in 2003 (See Note 3 of the Notes). SG&A expenses for the Storage Systems segment increased $1.4 million or 10% when comparing the same periods. The increase for the Storage Systems segment is primarily due to continued increase in partner alliance spending on channel development.

     As a percentage of revenues, consolidated SG&A expenses decreased to 14% in the second quarter of 2003 from 15% in the first quarter of 2003. For the Semiconductor segment, SG&A expenses, as a percentage of revenues, decreased to 13% from 16%, and for the Storage Systems segment, increased to 16% in the second quarter of 2003 as compared to 15% for the first quarter of 2003. The decrease as a percentage of revenues on a consolidated basis and for the Semiconductor segment are primarily a result of higher

23


Table of Contents

revenues during the second quarter of 2003 as compared to the first quarter of 2003. The increase as a percentage of revenues for the Storage Systems segment is primarily the result of higher SG&A expenses, offset in part by higher revenues in the second quarter as compared to the first quarter of 2003.

     Three and six months ended June 30, 2003 compared to the same period of 2002

     Consolidated SG&A expenses decreased $0.5 million or 1% during the second quarter of 2003 and decreased $1.0 million or 1% during the first half of 2003 as compared to the same periods of 2002.

     SG&A expenses for the Semiconductor segment decreased $4.8 million or 11% for the three months ended June 30, 2003 and decreased $8.5 million or 9% for the six months ended June 30, 2003, as compared to the same periods of 2002. The decrease for the Semiconductor segment was primarily attributable to the various cost reduction measures implemented in 2002 and 2003 (See Note 3 of the Notes).

     SG&A expenses for the Storage Systems segment increased $4.3 million or 36% in the second quarter of 2003 and increased $7.5 million or 32% in the first half of 2003 as compared to the same periods of 2002. The increase is primarily a result of continued increase in partner alliance spending on channel development.

     As a percentage of revenues, SG&A expenses increased to 14% in the second quarter of 2003 from 13% in the same period of 2002 on a consolidated basis. For the Semiconductor segment, SG&A expenses as a percentage of revenues were relatively flat at 13% as a result of lower revenues, offset by lower SG&A expenses. For the Storage Systems segment, SG&A expenses as a percentage of revenues increased to 16% from 14% as a result of higher revenues, more than offset by higher SG&A expenses in the first quarter of 2003 as compared to the same period of 2002, as discussed above.

     As a percentage of revenues, SG&A expenses increased to 15% for the six months ended June 30, 2003 as compared to 14% for the six months ended June 30, 2002 on a consolidated basis. For the Semiconductor segment, SG&A expenses as a percentage of revenues increased to 14% from 13% as a result of lower revenues, offset by lower SG&A expenses. For the Storage Systems segment, SG&A expenses as a percentage of revenues decreased to 15% from 16% as a result of higher revenues, offset in part by higher SG&A expenses in the first six months of 2003 as compared to the same period of 2002.

     Restructuring of operations and other items: We recorded a charge of $124.5 million and $160.2 million in restructuring of operations and other items for the three and six months ended June 30, 2003, respectively. We recorded a gain of $6.4 million and a charge of $58.7 million in restructuring of operations and other items for the three and six months ended June 30, 2002, respectively. For a complete discussion of the 2002 restructuring actions, please refer to the Company’s Annual Report on Form 10-K.

     Restructuring and impairment of long-lived assets:

     First quarter of 2003:

     On January 1, 2003, we adopted SFAS No. 146, “Accounting for Exit or Disposal Activities.” SFAS No. 146 has been applied to restructuring activities initiated after December 31, 2002, and changes the timing of when restructuring charges are recorded to the date when the liabilities are incurred. The adoption of SFAS No. 146 did not affect restructuring reserves recorded prior to December 31, 2002.

     In February 2003, we downsized our operations and recorded $35.7 million in charges for restructuring of operations and other items. Of this charge, $21.1 million was associated with the Semiconductor segment and $14.6 million was attributable to the Storage Systems segment. The charges consisted of severance and termination benefits for approximately 210 terminated employees primarily involved in manufacturing operations, research and development and marketing and sales; costs associated with exiting certain operating leases primarily for real estate; and a write-down of certain acquired intangibles and other long-lived assets. During the six months ended June 30, 2003, payments related to the February 2003 restructuring actions have consisted of approximately $4.4 million for severance and termination benefits and $0.4 million for lease and contract terminations.

24


Table of Contents

     Second quarter of 2003:

     In April 2003, we announced a restructuring of our operations that includes a reduction in our workforce and the consolidation of certain non-manufacturing facilities. A charge of $32.4 million was recorded in the Semiconductor segment consisting of severance and termination benefits for approximately 325 terminated employees involved in manufacturing operations, research and development, marketing, sales and administration; costs associated with exiting certain operating leases primarily for real estate; other exit costs; and a write-down of fixed assets due to impairment. During the six months ended June 30, 2003, payments related to the April 2003 restructuring actions have consisted of approximately $6.6 million for severance and termination benefits and $0.2 million for lease and contract terminations.

     In June 2003, we announced the decision to sell the Tsukuba, Japan manufacturing facility. As a result, a charge of $72.9 million was recorded in the Semiconductor segment to write down fixed assets to their fair market value, which has been reclassified from property, plant and equipment to other current assets to reflect the intention to dispose of the facility within the next twelve months. In addition, approximately $2.0 million in restructuring charges were recorded for severance and other exit costs. During the six months ended June 30, 2003, there have been no payments related to the amounts accrued for severance and other exit costs under the June 2003 restructuring actions.

     In June 2003, we also recorded $19.4 million of additional fixed asset write-downs to reflect the decrease in fair market value of the assets during the period. This write-down included a reduction in the value of the Colorado Springs fabrication facility of $16.4 million to reflect continued and accelerated efforts to sell the facility.

     The fair value of assets determined to be impaired was the result of the use of management estimates and independent appraisals. Given that current market conditions for the sale of older fabrication facilities and related equipment may fluctuate, there can be no assurance that we will realize the current net carrying value for the assets. We reassess the realizability of the carrying value of these assets at the end of each quarter until the assets are sold or otherwise disposed of and additional adjustments may be necessary. We are making appropriate efforts to sell assets held for sale within the current year. Assets held for sale of $60.4 million and $74.2 million were included as a component of prepaid expenses and other current assets as of June 30, 2003 and December 31, 2002, respectively. Assets classified as held for sale are not depreciated.

     The following table sets forth our restructuring reserves as of June 30, 2003, which are included in other accrued liabilities on the balance sheet:

                                                         
    Balance at   Restructuring   Utilized   Balance at   Restructuring   Utilized   Balance at
    December   Expense   during   March 31,   Expense   during   June 30,
    31, 2002   Q1 2003   Q1 2003   2003   Q2 2003   Q2 2003   2003
   
 
 
 
 
 
 
    (In thousands)
Write-down of excess assets (a)
  $ 6,008     $ 29,754     $ (30,021 )   $ 5,741     $ 96,805     $ (97,917 )   $ 4,629  
Lease terminations and maintenance contracts (b)
    6,757       1,396       (1,172 )     6,981       18,762       (1,425 )     24,318  
Facility closure and other exit costs (c)
    8,129             (2,520 )     5,609       498       (2,040 )     4,067  
Payments to employees for severance (d)
    1,391       4,516       (4,493 )     1,414       10,637       (7,116 )     4,935  
 
   
     
     
     
     
     
     
 
Total
  $ 22,285     $ 35,666     $ (38,206 )   $ 19,745     $ 126,702     $ (108,498 )   $ 37,949  
 
   
     
     
     
     
     
     
 

(a)   The amounts utilized in 2003 reflect $126.6 million of non-cash write-downs of amortizable intangible and other long-lived assets in the U.S due to impairment, and $1.4 million in cash payments to decommission and sell assets. The write-downs of the intangible and other long-lived assets were accounted for as a reduction of the assets and did not result in a liability. The $4.6 million balance as of June 30, 2003, relates to machinery and equipment decommissioning costs in the U.S and estimates of selling costs for assets held for sale and is expected to be utilized during 2003.
 
(b)   Amounts utilized represent cash payments. The balance remaining for primarily real estate lease terminations and maintenance contracts will be paid during the remaining terms of these contracts, which extend through 2010.
 
(c)   Amounts utilized represent cash payments. The balance remaining for facility closure and other exit costs will be paid during 2003.

25


Table of Contents

(d)   Amounts utilized represent cash severance payments to approximately 470 employees during the six months ended June 30, 2003. The balance remaining for severance will be paid during 2003.

     The restructuring actions discussed above are expected to result in savings of approximately $15 million to $20 million in total costs and expenses per quarter in 2003.

     Other items:

     A gain of approximately $2.2 million was recorded in restructuring and other items, net during the second quarter of 2003 associated with additional sales of intellectual property associated with the CDMA handset product line.

     Amortization of non-cash deferred stock compensation: Amortization of non-cash deferred stock compensation was $8.9 million for the three months ended June 30, 2003, $10.5 million for the first quarter of 2003 and $23.8 million for the three months ended June 30, 2002. For the six months ended June 30, 2003 and 2002, the amortization of non-cash deferred stock compensation was $19.4 million and $50.8 million, respectively. The acquisitions for which deferred stock compensation and related amortization were recorded consisted of an acquisition in the fourth quarter of 2002, acquisitions of C-Cube and the RAID business from AMI in 2001, and acquisitions of DataPath and Syntax in 2000. We amortize deferred stock compensation ratably over the vesting period.

     Amortization of intangibles: Amortization of intangible assets was $19.3 million and $20.1 million for the second quarter of 2003 and first quarter of 2003, respectively. The slight decrease over the prior quarter is due to a reduction in amortization as a result of the write-down of certain acquired intangible assets during the first quarter of 2003, as discussed below.

     Amortization of intangible assets was $19.1 million for the three months ended June 30, 2002. For the six months ended June 30, 2003 and 2002, amortization of intangible assets was $39.4 million and $38.3 million, respectively. The increase is attributable to the additional amortization of intangible assets recorded in connection with the acquisition of the former Mylex business unit of IBM valued at $50.5 million in the third quarter of 2002 and the acquisition of a company valued at $7 million in the fourth quarter of 2002. As a result of restructuring actions taken during the first quarter of 2003, we wrote down certain acquired intangible assets by $15.1 million in the Semiconductor segment and $9.0 million in the Storage Systems segment due to impairment. As of June 30, 2003, we had approximately $219.1 million of intangible assets, net of accumulated amortization that will continue to amortize.

     We monitor the recoverability of goodwill recorded in connection with acquisitions annually, or sooner if events or changes in circumstances indicate that the carrying amount may not be recoverable. Impairment, if any, would be determined in accordance with SFAS No. 142, which uses a fair value model for determining the carrying value of goodwill. See our Annual Report on Form 10-K for further discussion.

     Interest expense: Interest expense decreased by $1.5 million to $7.3 million in the second quarter of 2003 from $8.8 million in the first quarter of 2003. Interest expense decreased by $8.2 million to $7.3 million during the three months ended June 30, 2003 from $15.5 million during the same period in 2002. Interest expense decreased $15.2 million to $16.1 million in the first half of 2003 from $31.3 million in the same period of 2002. The decrease is due to the repurchase of $135.0 million of the Convertible Subordinated Notes (“Convertible Notes”) during the third and fourth quarters of 2002 and the repurchase of an additional $288.0 million of Convertible Notes during the second quarter of 2003. Our effective interest rate payable continued to be reduced as a result of the interest rate swaps (the “Swaps”) on the Convertible Notes entered into in the second quarter of 2002. The Swaps, entered into with various banks, effectively converted fixed interest payments on a portion of the Convertible Notes to LIBOR-based floating rates (see Note 5 of the Notes). During the second quarter of 2003, we terminated the Swaps resulting in an unrecognized gain of approximately $44.1 million that will be amortized as an adjustment to interest expense over the remaining term of the hedged Convertible Notes. The reductions to interest expense from the items noted above were partly offset by interest expense incurred on the $350 million of 4% Convertible Notes issued on May 12, 2003.

     Interest income and other, net: Interest income and other, net, was $3.4 million in the second quarter of 2003, $6.8 million in the first quarter of 2003 and $2.6 million in the second quarter of 2002. Interest income decreased to $7.1 million in the second quarter of 2003 from $12.4 million in the first quarter of 2003. The decrease in interest income is mainly due to lower returns on our short-term investments. Other expense, net of $3.7 million in the second quarter of 2003 included a write-down of three investments in equity securities by $2.1 million due to impairment considered to be other than temporary (see Note 4 of the Notes), a net loss on the repurchase of Convertible Notes of $2.0 million, and currency option premium expenses, offset in part by net foreign exchange gains and gains on sale of assets. In the first quarter of 2003, we wrote-down two investments in equity securities by $7.1 million.

26


Table of Contents

     Interest income and other, net increased to $10.1 million in the first half of 2003 from $6.3 million in the same period of 2002. Interest income increased by $7.5 million to $19.4 million in the first half of 2003 from $11.9 million in the same period of 2002. The increase in interest income is mainly due to higher returns on our short-term investments during the first half of 2003. Other expense, net of $9.3 million in the first half of 2003 included write-downs of investments in equity securities by $9.1 million due to impairment considered to be other than temporary (see Note 4 of the Notes), a net loss on the repurchase of Convertible Notes of $2.0 million, and currency option premium expenses, offset in part by net foreign exchange gains, gains on sale of assets and other miscellaneous expenses that were individually insignificant. Other expense, net of $5.6 million in the first half of 2002 included net foreign exchange losses, currency option premium expenses, losses on sale of assets and other miscellaneous expenses that were individually insignificant.

     Provision for income taxes: During the three and six months ended June 30, 2003, we recorded an income tax expense of $6.0 million and $12.0 million, respectively. The expense relates to foreign income taxes; we expect our tax expense for the year ending December 31, 2003 to total approximately $24.0 million, and this amount will be provided ratably through the year. The future benefit of certain operating losses is not currently being recognized. For the three months ended June 30, 2002, we recorded an income tax expense of $6 million. The expense relates to income taxes for certain foreign subsidiaries. For the six months ended June 30, 2002, we recorded a net income tax benefit of $12.3 million. The net benefit is comprised of a one-time benefit of $22.5 million resulting from a net operating loss carryback provided by a law change in 2002, reduced by $10.2 million of income taxes incurred by certain foreign subsidiaries.

FINANCIAL CONDITION, CAPITAL RESOURCES AND LIQUIDITY

     Cash, cash equivalents and short-term investments increased to $1.1 billion at June 30, 2003, from $990 million at December 31, 2002. The increase is primarily due to net cash inflows from our operating activities as described below.

     Working capital. Working capital decreased by $71.5 million to $1.16 billion at June 30, 2003, from $1.23 billion as of December 31, 2002. Working capital in the first six months of the current year was impacted by the following activities:

    Current portion of long-term obligations increased by $173.3 million due to the reclassification of the 1999 Convertible Subordinated Notes, which are due in March 2004, along with the unamortized gain on the termination of the associated interest rate swap from long-term to current liabilities, net of the 1999 Convertible Subordinated Notes repurchased in the second quarter of 2003;
 
    Other accrued liabilities increased by $16.3 million primarily as a result of additions to the restructuring reserve for lease exit costs and severance;
 
    Higher income taxes payable due to the timing of tax payments made and income tax provision recorded in the first half of 2003;
 
    Accounts receivable decreased by $7.6 million from $248.6 million at December 31, 2002, to $241.1 million at June 30, 2003. This decrease is attributable to timing differences in collections in the current quarter compared to the fourth quarter of 2002 and lower revenue in the second quarter of 2003 compared to the fourth quarter of 2002; and
 
    Higher accounts payable due to timing of payments.
 
  The decrease in working capital was offset, in part, by the following:
 
    Cash, cash equivalents and short-term investments increased by $124.8 million at June 30, 2003, as compared to December 31, 2002;
 
    Inventories increased by $10.9 million, primarily as a result of decreased revenues, offset in part by decreased production, in the current quarter as compared to the fourth quarter of 2002;

27


Table of Contents

    Lower accrued salaries, wages and benefits due to timing differences in payment of salaries; and
 
    Prepaid expenses and other current assets increased by $6.5 million, primarily due to the increase in current portion of the collateral for the equipment operating lease agreement entered into in the first quarter (see Note 12 of the Notes) and an increase in prepaid software maintenance contracts. These increases were offset in part by reductions in the swap related interest receivable due to termination of the Swaps (see Note 5 of the Notes) and a lower balance in assets held for sale due to sales of assets and write downs, net of additions (see Note 3 of the Notes).

     Cash and cash equivalents generated from operating activities. During the first six months of 2003, we generated $104.1 million of net cash and cash equivalents from operating activities compared to $9.9 million used in the same period of 2002. Cash and cash equivalents generated by operating activities for the first six months of 2003 were the result of the following:

    Income of approximately $22.9 million when excluding gains, losses and charges that are either non-cash in nature or not related to operating activities from our net loss of $284.5 million for the six months ended June 30, 2003. The non-cash items and other non-operating adjustments are quantified in our Consolidated Statements of Cash Flows included in this Current report on Form 10-Q;
 
    Changes in working capital components from June 30, 2003 as compared to December 31, 2002 as discussed above; and
 
    Cash of $44.9 million was received upon termination of the Swaps during the second quarter of 2003 (see Note 5 of the Notes). The Swap related asset was formerly included in other non-current assets.

     Cash and cash equivalents provided by investing activities. Cash and cash equivalents provided by investing activities was $41.0 million in the first six months of 2003, compared to $331.7 million used in the same period in 2002. The primary investing activities during the first six months of 2003 were as follows:

    Sales and maturities of debt and equity securities available for sale, net of purchases in 2003;
 
    Proceeds from the sale-leaseback transaction entered into during the first quarter of 2003 (see Note 12 of the Notes). Net purchases of property and equipment during the first half of 2003. These items were offset by higher non-current assets and deposits in the first half of 2003, primarily as a result of the new lease agreement entered into during the first quarter of 2003 (see Note 12 of the Notes).

     We believe that maintaining technological leadership in the highly competitive worldwide semiconductor manufacturing industry requires access to additional advanced manufacturing capacity. Our focus is on establishing strategic supplier alliances with foundry semiconductor manufacturers, which enables us to have access to advanced manufacturing capacity, and reduces our capital spending requirements. We expect total capital expenditures to be under $100 million in 2003.

     As of June 30, 2003, we had operating leases financing certain wafer fabrication equipment (see Note 12 of the Notes). The debt related to these operating leases is not reflected on the balance sheet. We are required to maintain unrestricted cash reserves in an amount no less than the higher of a) the sum of $100 million plus the principal amount outstanding under the 4% Convertible Subordinated Notes due February 15, 2005; or b) $350 million. We were in compliance with this requirement as of June 30, 2003.

     We guarantee residual values of equipment on these leases. As of June 30, 2003, we do not expect to realize a loss on the guarantee at the end of the lease term, and accordingly, no additional rent expense has been recognized (see Note 12 of the Notes).

     Cash and cash equivalents provided by financing activities. Cash and cash equivalents provided by financing activities during the six months ended June 30, 2003 were $38.6 million compared to $26.4 million in the same period in 2002. The increase is attributable to net cash received on issuance of the 2003 Convertible Subordinated Notes, offset by cash paid to repurchase portions of the 1999 and 2000 Convertible Subordinated Notes and lower cash received on issuance of common stock under our employee stock purchase plan.

     On May 12, 2003, we issued $350 million of 4% Convertible Subordinated Notes (the “2003 Convertible Notes”) due in 2010. The 2003 Convertible Notes are subordinated to all existing and future senior debt, are convertible at the holder’s option, at any time prior to the maturity date of the convertible notes, into shares of our common stock at a conversion price of approximately $13.42 per

28


Table of Contents

share. We cannot elect to redeem the 2003 Convertible Notes prior to maturity, however; each holder of the 2003 Convertible Notes has the right to cause us to repurchase all of such holder’s convertible notes at 100% of their principal amount plus accrued interest upon the occurrence of any fundamental change, which includes a transaction or event such as an exchange offer, liquidation, tender offer, consolidation, merger or combination. Interest is payable semiannually. We paid approximately $10.6 million for debt issuance costs that are being amortized using the interest method.

     Approximately $28 million of the proceeds from issuance of the 2003 Convertible Notes were used to purchase call spread options on LSI’s common stock (the “Call Spread Options”). The Call Spread Options, including fees and costs have been accounted for as capital transactions in accordance with Emerging Issues Task Force No. 00-19, “Accounting for Derivative Financial Instruments Indexed to, and Potentially Settled in, a Company’s Own Stock.” The Call Spread Options cover approximately 26.1 million shares of our common stock, which is the number of shares that are initially issuable upon conversion of the 2003 Convertible Notes in full. The Call Spread Options are designed to mitigate dilution from conversion of the 2003 Convertible Notes in the event that the market price per share of our common stock upon exercise of the Call Spread Options is greater than $13.42 and is less than or equal to $23.875. The Call Spread Options may be settled at our option in either net shares or in cash and expire in 2010.

     The proceeds from the 2003 Convertible Notes were used to repurchase $153 million of the 1999 Convertible Subordinated Notes and $135 million of the 2000 Convertible Subordinated Notes. A net pre-tax loss of $2 million was recognized, in interest income and other, net, on the repurchases of the 1999 and 2000 Convertible Subordinated Notes. The pre-tax loss is net of the write-off of debt issuance costs and a portion of the unamortized gain on the terminated Swaps (see Note 5 of the Notes).

     As of June 30, 2003, we also have Convertible Subordinated Notes of $172 million due in March 2004, $250 million due in February 2005, and $490 million due in October 2006. These Convertible Notes are convertible at the holder’s option, at any time after 60 days following issuance, into shares of our company’s common stock. The Convertible Notes are redeemable at our option, in whole or in part, on at least 30 days notice at any time on or after the call date, which is two years before the due date. Each holder of the Convertible Notes has the right to cause us to repurchase all of such holder’s Convertible Notes at 100% of their principal amount plus accrued interest upon the occurrence of any fundamental change, which includes a transaction or event such as an exchange offer, liquidation, tender offer, consolidation, merger or combination. Fluctuations in our stock price impact the prices of our outstanding convertible securities and the likelihood of the convertible securities being converted into cash or equity. If we are required to redeem any of the Convertible Notes for cash, it may affect our liquidity position. However, in the event they do not convert to equity, we believe that our current cash position and expected future operating cash flows will be adequate to meet these obligations as they mature. From time to time, we may buy back Convertible Subordinated Notes.

     We may seek additional equity or debt financing from time to time. We believe that our existing liquid resources and funds generated from operations, combined with funds from such financing and our ability to borrow funds, will be adequate to meet our operating and capital requirements and obligations for the foreseeable future. However, we cannot be certain that additional financing will be available on favorable terms. Moreover, any future equity or convertible debt financing will decrease the percentage of equity ownership of existing stockholders and may result in dilution, depending on the price at which the equity is sold or the debt is converted.

     The following table summarizes our contractual obligations at June 30, 2003, and the effect these obligations are expected to have on our liquidity and cash flow in future periods.

                                           
      Payments due by period
     
Contractual Obligations   Less than 1 year   1 – 3 years   4 – 5 years   After 5 years   Total
     
 
 
 
 
                      (in millions)                
Convertible Subordinated Notes
  $ 171.9     $ 250.0     $ 490.0     $ 350.0     $ 1,261.9  
Operating lease obligations
    149.7       222.6       55.7       12.9       440.9  
Capital lease obligations
    0.4       0.4                   0.8  
 
   
     
     
     
     
 
 
Total
  $ 322.0     $ 473.0     $ 545.7     $ 362.9     $ 1,703.6  
 
   
     
     
     
     
 

29


Table of Contents

Critical Accounting Policies

     The discussion and analysis of our financial condition and results of operations are based on the consolidated financial statements, which have been prepared in accordance with accounting principles generally accepted in the United States. The preparation of these financial statements requires estimates and assumptions that affect the reported amounts and disclosures. For a detailed discussion of our critical accounting policies, please see the Critical Accounting Policies contained in Part II, Item 7 of the Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations in our Annual Report on Form 10-K for the year ended December 31, 2002.

Recent Accounting Pronouncements

     In January 2003, the Financial Accounting Standards Board (“FASB”) issued FASB Interpretation No. 46 (“FIN 46”), “Consolidation of Variable Interest Entities, an Interpretation of ARB No. 51.” FIN 46 requires certain variable interest entities to be consolidated by the primary beneficiary of the entity if the equity investors in the entity do not have the characteristics of a controlling financial interest or do not have sufficient equity at risk for the entity to finance its activities without additional subordinated financial support from other parties. FIN 46 is effective immediately for all new variable interest entities created or acquired after January 31, 2003. For variable interest entities created or acquired prior to February 1, 2003, the provisions of FIN 46 must be applied for the first interim or annual period beginning after June 15, 2003. On March 28, 2003, we entered into new operating leases to refinance our old leases. See Note 12 of the Notes. We refinanced these leases in a manner that best met our capital financing strategy and our cost of capital objectives and the new leases are not subject to the consolidation provisions of FIN 46. We believe that the adoption of this standard will not have a material impact on our consolidated balance sheet or statement of operations.

     In November 2002, the Emerging Issues Task Force (“EITF”) reached a consensus on Issue No. 00-21, “Revenue Arrangements with Multiple Deliverables.” EITF Issue No. 00-21 provides guidance on how to account for arrangements that involve the delivery or performance of multiple products, services and/or rights to use assets. The provisions of EITF Issue No. 00-21 will apply to revenue arrangements entered into in fiscal periods beginning after June 15, 2003. We believe that the adoption of this standard will not have a material impact on our consolidated balance sheet or statement of operations.

     In April 2003, the FASB issued Statement No. 149 (“SFAS No. 149”), “Amendment of Statement 133 on Derivative Instruments and Hedging Activities.” SFAS No. 149 amends and clarifies financial accounting and reporting for derivative instruments by requiring that contracts with comparable characteristics be accounted for similarly. In particular, this statement clarifies the circumstances under which a contract with an initial net investment meets the characteristics of a derivative, clarifies when a derivative contains a financing component, amends the definition of an underlying to conform it to the language used in FIN 45, “Guarantor’s Accounting and Disclosure Requirements for Guarantees, Including Indirect Guarantees of Indebtedness of Others,” and amends certain other existing pronouncements. The provisions of SFAS No. 149, which were not already applied under an Implementation Issue, are effective for contracts entered into or modified after June 30, 2003. We believe that the adoption of this standard will not have a material impact on our consolidated balance sheet or statement of operations.

     In May 2003, the FASB issued Statement No. 150 (“SFAS No. 150”), “Accounting for Certain Financial Instruments with Characteristics of both Liabilities and Equity.” SFAS No. 150 establishes standards for classification and measurement of certain financial instruments with characteristics of both liabilities and equity. It requires financial instruments within its scope be classified as a liability (or an asset in some circumstances). Many of those financial instruments were previously classified as equity. SFAS No. 150 is effective for financial instruments entered into or modified after May 31, 2003. For financial instruments created before and still existing as of the issuance of this statement, a cumulative effect of change in accounting principle shall be reported upon implementation in the first interim period beginning after June 15, 2003.

FACTORS THAT MAY AFFECT FUTURE OPERATING RESULTS

     We believe that our future operating results will continue to be subject to quarterly variations based upon a wide variety of factors detailed in the Risk Factors in Part I of our Annual Report on Form 10-K for the year ended December 31, 2002. Our actual results in future periods may be significantly different from any future performance suggested in this report. Although we believe that the expectations reflected in the forward-looking statements are reasonable, we cannot guarantee future results, levels of activity, performance or achievements. Risks and uncertainties that may affect our results include, among others:

30


Table of Contents

    Fluctuations in timing and volumes of customer demand;
 
    The rate of depletion of customer inventory buildup;
 
    Loss of a significant customer;
 
    The Company’s achievement of revenue objectives and other financial targets;
 
    The development of new products;
 
    The timing and success of new product introductions;
 
    The continued availability of appropriate levels of manufacturing capacity;
 
    The realization of benefits from the Company’s strategic relationships;
 
    Competing technologies, R&D investments, products and other competitive factors;
 
    Disruptions in general economic activity due to worsening global business and geopolitical conditions;
 
    The extent to which the Company may not realize the cost savings it expects from the reduction in workforce and operating expenses;
 
    Cyclical nature of the Semiconductor industry and the markets addressed by our products; and
 
    The unpredictability of the economy and other factors beyond the Company’s control.

     Our operating results could also be impacted by sudden fluctuations in customer requirements, foreign currency exchange rate fluctuations and other economic conditions affecting customer demand and the cost of operations in one or more of the global markets in which we do business. We operate in a technologically advanced, rapidly changing and highly competitive environment. While we cannot predict what effect these various factors may have on our financial results, the aggregate effect of these and other factors could result in significant volatility in our future performance. To the extent our performance may not meet expectations published by external sources, public reaction could result in a sudden and significantly adverse impact on the market price of our securities, particularly on a short-term basis.

     We have international subsidiaries and distributors that operate and sell our products globally. Further, we purchase a substantial portion of our raw materials and manufacturing equipment from foreign suppliers and incur labor and other operating costs in foreign currencies, particularly in our Japanese manufacturing facilities. As a result, we are exposed to the risk of changes in foreign currency exchange rates or declining economic conditions in these countries. We utilize forward exchange contracts and purchased currency option contracts to manage our exposure associated with net asset and liability positions and cash flows denominated in non-functional currencies. (See Note 5 of the Notes.) There is no assurance that these hedging transactions will eliminate exposure to currency rate fluctuations and this could affect our operating results.

     Our corporate headquarters and some of our manufacturing facilities are located near major earthquake faults. As a result, in the event of a major earthquake, we could suffer damages that could significantly and adversely affect our operating results and financial condition.

     We operate in an industry sector where the value of securities is highly volatile and may be influenced by economic and other factors beyond our control. We believe that our future operating results will continue to be subject to quarterly variations based upon a wide variety of factors.

     While management believes that the discussion and analysis in this report is adequate for a fair presentation of the information, we recommend that you read this discussion and analysis in conjunction with the Annual Report on Form 10-K.

31


Table of Contents

Item 3. Quantitative and Qualitative Disclosures about Market Risk

     Interest rate sensitivity. We are subject to interest rate risk on our investment portfolio, outstanding debt and equipment operating leases. Our objective in managing interest rate risk is to protect cash flows and earnings from the impact of fluctuations in interest rates, while minimizing cost of capital.

     In June 2002, we entered into interest rate swap transactions (the “Swaps”) with several investment banks to effectively convert fixed interest payments on a portion of our $1.1 billion Convertible Subordinated Notes to LIBOR-based floating rates. As of June 30, 2003, all of the Swaps have been terminated (see Note 5 of the Notes). All of our Convertible Subordinated Notes bear fixed interest rates (see Note 7 of the Notes).

     In May 2003, we entered into an interest rate swap transaction to effectively convert the LIBOR-based floating rate interest payments on the equipment operating lease discussed in Note 12 of the Notes, with a notional amount of $395 million, to a fixed interest rate (“Lease Swap”). The Lease Swap qualifies to be accounted for as a cash flow hedge of the forecasted interest payments attributable to the benchmark interest rate on the equipment operating lease through September 2006. Fluctuations in interest rates affect the fair value of the Lease Swap, which is recorded as an asset or liability and the unrealized gains or losses recorded in accumulated other comprehensive income in the statement of financial position.

     An interest rate move of 40 basis-points (10% of our weighted-average worldwide interest rate in the first half of 2003) affecting our floating-rate financial instruments as of June 30, 2003, would not have a significant effect on our financial position, results of operations and cash flows over the next fiscal year, assuming that the investment balance remains consistent.

     There have been no significant changes in the foreign currency exchange risk or equity price risk during the six months ended June 30, 2003, as compared to the discussion in Part II of our Annual Report on Form 10-K for the year ended December 31, 2002.

Item 4. Controls and Procedures

     We maintain disclosure controls and procedures and internal accounting controls designed to ensure that information required to be disclosed in our filings under the Securities Exchange Act of 1934 is recorded, processed, summarized and reported within the time periods specified in the Securities and Exchange Commission’s rules and forms. Our principal executive and financial officers have evaluated our disclosure controls and procedures pursuant to Rule 13a-14 promulgated under the Securities Exchange Act within 90 days prior to the filing of this Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q and, based upon such evaluations, have determined that such disclosure controls and procedures are effective to alert them on a timely basis to material information relating to our company required to be disclosed in our filings with the Securities and Exchange Commission. Subsequent to our evaluation, there were no significant changes in internal controls or other factors that could significantly affect our internal controls, including any corrective actions with regard to significant deficiencies and material weaknesses. We are aware that any system of controls, however well designed and operated, can only provide reasonable, and not absolute, assurance that the objectives of the system are met, and that maintenance of disclosure controls and procedures is an ongoing process that may change over time.

32


Table of Contents

PART II – OTHER INFORMATION

Item 1. Legal Proceedings

     This information is included in Note 13 (“Legal Matters”) of the Notes to the Unaudited Consolidated Financial Statements, which information is incorporated herein by reference from Item 1 of Part I hereof.

Item 2. Changes in Securities and Use of Proceeds

     On May 16, 2003, the Company closed the sale of $350 million of its Convertible Subordinated notes due in 2010 in a private placement to an initial purchaser pursuant to Section 4(2) and rule 506 under the Securities Act of 1933. The initial purchaser subsequently resold the notes to qualified institutional buyers pursuant to rule 144A promulgated under the Securities Act of 1933. The notes will initially be convertible into common stock at a conversion price of approximately $13.42 per share. For additional information, see Note 12 of the Notes to the Unaudited Consolidated Financial Statements in Part I, Item 1.

Item 4. Submission of Matters to a Vote of Security Holders

     The Annual Meeting of Stockholders of LSI Logic Corporation was held on May 1, 2003 in San Jose, California. Proxies representing 347,937,299 shares of common stock or 93% of the total outstanding shares were voted at the meeting. The table below presents the voting results of election of the Company’s Board of Directors:

                 
    Votes For   Votes Withheld
   
 
T.Z. Chu
    326,446,049       21,491,250  
Wilfred J. Corrigan
    337,055,349       10,881,950  
Malcolm R. Currie
    326,926,849       21,010,450  
James H. Keyes
    326,641,963       21,295,336  
R. Douglas Norby
    337,405,731       10,531,568  
Matthew J. O’Rourke
    326,433,843       21,503,456  
Gregorio Reyes
    277,286,729       70,650,570  
Larry W. Sonsini
    328,038,665       19,898,634  

     The stockholders approved an amendment to the Amended 1995 Director Option Plan to increase the number of shares of common stock reserved for issuance thereunder by 1,000,000. The proposal received 227,097,283 affirmative votes, 118,359,080 negative votes, 2,480,944 abstentions and zero broker non-votes.

     The stockholders approved the adoption of the 2003 Equity Incentive Plan and approved reservation of 11,000,000 shares of common stock under the Plan. The proposal received 231,422,280 affirmative votes, 113,956,148 negative votes, 2,558,869 abstentions and zero broker non-votes.

     The stockholders approved the appointment of PricewaterhouseCoopers LLP as independent accountants of the Company for the fiscal year 2003. The proposal received 335,628,871 affirmative votes, 10,021,985 negative votes, 2,282,110 abstentions and zero broker non-votes.

33


Table of Contents

Item 6. Exhibits and Reports on Form 8-K

(a) Exhibits

     
4.5   Indenture, dated May 16, 2003, between LSI Logic Corporation and U.S. Bank National Association.
     
10.45   Registration Rights Agreement, dated May 16, 2003, between LSI Logic Corporation and Morgan Stanley & Co. Incorporated.
     
99.1   Certification of Chief Executive Officer pursuant to 18 U.S.C. Section 1350, as adopted pursuant to Section 906 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002. *
     
99.2   Certification of Chief Financial Officer pursuant to 18 U.S.C. Section 1350, as adopted pursuant to Section 906 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002. *

* Furnished not filed.

(b) Reports on Form 8-K

     On April 23, 2003, the Company furnished a Form 8-K pursuant to Items 5 and 12 to report information regarding its financial results for the fiscal quarter ended March 31, 2003 set forth in the Registrant’s news release dated April 23, 2003.

     On May 13, 2003, the Company filed a Form 8-K pursuant to items 5 and 7 to report information regarding its offering of convertible subordinated notes and the simultaneous entering into of call spread options set forth in the Registrant’s news release dated May 12, 2003.

34


Table of Contents

SIGNATURES

     Pursuant to the requirements of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, the Registrant has duly caused this report to be signed on its behalf by the undersigned thereunto duly authorized.

         
    LSI LOGIC CORPORATION
    (Registrant)
         
Date: August 13, 2003   By   /s/ Bryon Look
       
        Bryon Look
        Executive Vice President &
        Chief Financial Officer

35


Table of Contents

CERTIFICATION OF CHIEF EXECUTIVE OFFICER
AS ADOPTED PURSUANT TO
SECTION 302(a) OF THE SARBANES-OXLEY ACT OF 2002

I, Wilfred J. Corrigan, certify that:

1.   I have reviewed this quarterly report on Form 10-Q of LSI Logic Corporation;
 
2.   Based on my knowledge, this quarterly report does not contain any untrue statement of a material fact or omit to state a material fact necessary to make the statements made, in light of the circumstances under which such statements were made, not misleading with respect to the period covered by this quarterly report;
 
3.   Based on my knowledge, the financial statements, and other financial information included in this quarterly report, fairly present in all material respects the financial condition, results of operations and cash flows of the registrant as of, and for, the periods presented in this quarterly report;
 
4.   The registrant’s other certifying officers and I are responsible for establishing and maintaining disclosure controls and procedures (as defined in Exchange Act Rules 13a-14 and 15d-14) for the registrant and we have:

  a.   designed such disclosure controls and procedures to ensure that material information relating to the registrant, including its consolidated subsidiaries, is made known to us by others within those entities, particularly during the period in which this quarterly report is being prepared;
 
  b.   evaluated the effectiveness of the registrant’s disclosure controls and procedures as of a date within 90 days prior to the filing date of this quarterly report (the “Evaluation Date”); and
 
  c.   presented in this quarterly report our conclusions about the effectiveness of the disclosure controls and procedures based on our evaluation as of the Evaluation Date;

5.   The registrant’s other certifying officers and I have disclosed, based on our most recent evaluation, to the registrant’s auditors and the audit committee of the registrant’s board of directors:

  a.   all significant deficiencies in the design or operation of internal controls which could adversely affect the registrant’s ability to record, process, summarize and report financial data and have identified for the registrant’s auditors any material weaknesses in internal controls; and
 
  b.   any fraud, whether or not material, that involves management or other employees who have a significant role in the registrant’s internal controls; and

6.   The registrant’s other certifying officers and I have indicated in this quarterly report whether or not there were significant changes in internal controls or in other factors that could significantly affect internal controls subsequent to the date of our most recent evaluation, including any corrective actions with regard to significant deficiencies and material weaknesses.

Date: August 13, 2003
     
By:   /s/ Wilfred J. Corrigan
 
Name:   Wilfred J. Corrigan
Title:   Chairman & Chief Executive Officer

36


Table of Contents

CERTIFICATION OF CHIEF FINANCIAL OFFICER
AS ADOPTED PURSUANT TO
SECTION 302(a) OF THE SARBANES-OXLEY ACT OF 2002

I, Bryon Look, certify that:

1.   I have reviewed this quarterly report on Form 10-Q of LSI Logic Corporation;
 
2.   Based on my knowledge, this quarterly report does not contain any untrue statement of a material fact or omit to state a material fact necessary to make the statements made, in light of the circumstances under which such statements were made, not misleading with respect to the period covered by this quarterly report;
 
3.   Based on my knowledge, the financial statements, and other financial information included in this quarterly report, fairly present in all material respects the financial condition, results of operations and cash flows of the registrant as of, and for, the periods presented in this quarterly report;
 
4.   The registrant’s other certifying officers and I are responsible for establishing and maintaining disclosure controls and procedures (as defined in Exchange Act Rules 13a-14 and 15d-14) for the registrant and we have:

  a.   designed such disclosure controls and procedures to ensure that material information relating to the registrant, including its consolidated subsidiaries, is made known to us by others within those entities, particularly during the period in which this quarterly report is being prepared;
 
  b.   evaluated the effectiveness of the registrant’s disclosure controls and procedures as of a date within 90 days prior to the filing date of this quarterly report (the “Evaluation Date”); and
 
  c.   presented in this quarterly report our conclusions about the effectiveness of the disclosure controls and procedures based on our evaluation as of the Evaluation Date;

5.   The registrant’s other certifying officers and I have disclosed, based on our most recent evaluation, to the registrant’s auditors and the audit committee of the registrant’s board of directors:

  a.   all significant deficiencies in the design or operation of internal controls which could adversely affect the registrant’s ability to record, process, summarize and report financial data and have identified for the registrant’s auditors any material weaknesses in internal controls; and
 
  b.   any fraud, whether or not material, that involves management or other employees who have a significant role in the registrant’s internal controls; and

6.   The registrant’s other certifying officers and I have indicated in this quarterly report whether or not there were significant changes in internal controls or in other factors that could significantly affect internal controls subsequent to the date of our most recent evaluation, including any corrective actions with regard to significant deficiencies and material weaknesses.

Date: August 13, 2003
     
By:   /s/ Bryon Look
 
Name:   Bryon Look
Title:   Executive Vice President & Chief Financial Officer

37


Table of Contents

INDEX TO EXHIBITS

     
4.5   Indenture, dated May 16, 2003, between LSI Logic Corporation and U.S. Bank National Association.
     
10.45   Registration Rights Agreement, dated May 16, 2003, between LSI Logic Corporation and Morgan Stanley & Co. Incorporated.
     
99.1   Certification of Chief Executive Officer pursuant to 18 U.S.C. Section 1350, as adopted pursuant to Section 906 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002. *
     
99.2   Certification of Chief Financial Officer pursuant to 18 U.S.C. Section 1350, as adopted pursuant to Section 906 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002. *

* Furnished not filed.

38 EX-4.5 3 f92385exv4w5.txt EXHIBIT 4.5 EXHIBIT 4.5 EXECUTION COPY LSI LOGIC CORPORATION TO U.S. BANK NATIONAL ASSOCIATION, AS TRUSTEE INDENTURE DATED AS OF MAY 16, 2003 4% CONVERTIBLE SUBORDINATED NOTES DUE 2010 LSI LOGIC CORPORATION Reconciliation and Tie Between the Trust Indenture Act of 1939 and Indenture, dated as of May 16, 2003, between LSI Logic Corporation and U.S. Bank National Association, as Trustee.
TRUST INDENTURE ACT SECTION INDENTURE SECTION Section 310(a)(1)................................................................... 8.9 (a)(2).............................................................................. 8.9 (a)(3).............................................................................. Not Applicable (a)(4).............................................................................. Not Applicable (a)(5).............................................................................. 8.9 (b)................................................................................ 8.8; 8.9; 8.10; 8.11 Section 311(a)...................................................................... 8.13 (b)................................................................................. 8.13 (b)(2).............................................................................. 6.3(a) Section 312(a)...................................................................... 6.1; 6.2(a) (b)................................................................................. 6.2(b) (c)................................................................................. 6.2(c) Section 313(a)...................................................................... 6.3(a) (b)................................................................................. 6.3(a) (c)................................................................................. 6.3(a) (d)................................................................................. 6.3(b) Section 314(a)...................................................................... 6.14 (b)................................................................................. Not Applicable (c)(1).............................................................................. 16.5 (c)(2).............................................................................. 16.5 (c)(3).............................................................................. Not Applicable (d)................................................................................. Not Applicable (e)................................................................................. 16.5 Section 315(a)...................................................................... 8.1 (b)................................................................................. 7.8 (c)................................................................................. 8.1 (d)................................................................................. 8.1 (d)(1).............................................................................. 8.1(a) (d)(2).............................................................................. 8.1(b) (d)(3).............................................................................. 8.1(c) (e)................................................................................. 7.9 Section 316(a)...................................................................... 7.7 (a)(1)(A)........................................................................... 7.7 (a)(1)(B)........................................................................... 7.7 (a)(2).............................................................................. Not Applicable (b)................................................................................. 7.4 Section 317(a)(1)................................................................... 7.5 (a)(2).............................................................................. 7.5 (b)................................................................................. 5.4 Section 318(a)...................................................................... 16.7
- ------------------ Note: This reconciliation and tie shall not, for any purpose, be deemed to be a part of the Indenture. TABLE OF CONTENTS
PAGE ---- ARTICLE I Definitions................................................................................................ 1 Section 1.1 Definitions................................................................................ 1 Section 1.2 Incorporation by Reference of Trust Indenture Act.......................................... 8 Section 1.3 Rules of Construction...................................................................... 9 ARTICLE II Issue, Description, Execution, Registration And Exchange Of Notes......................................... 9 Section 2.1 Designation Amount and Issue of Notes...................................................... 9 Section 2.2 Form of Notes.............................................................................. 9 Section 2.3 Date and Denomination of Notes; Payments of Interest....................................... 10 Section 2.4 Execution of Notes......................................................................... 12 Section 2.5 Exchange and Registration of Transfer of Notes: Restrictions on Transfer; Depositary....... 12 Section 2.6 Mutilated, Destroyed, Lost or Stolen Notes................................................. 20 Section 2.7 Temporary Notes............................................................................ 21 Section 2.8 Cancellation of Notes Paid, Etc............................................................ 21 Section 2.9 CUSIP Numbers.............................................................................. 21 Section 2.10 No Company Redemption..................................................................... 21 ARTICLE III Repurchase Of Notes upon a Fundamental Change............................................................ 22 Section 3.1 Repurchase at Option of Holders............................................................ 22 ARTICLE IV Subordination Of Notes.................................................................................... 24 Section 4.1 Notes Subordinated to Senior Debt.......................................................... 24 Section 4.2 Subrogation................................................................................ 26 Section 4.3 Obligation of Company Unconditional........................................................ 26 Section 4.4 Modification of Terms of Senior Debt....................................................... 27 Section 4.5 Payments on Notes Permitted................................................................ 27 Section 4.6 Effectuation of Subordination by Trustee................................................... 27 Section 4.7 Knowledge of Trustee....................................................................... 27 Section 4.8 Trustee's Relation to Senior Debt.......................................................... 28 Section 4.9 Rights of Holders of Senior Debt Not Impaired.............................................. 28 Section 4.10 Certain Conversions Not Deemed Payment.................................................... 28 ARTICLE V Particular Covenants Of The Company........................................................................ 29 Section 5.1 Payment of Principal, Premium and Interest................................................. 29 Section 5.2 Maintenance of Office or Agency............................................................ 29 Section 5.3 Appointments to Fill Vacancies in Trustee's Office......................................... 30 Section 5.4 Provisions as to Paying Agent.............................................................. 30 Section 5.5 Existence.................................................................................. 31
-i- TABLE OF CONTENTS (CONTINUED)
PAGE ---- Section 5.6 Maintenance of Properties.................................................................. 31 Section 5.7 Payment of Taxes and Other Claims.......................................................... 31 Section 5.8 Rule 144A Information Requirement.......................................................... 32 Section 5.9 Stay, Extension and Usury Laws............................................................. 32 Section 5.10 Compliance Certificate.................................................................... 32 Section 5.11 Additional Interest....................................................................... 33 ARTICLE VI Noteholders' Lists And Reports By The Company And The Trustee............................................. 33 Section 6.1 Noteholders' Lists......................................................................... 33 Section 6.2 Preservation and Disclosure of Lists....................................................... 33 Section 6.3 Reports by Trustee......................................................................... 34 Section 6.4 Reports by Company......................................................................... 34 ARTICLE VII Remedies Of The Trustee And Noteholders Upon An Event Of Default......................................... 34 Section 7.1 Events of Default.......................................................................... 34 Section 7.2 Payments of Notes on Default; Suit Therefor................................................ 36 Section 7.3 Application of Monies Collected by Trustee................................................. 38 Section 7.4 Proceedings by Noteholder.................................................................. 38 Section 7.5 Proceedings by Trustee..................................................................... 39 Section 7.6 Remedies Cumulative and Continuing......................................................... 39 Section 7.7 Direction of Proceedings and Waiver of Defaults by Majority of Noteholders................. 40 Section 7.8 Notice of Defaults......................................................................... 40 Section 7.9 Undertaking to Pay Costs................................................................... 41 ARTICLE VIII Concerning The Trustee.................................................................................. 41 Section 8.1 Duties and Responsibilities of Trustee..................................................... 41 Section 8.2 Reliance on Documents, Opinions, Etc....................................................... 42 Section 8.3 No Responsibility for Recitals, Etc........................................................ 43 Section 8.4 Trustee, Paying Agents, Conversion Agents or Registrar May Own Notes....................... 43 Section 8.5 Monies to Be Held in Trust................................................................. 43 Section 8.6 Compensation and Expenses of Trustee....................................................... 44 Section 8.7 Officers' Certificate as Evidence.......................................................... 44 Section 8.8 Conflicting Interests of Trustee........................................................... 44 Section 8.9 Eligibility of Trustee..................................................................... 44 Section 8.10 Resignation or Removal of Trustee.......................................................... 45 Section 8.11 Acceptance by Successor Trustee............................................................ 46 Section 8.12 Succession by Merger, Etc.................................................................. 47
-ii- TABLE OF CONTENTS (CONTINUED)
PAGE ---- Section 8.13 Preferential Collection of Claims......................................................... 47 Section 8.14 Trustee's Application for Instructions from the Company................................... 47 ARTICLE IX Concerning The Noteholders................................................................................ 48 Section 9.1 Action by Noteholders...................................................................... 48 Section 9.2 Proof of Execution by Noteholders.......................................................... 48 Section 9.3 Who Are Deemed Absolute Owners............................................................. 48 Section 9.4 Company-Owned Notes Disregarded............................................................ 48 Section 9.5 Revocation of Consents; Future Holders Bound............................................... 49 ARTICLE X Noteholders' Meetings...................................................................................... 49 Section 10.1 Purpose of Meetings....................................................................... 49 Section 10.2 Call of Meetings by Trustee............................................................... 50 Section 10.3 Call of Meetings by Company or Noteholders................................................ 50 Section 10.4 Qualifications for Voting................................................................. 50 Section 10.5 Regulations............................................................................... 50 Section 10.6 Voting.................................................................................... 51 Section 10.7 No Delay of Rights by Meeting............................................................. 51 ARTICLE XI Supplemental Indentures................................................................................... 52 Section 11.1 Supplemental Indentures Without Consent of Noteholders.................................... 52 Section 11.2 Supplemental Indenture with Consent of Noteholders........................................ 53 Section 11.3 Effect of Supplemental Indenture.......................................................... 54 Section 11.4 Notation on Notes......................................................................... 54 Section 11.5 Evidence of Compliance of Supplemental Indenture to Be Furnished Trustee.................. 55 ARTICLE XII Consolidation, Merger, Sale, Conveyance and Lease........................................................ 55 Section 12.1 Company May Consolidate Etc............................................................... 55 Section 12.2 Successor Corporation to Be Substituted................................................... 55 Section 12.3 Opinion of Counsel to Be Given Trustee.................................................... 56 ARTICLE XIII Satisfaction and Discharge Of Indenture................................................................. 56 Section 13.1 Discharge of Indenture.................................................................... 56 Section 13.2 Deposited Monies to Be Held in Trust by Trustee........................................... 57 Section 13.3 Paying Agent to Repay Monies Held......................................................... 57 Section 13.4 Return of Unclaimed Monies................................................................ 57 Section 13.5 Reinstatement............................................................................. 57
-iii- TABLE OF CONTENTS (CONTINUED)
PAGE ---- ARTICLE XIV Immunity Of Incorporators, Stockholders, Officers And Directors.......................................... 58 Section 14.1 Indenture and Notes Solely Corporate Obligations.......................................... 58 ARTICLE XV Conversion Of Notes....................................................................................... 58 Section 15.1 Right to Convert.......................................................................... 58 Section 15.2 Exercise of Conversion Privilege; Issuance of Common Stock on Conversion; No Adjustment for Interest or Dividends.............................................................. 58 Section 15.3 Cash Payments in Lieu of Fractional Shares................................................ 60 Section 15.4 Conversion Rate........................................................................... 60 Section 15.5 Adjustment of Conversion Rate............................................................. 60 Section 15.6 Effect of Reclassification, Consolidation, Merger or Sale................................. 69 Section 15.7 Taxes on Shares Issued.................................................................... 70 Section 15.8 Reservation of Shares; Shares to Be Fully Paid; Compliance with Governmental Requirements; Listing of Common Stock...... ......................................................... 70 Section 15.9 Responsibility of Trustee................................................................. 71 Section 15.10 Notice to Holders Prior to Certain Actions................................................ 72 Section 15.11 Rights Issued in Respect of Common Stock Issued Upon Conversion........................... 72 ARTICLE XVI Miscellaneous Provisions................................................................................. 73 Section 16.1 Provisions Binding on Company's Successors................................................ 73 Section 16.2 Official Acts by Successor Corporation.................................................... 73 Section 16.3 Addresses for Notices, Etc................................................................ 73 Section 16.4 Governing Law............................................................................. 74 Section 16.5 Evidence of Compliance with Conditions Precedent; Certificates to Trustee................. 74 Section 16.6 Legal Holidays............................................................................ 74 Section 16.7 Trust Indenture Act....................................................................... 74 Section 16.8 No Security Interest Created.............................................................. 75 Section 16.9 Benefits of Indenture..................................................................... 75 Section 16.10 Table of Contents, Headings, Etc.......................................................... 75 Section 16.11 Authenticating Agent...................................................................... 75 Section 16.12 Execution in Counterparts................................................................. 76
EXHIBIT A. Form of Note.......................................................................................... A-1 EXHIBIT B. Institutional Accredit Investor Letter................................................................ B-1
-iv- INDENTURE INDENTURE, dated as of May 16, 2003, between LSI Logic Corporation, a Delaware corporation (hereinafter sometimes called the "Company", as more fully set forth in Section 1.1), and U.S. Bank National Association, a national banking association organized under the laws of the United States of America, as trustee hereunder (hereinafter sometimes called the "Trustee," as more fully set forth in Section 1.1). WITNESSETH: WHEREAS, for its lawful corporate purposes, the Company has duly authorized the issuance of its 4% Convertible Subordinated Notes due 2010 (hereinafter sometimes called the "Notes"), in an aggregate principal amount not to exceed $350,000,000 (or $402,500,000 if the option set forth in Section 2 of the Purchase Agreement dated May 12, 2003 between the Company and the Purchaser is exercised in full) and, to provide the terms and conditions upon which the Notes are to be authenticated, issued and delivered, the Company has duly authorized the execution and delivery of this Indenture; and WHEREAS, the Notes, the certificate of authentication to be borne by the Notes, a form of assignment, a form of option to elect repayment upon a Fundamental Change, and a form of conversion notice to be borne by the Notes are to be substantially in the forms hereinafter provided for; and WHEREAS, all acts and things necessary to make the Notes, when executed by the Company and authenticated and delivered by the Trustee or a duly authorized authenticating agent, as in this Indenture provided, the valid, binding and legal obligations of the Company, and to constitute these presents a valid agreement according to its terms, have been done and performed, and the execution of this Indenture and the issue hereunder of the Notes have in all respects been duly authorized. NOW, THEREFORE, THIS INDENTURE WITNESSETH: That in order to declare the terms and conditions upon which the Notes are, and are to be, authenticated, issued and delivered, and in consideration of the premises and of the purchase and acceptance of the Notes by the holders thereof, the Company covenants and agrees with the Trustee for the equal and proportionate benefit of the respective holders from time to time of the Notes (except as otherwise provided below), as follows: ARTICLE I DEFINITIONS SECTION 1.1 DEFINITIONS. The terms defined in this Section 1.1 (except as herein otherwise expressly provided or unless the context otherwise requires) for all purposes of this Indenture and of any indenture supplemental hereto shall have the respective meanings specified in this Section 1.1. All other terms used in this Indenture that are defined in the Trust Indenture Act or which are by reference therein defined in the Securities Act (except as herein otherwise expressly provided or unless the context otherwise requires) shall have the meanings assigned to such terms in said Trust Indenture Act and in said Securities Act as in force at the date of the execution of this Indenture. The words "herein," "hereof," "hereunder," and words of similar import refer to this Indenture as a whole and not to any particular Article, Section or other Subdivision. The terms defined in this Article include the plural as well as the singular. ADDITIONAL INTEREST: The term "Additional Interest" shall have the meaning specified in Section 3(a) of the Registration Rights Agreement. AFFILIATE: The term "Affiliate" of any specified person shall mean any other person directly or indirectly controlling or controlled by or under direct or indirect common control with such specified person. For the purposes of this definition, "control," when used with respect to any specified person means the power to direct or cause the direction of the management and policies of such person, directly or indirectly, whether through the ownership of voting securities, by contract or otherwise; and the terms "controlling" and "controlled" have meanings correlative to the foregoing. BOARD OF DIRECTORS: The term "Board of Directors" shall mean the Board of Directors of the Company or a committee of such Board duly authorized to act for it hereunder. BUSINESS DAY: The term "Business Day" shall mean each Monday, Tuesday, Wednesday, Thursday and Friday which is not a day on which the banking institutions in The City of New York or the city in which the Corporate Trust Office is located are authorized or obligated by law or executive order to close or be closed. CLOSING PRICE: The term "Closing Price" shall have the meaning specified in Section 15.5(h)(1). COMMISSION: The term "Commission" shall mean the Securities and Exchange Commission. COMMON STOCK: The term "Common Stock" shall mean any stock of any class of the Company which has no preference in respect of dividends or of amounts payable in the event of any voluntary or involuntary liquidation, dissolution or winding up of the Company and which is not subject to redemption by the Company. Subject to the provisions of Section 15.6, however, shares issuable on conversion of Notes shall include only shares of the class designated as common stock of the Company at the date of this Indenture or shares of any class or classes resulting from any reclassification or reclassifications thereof and which have no preference in respect of dividends or of amounts payable in the event of any voluntary or involuntary liquidation, dissolution or winding up of the Company and which are not subject to redemption by the Company; provided that if at any time there shall be more than one such resulting class, the shares of each such class then so issuable shall be substantially in the proportion which the total number of shares of such class resulting from -2- all such reclassifications bears to the total number of shares of all such classes resulting from all such reclassifications. COMPANY: The term "Company" shall mean LSI Logic Corporation, a Delaware corporation, having its principal office at 1621 Barber Lane, Milpitas, California 95035 and subject to the provisions of Article XII, shall include its successors and assigns. COMPANY NOTE: The term "Company Note" shall have the meaning specified in Section 3.1(b). CONVERSION PRICE: The Conversion Price shall equal (i) $1,000 divided by (ii) the Conversion Rate for $1,000 principal amount of Notes. CONVERSION RATE: The term "Conversion Rate" shall have the meaning specified in Section 15.4. CORPORATE TRUST OFFICE: The term "Corporate Trust Office" or other similar term, shall mean the office of the Trustee at which at any particular time the trust created by this Indenture shall be administered, which office is, at the date as of which this Indenture is dated, located at 550 S. Hope Street, Suite 500, Los Angeles, CA 90071, Attention: Corporate Trust Services (LSI Logic Corporation - 4% Convertible Subordinated Notes due 2010). CUSTODIAN: The term "Custodian" shall mean U.S. Bank National Association, as custodian with respect to the Notes in global form, or any successor entity thereto. DEFAULT: The term "default" shall mean any event that is, or after notice or passage of time, or both, would be, an Event of Default. DEFAULTED INTEREST: The term "Defaulted Interest" shall have the meaning specified in Section 2.3. DEPOSITARY: The term "Depositary" shall mean, with respect to the Notes issuable or issued in whole or in part in global form, the person specified in Section 2.5(d) as the Depositary with respect to such Notes, until a successor shall have been appointed and become such pursuant to the applicable provisions of this Indenture, and thereafter, "Depositary" shall mean or include such successor. DESIGNATED SENIOR DEBT: The term "Designated Senior Debt" shall mean any Senior Debt in which the instrument creating or evidencing the same or the assumption or guarantee thereof (or related agreements or documents to which the Company is a party) expressly provides that such Senior Debt shall be "Designated Senior Debt" for purposes of this Indenture (provided that such instrument, agreement or other document may place limitations and conditions on the right of such Senior Debt to exercise the rights of Designated Senior Debt). -3- EVENT OF DEFAULT: The term "Event of Default" shall mean any event specified in Section 7.1(a), (b), (c), (d) or (e). EXCHANGE ACT: The term "Exchange Act" shall mean the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended, and the rules and regulations promulgated thereunder, as in effect from time to time. FUNDAMENTAL CHANGE: The term "Fundamental Change" shall mean the occurrence of any transaction or event in connection with which all or substantially all of the Common Stock shall be exchanged for, be converted into, acquired for, or constitute solely the right to receive, consideration (whether by means of an exchange offer, liquidation, tender offer, consolidation, merger, combination, reclassification, recapitalization or otherwise) which is not all or substantially all common stock listed (or, upon consummation of or immediately following such transaction or event, which will be listed) on a United States national securities exchange or approved for quotation on the Nasdaq National Market or any similar United States system of automated dissemination of quotations of securities prices. GLOBAL NOTE: The term "Global Note" shall have the meaning set forth in Section 2.5(b). INDEBTEDNESS: The term "Indebtedness" shall mean, with respect to any person, (i) all obligations, contingent or otherwise, of such person (a) for borrowed money (whether or not the recourse of the lender is to the whole of the assets of such person or only to a portion thereof), (b) evidenced by a note, debenture, bond or written instrument (including a purchase money obligation), (c) in respect of leases of such person required, in conformity with generally accepted accounting principles, to be accounted for as capitalized lease obligations on the balance sheet of such person and all obligations and other liabilities (contingent or otherwise) under any lease or related document (including a purchase agreement) in connection with the lease of real property which provides that such person is contractually obligated to purchase or cause a third party to purchase the leased property and thereby guarantee a minimum residual value of the leased property to the lessor and the obligations of such person under such lease or related document to purchase or to cause a third party to purchase such leased property; or (d) in respect of letters of credit (including reimbursement obligations with respect thereto), local guarantees or bankers' acceptances; (ii) all obligations of others of the type described in clause (i) above or clause (iii), (iv) or (v) below assumed by or guaranteed in any manner by such person or in effect guaranteed by such person through an agreement to purchase, contingent or otherwise (and the obligations of such person under any such assumptions, guarantees or other such arrangements); (iii) all obligations secured by a mortgage, pledge, lien, encumbrance, charge or adverse claim affecting title or resulting in an encumbrance to which the property or assets of such person are subject and as are reflected as debt on the Company's balance sheet, whether or not the obligations secured thereby shall have been assumed by or shall otherwise be such person's legal liability; (iv) to the extent not otherwise included, all obligations of such person under interest rate and currency swap agreements, cap, floor and collar agreements, spot and forward contracts and similar agreements and arrangements; and (v) all obligations, contingent or otherwise, of such person under or in respect of any and all deferrals, renewals, extensions and -4- refundings of, or amendments, modifications or supplements to, any liability of the kind described in any of the preceding clauses (i), (ii), (iii) or (iv). INDENTURE: The term "Indenture" shall mean this instrument as originally executed or, if amended or supplemented as herein provided, as so amended or supplemented. INSTITUTIONAL ACCREDITED INVESTOR: The term "Institutional Accredited Investor" shall mean an institutional "accredited investor" within the meaning of Rule 501(a)(1), (2), (3) or (7) under the Securities Act. NOTE OR NOTES: The terms "Note" or "Notes" shall mean any Note or Notes, as the case may be, authenticated and delivered under this Indenture, including the Global Note. NOTEHOLDER OR HOLDER: The terms "Noteholder" or "holder" as applied to any Note, or other similar terms (but excluding the term "beneficial holder"), shall mean any person in whose name at the time a particular Note is registered on the Note registrar's books. NOTE REGISTER: The term "Note register" shall have the meaning specified in Section 2.5. OFFICERS' CERTIFICATE: The term "Officers' Certificate," when used with respect to the Company, shall mean a certificate signed by both (a) the President, the Chief Executive Officer, Executive or Senior Vice President or any Vice President (whether or not designated by a number or numbers or word or words added before or after the title "Vice President") and (b) by the Treasurer or any Assistant Treasurer or Secretary or any Assistant Secretary of the Company. OPINION OF COUNSEL: The term "Opinion of Counsel" shall mean an opinion in writing signed by legal counsel, who may be an employee of or counsel to the Company, or other counsel acceptable to the Trustee. OUTSTANDING: The term "outstanding," when used with reference to Notes, shall, subject to the provisions of Section 9.4, mean, as of any particular time, all Notes authenticated and delivered by the Trustee under this Indenture, except (a) Notes theretofore canceled by the Trustee or delivered to the Trustee for cancellation; (b) Notes, or portions thereof, which shall have been otherwise defeased in accordance with Article XIII; (c) Notes in lieu of which, or in substitution for which, other Notes shall have been authenticated and delivered pursuant to the terms of Section 2.6; and (d) Notes converted into Common Stock pursuant to Article XV and Notes deemed not outstanding pursuant to Article III. -5- PAYMENT BLOCKAGE NOTICE: The term "Payment Blockage Notice" shall have the meaning specified in Section 4.2. PERSON: The term "person" shall mean a corporation, an association, a partnership, a limited liability corporation, an individual, a joint venture, a joint stock company, a trust, an unincorporated organization or a government or an agency or a political subdivision thereof. PORTAL MARKET: The term "The PORTAL Market" shall mean The PORTAL Market operated by the National Association of Securities Dealers, Inc. or any successor thereto. PREDECESSOR NOTE: The term "Predecessor Note" of any particular Note shall mean every previous Note evidencing all or a portion of the same debt as that evidenced by such particular Note; and, for the purposes of this definition, any Note authenticated and delivered under Section 2.6 in lieu of a lost, destroyed or stolen Note shall be deemed to evidence the same debt as the lost, destroyed or stolen Note that it replaces. PRINCIPAL AMOUNT: The term "Principal Amount" shall have the meaning specified in Section 2.5(b). PURCHASER: The term "Purchaser" shall mean Morgan Stanley & Co. Incorporated. QIB: The term "QIB" shall mean a "qualified institutional buyer" as defined in Rule 144A. RECORD DATE: The term "Record Date" shall have the meaning specified in Section 15.5(h)(iv). REGISTRATION RIGHTS AGREEMENT: The term "Registration Rights Agreement" shall mean that certain Registration Rights Agreement, dated as of May 16, 2003, between the Company and the Purchaser, as amended from time to time in accordance with its terms. REPRESENTATIVE: The term "Representative" shall mean (a) the indenture trustee or other trustee, agent or representative for any Senior Debt or (b) with respect to any Senior Debt that does not have any such trustee, agent or other representative, (i) in the case of such Senior Debt issued pursuant to an agreement providing for voting arrangements as among the holders or owners of such Senior Debt, any holder or owner of such Senior Debt acting with the consent of the required persons necessary to bind such holders or owners of such Senior Debt and (ii) in the case of all other such Senior Debt, the holder or owner of such Senior Debt. REPURCHASE DATE: The term "Repurchase Date" shall have the meaning specified in Section 3.1. RESPONSIBLE OFFICER: The term "Responsible Officer," when used with respect to the Trustee, shall mean an officer of the Trustee in the Corporate Trust Office assigned and duly authorized by the Trustee to administer its corporate trust matters. -6- RESTRICTED SECURITIES: The term "Restricted Securities" shall have the meaning specified in Section 2.5. RIGHTS: The term "Rights" shall have the meaning specified in Section 15.11. RIGHTS AGREEMENT: The term "Rights Agreement" shall have the meaning specified in Section 15.11. RULE 144A: The term "Rule 144A" shall mean Rule 144A as promulgated under the Securities Act. SECURITIES ACT: The term "Securities Act" shall mean the Securities Act of 1933, as amended, and the rules and regulations promulgated thereunder. SENIOR DEBT: The term "Senior Debt" means the principal of, premium, if any, and interest on, rent payable under, and any other amounts due on or in connection with any and all Indebtedness of the Company (including, without limitation, fees, costs, expenses and any interest accruing after the filing of a petition initiating any proceeding pursuant to any bankruptcy law, but only to the extent allowed or permitted to the holder of such Indebtedness against the bankruptcy or other insolvency estate of the Company in such proceeding), whether outstanding on the date of the Indenture or thereafter created, incurred, assumed, guaranteed or in effect guaranteed by the Company (including all deferrals, renewals, extensions or refundings of, or amendments, modifications or supplements to the foregoing); provided, however, that Senior Debt does not include (1) Indebtedness evidenced by the Notes, (2) Indebtedness of the Company to any subsidiary of the Company, a majority of the voting stock of which is owned by the Company, except to the extent such Indebtedness is pledged by such subsidiary as security for any Senior Debt, (3) accounts payable of the Company to trade creditors arising in the ordinary course of business, and (4) any particular Indebtedness in which the instrument creating or evidencing the same or the assumption or guarantee thereof expressly provides that such Indebtedness shall not be senior in right of payment to, or is pari passu with, or is subordinated or junior to, the Notes, (5) the Company's 4 1/4% Convertible Subordinated Notes due 2004, (6) the Company's 4% Convertible Subordinated Notes due February 15, 2005 and (7) the Company's 4.00% Convertible Subordinated Notes due 2006. SIGNIFICANT SUBSIDIARY: The term "Significant Subsidiary" shall mean, as of any date of determination, a Subsidiary of the Company, if as of such date of determination either (a) the assets of such subsidiary equal 10% or more of the Company's total consolidated assets or (b) the total revenue of which represented 10% or more of the Company's consolidated total revenue for the most recently completed fiscal year. SPINOFF VALUATION PERIOD: The term "Spinoff Valuation Period" shall have the meaning specified in Section 15.5(d). SUBSIDIARY: The term "Subsidiary" shall mean, with respect to any person, (i) any corporation, association or other business entity of which more than 50% of the total voting power of -7- shares of capital stock entitled (without regard to the occurrence of any contingency) to vote in the election of directors, managers or trustees thereof is at the time owned or controlled, directly or indirectly, by such person or one or more of the other subsidiaries of that person (or a combination thereof) and (ii) any partnership (a) the sole general partner or managing general partner of which is such person or a subsidiary of such person or (b) the only general partners of which are such person or of one or more subsidiaries of such person (or any combination thereof). TRADING DAY: The term "Trading Day" shall have the meaning specified in Section 15.5(h)(5). TRIGGER EVENT: The term "Trigger Event" shall have the meaning specified in Section 15.5(d). TRUST INDENTURE ACT: The term "Trust Indenture Act" shall mean the Trust Indenture Act of 1939, as amended, as it was in force at the date of execution of this Indenture, except as provided in Sections 11.3 and 15.6; provided, however, that in the event the Trust Indenture Act of 1939 is amended after the date hereof, the term "Trust Indenture Act" shall mean, to the extent required by such amendment, the Trust Indenture Act of 1939 as so amended. TRUSTEE: The term "Trustee" shall mean U.S. Bank National Association and its successors and any corporation resulting from or surviving any consolidation or merger to which it or its successors may be a party and any successor trustee at the time serving as successor trustee hereunder. The definitions of certain other terms are as specified in Sections 2.5 and 3.1 and Article XV. SECTION 1.2 INCORPORATION BY REFERENCE OF TRUST INDENTURE ACT. Whenever this Indenture refers to a provision of the Trust Indenture Act, the provision is incorporated by reference in and made a part of this Indenture. The following Trust Indenture Act terms used in this Indenture have the following meanings: "indenture securities" means the Securities; "indenture security holder" means a Holder; "indenture to be qualified" means this Indenture; "indenture trustee" or "institutional trustee" means the Trustee; and "obligor" on the Securities means the Company and any other obligor on the indenture securities. -8- All other Trust Indenture Act terms used in this Indenture that are defined by the Trust Indenture Act, defined by Trust Indenture Act reference to another statute or defined by Commission rule have the meanings assigned to them by such definitions. SECTION 1.3 RULES OF CONSTRUCTION. For all purposes of this Indenture, except as otherwise expressly provided or unless the context otherwise requires: (1) the terms defined in this Article have the meanings assigned to them in this Article and include the plural as well as the singular; (2) all accounting terms not otherwise defined herein have the meanings assigned to them in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles in the United States prevailing at the time of any relevant computation hereunder ("GAAP"); (3) the words "herein", "hereof" and "hereunder" and other words of similar import refer to this Indenture as a whole and not to any particular Article, Section or other subdivision; and (4) all references to section and article numbers in this Indenture shall refer to sections and articles hereof, unless otherwise specified. ARTICLE II ISSUE, DESCRIPTION, EXECUTION, REGISTRATION AND EXCHANGE OF NOTES SECTION 2.1 DESIGNATION AMOUNT AND ISSUE OF NOTES. The Notes shall be designated as "4% Convertible Subordinated Notes due 2010." Notes not to exceed the aggregate principal amount of $350,000,000 (or $402,500,000 if the over-allotment option set forth in Section 2 of the Purchase Agreement dated May 12, 2003 (as amended from time to time by the parties thereto) by and between the Company and the Purchaser is exercised in full) (except pursuant to Sections 2.5, 2.6, 3.1 and 15.2 hereof) upon the execution of this Indenture, or from time to time thereafter, may be executed by the Company and delivered to the Trustee for authentication, and the Trustee shall thereupon authenticate and deliver said Notes to or upon the written order of the Company, signed by its (a) Chief Executive Officer, President, Executive or Senior Vice President or any Vice President (whether or not designated by a number or numbers or word or words added before or after the title "Vice President") and (b) Treasurer or Assistant Treasurer or its Secretary or any Assistant Secretary, without any further action by the Company hereunder. SECTION 2.2 FORM OF NOTES. The Notes and the Trustee's certificate of authentication to be borne by such Notes shall be substantially in the form set forth in Exhibit A, which is incorporated in and made a part of this Indenture. Any of the Notes may have such letters, numbers or other marks of identification and such notations, legends and endorsements as the officers executing the same may approve (execution thereof to be conclusive evidence of such approval) and as are not inconsistent with the provisions of -9- this Indenture, or as may be required to comply with any law or with any rule or regulation made pursuant thereto or with any rule or regulation of any securities exchange or automated quotation system on which the Notes may be listed, or to conform to usage. Any Note in global form shall represent such of the outstanding Notes as shall be specified therein and shall provide that it shall represent the aggregate amount of outstanding Notes from time to time endorsed thereon and that the aggregate amount of outstanding Notes represented thereby may from time to time be increased or reduced to reflect transfers or exchanges permitted hereby. Any endorsement of a Note in global form to reflect the amount of any increase or decrease in the amount of outstanding Notes represented thereby shall be made by the Trustee or the Custodian, at the direction of the Trustee, in such manner and upon instructions given by the holder of such Notes in accordance with this Indenture. Payment of principal of and interest and premium, if any, on any Note in global form shall be made to the holder of such Note. The terms and provisions contained in the form of Note attached as Exhibit A hereto shall constitute, and are hereby expressly made, a part of this Indenture and, to the extent applicable, the Company and the Trustee, by their execution and delivery of this Indenture, expressly agree to such terms and provisions and to be bound thereby. SECTION 2.3 DATE AND DENOMINATION OF NOTES; PAYMENTS OF INTEREST. The Notes shall be issuable in registered form without coupons in denominations of $1,000 principal amount and integral multiples thereof. Every Note shall be dated the date of its authentication and shall bear interest from the applicable date in each case as specified on the face of the form of Note attached as Exhibit A hereto. Interest on the Notes shall be computed on the basis of a 360-day year comprised of twelve (12) 30-day months. The person in whose name any Note (or its Predecessor Note) is registered on the Note register at the close of business on any record date with respect to any interest payment date shall be entitled to receive the interest payable on such interest payment date, except (i) that the interest payable upon repurchase (unless the date of repurchase is an interest payment date) will be payable only to the person to whom principal is payable pursuant to such repurchase and (ii) as set forth in the next succeeding sentence. In the case of any Note (or portion thereof) which is converted into Common Stock of the Company during the period from (but excluding) a record date to (but excluding) the next succeeding interest payment date either (i) if such Note (or portion thereof) is to be repurchased in connection with a Fundamental Change on a Repurchase Date (as defined in Section 3.1) which occurs during such period, the Company shall not be required to pay interest on such interest payment date in respect of any such Note (or portion thereof) except to the extent required to be paid upon repurchase of such Note or portion thereof pursuant to Section 3.1 hereof or (ii) if otherwise, any Note (or portion thereof) submitted for conversion during such period shall be accompanied by funds equal to the interest payable on such succeeding interest payment date on the principal amount so converted. Interest shall be payable at the office of the Company maintained by the Company for such purposes in the Borough of Manhattan, The City of New York, which shall initially be an office or agency of the Trustee and may, as the Company shall specify to the paying -10- agent in writing by each record date, be paid either (i) by check mailed to the address of the person entitled thereto as it appears in the Note register (provided that the holder of Notes with an aggregate principal amount in excess of $10,000,000 shall, at the written election of such holder, be paid by wire transfer in immediately available funds) or (ii) by transfer to an account maintained by such person located in the United States; provided, however, that payments to the Depositary will be made by wire transfer of immediately available funds to the account of the Depositary or its nominee. The term "record date" with respect to any interest payment date shall mean the May 1 or November 1 immediately preceding said May 15 or November 15, respectively. Any interest on any Note which is payable, but is not punctually paid or duly provided for, on any said May 15 or November 15 (herein called "Defaulted Interest") shall forthwith cease to be payable to the Noteholder on the relevant record date by virtue of his having been such Noteholder; and such Defaulted Interest shall be paid by the Company, at its election in each case, as provided in clause (1) or (2) below; (i) The Company may elect to make payment of any Defaulted Interest to the persons in whose names the Notes (or their respective Predecessor Notes) are registered at the close of business on a special record date for the payment of such Defaulted Interest, which shall be fixed in the following manner. The Company shall notify the Trustee in writing of the amount of Defaulted Interest to be paid on each Note and the date of the payment (which shall be not less than twenty-five (25) days after the receipt by the Trustee of such notice, unless the Trustee shall consent to an earlier date), and at the same time the Company shall deposit with the Trustee an amount of money equal to the aggregate amount to be paid in respect of such Defaulted Interest or shall make arrangements satisfactory to the Trustee for such deposit prior to the date of the proposed payment, such money when deposited to be held in trust for the benefit of the persons entitled to such Defaulted Interest as in this clause provided. Thereupon the Trustee shall fix a special record date for the payment of such Defaulted Interest which shall be not more than fifteen (15) days and not less than ten (10) days prior to the date of the proposed payment, and not less than ten (10) days after the receipt by the Trustee of the notice of the proposed payment, the Trustee shall promptly notify the Company of such special record date and, in the name and at the expense of the Company, shall cause notice of the proposed payment of such Defaulted Interest and the special record date therefor to be mailed, first-class postage prepaid, to each Noteholder at his address as it appears in the Note register, not less than ten (10) days prior to such special record date. Notice of the proposed payment of such Defaulted Interest and the special record date therefor having been so mailed, such Defaulted Interest shall be paid to the persons in whose names the Notes (or their respective Predecessor Notes) were registered at the close of business on such special record date and shall no longer be payable pursuant to the following clause (2) of this Section 2.3. (ii) The Company may make payment of any Defaulted Interest in any other lawful manner not inconsistent with the requirements of any securities exchange or automated quotation system on which the Notes may be listed or designated for issuance, and upon such notice as may be required by such exchange or automated quotation system, if, after notice given by the -11- Company to the Trustee of the proposed payment pursuant to this clause, such manner of payment shall be deemed practicable by the Trustee. SECTION 2.4 EXECUTION OF NOTES. The Notes shall be signed in the name and on behalf of the Company by the manual or facsimile signature of its Chief Executive Officer, President, any Executive or Senior Vice President or any Vice President (whether or not designated by a number or numbers or word or words added before or after the title "Vice President") or Treasurer and attested by the manual or facsimile signature of its Secretary or any of its Assistant Secretaries or Treasurer or any of its Assistant Treasurers (which may be printed, engraved or otherwise reproduced thereon, by facsimile or otherwise). Only such Notes as shall bear thereon a certificate of authentication substantially in the form set forth on the form of Note attached as Exhibit A hereto, manually executed by the Trustee (or an authenticating agent appointed by the Trustee as provided by Section 16.11), shall be entitled to the benefits of this Indenture or be valid or obligatory for any purpose. Such certificate by the Trustee (or such an authenticating agent) upon any Note executed by the Company shall be conclusive evidence that the Note so authenticated has been duly authenticated and delivered hereunder and that the holder is entitled to the benefits of this Indenture. In case any officer of the Company who shall have signed any of the Notes shall cease to be such officer before the Notes so signed shall have been authenticated and delivered by the Trustee, or disposed of by the Company, such Notes nevertheless may be authenticated and delivered or disposed of as though the person who signed such Notes had not ceased to be such officer of the Company; and any Note may be signed on behalf of the Company by such persons as, at the actual date of the execution of such Note, shall be the proper officers of the Company, although at the date of the execution of this Indenture any such person was not such an officer. SECTION 2.5 EXCHANGE AND REGISTRATION OF TRANSFER OF NOTES: RESTRICTIONS ON TRANSFER; DEPOSITARY. (a) The Company shall cause to be kept at the Corporate Trust Office a register (the register maintained in such office and in any other office or agency of the Company designated pursuant to Section 5.2 being herein sometimes collectively referred to as the "Note register") in which, subject to such reasonable regulations as it may prescribe, the Company shall provide for the registration of Notes and of transfers of Notes. The Note register shall be in written form or in any form capable of being converted into written form within a reasonably prompt period of time. The Trustee is hereby appointed "Note registrar" for the purpose of registering Notes and transfers of Notes as herein provided. The Company may appoint one or more co-registrars in accordance with Section 5.2. Upon surrender for registration of transfer of any Note to the Note registrar or any co-registrar, and satisfaction of the requirements for such transfer set forth in this Section 2.5, the Company shall execute, and the Trustee shall authenticate and deliver, in the name of the designated transferee or transferees, one or more new Notes of any authorized denominations and of a like aggregate principal amount and bearing such restrictive legends as may be required by this Indenture. -12- Notes may be exchanged for other Notes of any authorized denominations and of a like aggregate principal amount, upon surrender of the Notes to be exchanged at any such office or agency maintained by the Company pursuant to Section 5.2. Whenever any Notes are so surrendered for exchange, the Company shall execute, and the Trustee shall authenticate and deliver, the Notes which the Noteholder making the exchange is entitled to receive bearing registration numbers not contemporaneously outstanding. All Notes issued upon any registration of transfer or exchange of Notes shall be the valid obligations of the Company, evidencing the same debt, and entitled to the same benefits under this Indenture, as the Notes surrendered upon such registration of transfer or exchange. All Notes presented or surrendered for registration of transfer or for exchange, repurchase or conversion shall (if so required by the Company or the Note registrar) be duly endorsed, or be accompanied by a written instrument or instruments of transfer in form satisfactory to the Company, and the Notes shall be duly executed by the Noteholder thereof or his attorney duly authorized in writing. No service charge shall be made to the Noteholders for any registration of transfer or exchange of Notes, but the Company may require payment of a sum sufficient to cover any tax, assessment or other governmental charge that may be imposed in connection with any registration of transfer or exchange of Notes. Neither the Company nor the Trustee nor any Note registrar shall be required to exchange or register a transfer of (a) any Notes or portion thereof surrendered for conversion pursuant to Article XV or (b) any Notes or portions thereof tendered for repurchase (and not withdrawn) pursuant to Section 3.1. (b) So long as the Notes are eligible for book-entry settlement with the Depositary, or unless otherwise required by law, all Notes that upon initial issuance are beneficially owned by QIBs or as a result of a sale or transfer after initial issuance are beneficially owned by QIBs will be represented by one or more Notes in global form registered in the name of the Depositary or the nominee of the Depositary (each, a "Global Note"), except as otherwise specified below. The transfer and exchange of beneficial interests in any Global Note shall be effected through the Depositary in accordance with this Indenture and the procedures of the Depositary therefor. The Trustee shall make appropriate endorsements to reflect increases or decreases in the principal amounts of any such Global Note as set forth on the face of the Note ("Principal Amount") to reflect any such transfers. Except as provided below, beneficial owners of a Global Note shall not be entitled to have certificates registered in their names, will not receive or be entitled to receive physical delivery of certificates in definitive form and will not be considered holders of such Global Note. (c) So long as the Notes are eligible for book-entry settlement, or unless otherwise required by law, upon any transfer of a definitive Note to a QIB in accordance with Rule 144A, and upon receipt of the definitive Note or Notes being so transferred, together with a certification, -13- substantially in the form on the reverse of the Note, from the transferor that the transfer is being made in compliance with Rule 144A (or other evidence satisfactory to the Trustee), the Trustee shall make an endorsement on the Global Note to reflect an increase in the aggregate Principal Amount of the Notes represented by such Global Note, the Trustee shall cancel such definitive Note or Notes in accordance with the standing instructions and procedures of the Depositary, the aggregate Principal Amount of Notes represented by such Global Note to be increased accordingly; provided that no definitive Note, or portion thereof, in respect of which the Company or an Affiliate of the Company held any beneficial interest shall be included in such Global Note until such definitive Note is freely tradable in accordance with Rule 144(k) under the Securities Act; provided further that the Trustee shall issue Notes in definitive form upon any transfer of a beneficial interest in the Global Note to the Company or any Affiliate of the Company. Upon any sale or transfer of a Note to an Institutional Accredited Investor (other than pursuant to a registration statement that has been declared effective under the Securities Act), such Institutional Accredited Investor shall, prior to such sale or transfer, furnish to the Company and/or the Trustee a signed letter containing representations and agreements relating to restrictions on transfer substantially in the form set forth in Exhibit B to this Indenture, together with an opinion of counsel acceptable to the Company if such transfer is in respect of an aggregate principal amount of Notes less than $100,000. Upon any transfer of a beneficial interest in the Global Note to an Institutional Accredited Investor, the Trustee shall make an endorsement on the Global Note to reflect a decrease in the aggregate Principal Amount of the Notes represented by such Note in global form, and the Company shall execute a definitive Note or Notes in exchange therefore, and the Trustee, upon receipt of such definitive Note or Notes and the written order of the Company, shall authenticate and deliver such, definitive Note or Notes. Any Global Note may be endorsed with or have incorporated in the text thereof such legends or recitals or changes not inconsistent with the provisions of this Indenture as may be required by the Custodian, the Depositary or by the National Association of Securities Dealers, Inc. in order for the Notes to be tradeable on The PORTAL Market or as may be required for the Notes to be tradeable on any other market developed for trading of securities pursuant to Rule 144A or required to comply with any applicable law or any regulation thereunder or with the rules and regulations of any securities exchange or automated quotation system upon which the Notes may be listed or traded or to conform with any usage with respect thereto, or to indicate any special limitations or restrictions to which any particular Notes are subject. (d) Every Note that bears or is required under this Section 2.5(d) to bear the legend set forth in this Section 2.5(d) (together with any Common Stock issued upon conversion of the Notes and required to bear the legend set forth in Section 2.5(e), collectively, the "Restricted Securities") shall be subject to the restrictions on transfer set forth in this Section 2.5(d) (including those set forth in the legend set forth below) unless such restrictions on transfer shall be waived by written consent of the Company, and the holder of each such Restricted Security, by such holder's acceptance thereof, agrees to be bound by all such restrictions on transfer. As used in Sections 2.5(d) -14- and 2.5(e), the term "transfer" encompasses any sale, pledge, transfer or other disposition whatsoever of any Restricted Security. Until the expiration of the holding period applicable to sales thereof under Rule 144(k) under the Securities Act (or any successor provision), any certificate evidencing such Note (and all securities issued in exchange therefor or substitution thereof, other than Common Stock, if any, issued upon conversion thereof, which shall bear the legend set forth in Section 2.5(e), if applicable) shall bear a legend in substantially the following form, unless such Note has been sold pursuant to a registration statement that has been declared effective under the Securities Act (and which continues to be effective at the time of such transfer), or unless otherwise agreed by the Company in writing, with written notice thereof to the Trustee: THE NOTE EVIDENCED HEREBY HAS NOT BEEN REGISTERED UNDER THE UNITED STATES SECURITIES ACT OF 1933, AS AMENDED (THE "SECURITIES ACT"), OR ANY STATE SECURITIES LAWS, AND, ACCORDINGLY, MAY NOT BE OFFERED OR SOLD WITHIN THE UNITED STATES OR TO, OR FOR THE ACCOUNT OR BENEFIT OF, UNITED STATES PERSONS EXCEPT AS SET FORTH IN THE FOLLOWING SENTENCE. BY ITS ACQUISITION HEREOF, THE HOLDER (1) REPRESENTS THAT IT IS (A) A "QUALIFIED INSTITUTIONAL BUYER" (AS DEFINED IN RULE 144A UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT), (B) AN INSTITUTIONAL "ACCREDITED INVESTOR" (AS DEFINED IN RULE 501(A)(1), (2), (3) OR (7) UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT) ("INSTITUTIONAL ACCREDITED INVESTOR"), OR (C) A NON-U.S. PERSON; (2) AGREES THAT IT WILL NOT, PRIOR TO EXPIRATION OF THE HOLDING PERIOD APPLICABLE TO SALES OF THE NOTE EVIDENCED HEREBY UNDER RULE 144(K) UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT (OR ANY SUCCESSOR PROVISION), RESELL OR OTHERWISE TRANSFER THIS NOTE OR THE COMMON STOCK ISSUABLE UPON CONVERSION OF THIS NOTE EXCEPT (A) TO LSI LOGIC CORPORATION OR ANY SUBSIDIARY THEREOF, (B) INSIDE THE UNITED STATES TO A QUALIFIED INSTITUTIONAL BUYER IN COMPLIANCE WITH RULE 144A UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT, (C) INSIDE THE UNITED STATES TO AN INSTITUTIONAL ACCREDITED INVESTOR THAT, PRIOR TO SUCH TRANSFER, FURNISHES TO U.S. BANK NATIONAL ASSOCIATION, AS TRUSTEE (OR A SUCCESSOR TRUSTEE, AS APPLICABLE), A SIGNED LETTER CONTAINING CERTAIN REPRESENTATIONS AND AGREEMENTS RELATING TO THE RESTRICTIONS ON TRANSFER OF THE NOTES (THE FORM OF WHICH LETTER CAN BE OBTAINED FROM SUCH TRUSTEE OR A SUCCESSOR TRUSTEE, AS APPLICABLE), AND IF SUCH TRANSFER IS IN RESPECT OF AN AGGREGATE PRINCIPAL AMOUNT OF NOTES OF LESS THAN $100,000, AN OPINION OF COUNSEL ACCEPTABLE TO THE COMPANY THAT SUCH TRANSFER IS IN COMPLIANCE WITH THE SECURITIES ACT, (D) OUTSIDE THE UNITED STATES IN COMPLIANCE WITH RULE 904 UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT, (E) PURSUANT TO THE EXEMPTION FROM REGISTRATION PROVIDED BY RULE 144 UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT (IF AVAILABLE) OR (F) PURSUANT TO A REGISTRATION STATEMENT WHICH HAS BEEN DECLARED EFFECTIVE UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT (AND WHICH CONTINUES TO BE EFFECTIVE AT THE TIME OF SUCH TRANSFER); (3) PRIOR TO SUCH TRANSFER -15- (OTHER THAN A TRANSFER PURSUANT TO CLAUSE (2)(F) ABOVE), IT WILL FURNISH TO U.S. BANK NATIONAL ASSOCIATION, AS TRUSTEE (OR A SUCCESSOR TRUSTEE, AS APPLICABLE), SUCH CERTIFICATIONS, LEGAL OPINIONS OR OTHER INFORMATION AS THE TRUSTEE MAY REASONABLY REQUIRE TO CONFIRM THAT SUCH TRANSFER IS BEING MADE PURSUANT TO AN EXEMPTION FROM, OR IN A TRANSACTION NOT SUBJECT TO, THE REGISTRATION REQUIREMENTS OF THE SECURITIES ACT; AND (4) AGREES THAT IT WILL DELIVER TO EACH PERSON TO WHOM THIS IS TRANSFERRED A NOTICE SUBSTANTIALLY TO THE EFFECT OF THIS LEGEND. IN CONNECTION WITH ANY TRANSFER OF THIS NOTE PRIOR TO THE EXPIRATION OF THE HOLDING PERIOD APPLICABLE TO SALES OF THIS NOTE UNDER RULE 144(K) UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT (OR ANY SUCCESSOR PROVISION), THE HOLDER MUST CHECK THE APPROPRIATE BOX SET FORTH ON THE REVERSE HEREOF RELATING TO THE MANNER OF SUCH TRANSFER AND SUBMIT THIS CERTIFICATE TO U.S. BANK NATIONAL ASSOCIATION, AS TRUSTEE (OR A SUCCESSOR TRUSTEE, AS APPLICABLE). IF THE PROPOSED TRANSFEREE IS AN INSTITUTIONAL ACCREDITED INVESTOR OR IS A PURCHASER WHO IS NOT A UNITED STATES PERSON, THE HOLDER MUST, PRIOR TO SUCH TRANSFER, FURNISH TO U.S. BANK NATIONAL ASSOCIATION, AS TRUSTEE (OR A SUCCESSOR TRUSTEE, AS APPLICABLE), SUCH CERTIFICATIONS, LEGAL OPINIONS OR OTHER INFORMATION AS SUCH TRUSTEE MAY REASONABLY REQUIRE TO CONFIRM THAT SUCH TRANSFER IS BEING MADE PURSUANT TO AN EXEMPTION FROM, OR IN A TRANSACTION NOT SUBJECT TO, THE REGISTRATION REQUIREMENTS OF THE SECURITIES ACT. THIS LEGEND WILL BE REMOVED UPON THE EARLIER OF THE TRANSFER OF THIS NOTE PURSUANT TO CLAUSE (2)(F) ABOVE OR UPON ANY TRANSFER OF THIS NOTE UNDER RULE 144(K) UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT (OR ANY SUCCESSOR PROVISION). AS USED HEREIN, THE TERMS "UNITED STATES" AND "U.S. PERSON" HAVE THE MEANINGS GIVEN TO THEM BY REGULATION S UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT. THE INDENTURE CONTAINS A PROVISION REQUIRING THE TRUSTEE TO REFUSE TO REGISTER ANY TRANSFER OF THIS NOTE IN VIOLATION OF THE FOREGIONG RESTRICTION. Any Note (or security issued in exchange or substitution therefor) as to which such restrictions on transfer shall have expired in accordance with their terms or as to the conditions for removal of the foregoing legend set forth therein have been satisfied may, upon surrender of such Note for exchange to the Note registrar in accordance with the provisions of this Section 2.5, be exchanged for a new Note or Notes, of like tenor and aggregate principal amount, which shall not bear the restrictive legend required by this Section 2.5(d). Notwithstanding any other provisions of this Indenture (other than the provisions set forth in the second paragraph of Section 2.5(c) and in this Section 2.5(d)), a Global Note may not be transferred as a whole or in part except by the Depositary to a nominee of the Depositary or by a nominee of the Depositary to the Depositary or another nominee of the Depositary or by the Depositary or any such nominee to a successor Depositary or a nominee of such successor Depositary. -16- The Depositary shall be a clearing agency registered under the Exchange Act. The Company initially appoints The Depository Trust Company to act as Depositary with respect to the Global Notes. Initially, the Global Note shall be issued to the Depositary, registered in the name of Cede & Co., as the nominee of the Depositary, and deposited with the Custodian for Cede & Co. If at any time the Depositary for a Global Note notifies the Company that it is unwilling or unable to continue as Depositary for such Note, the Company may appoint a successor Depositary with respect to such Note. If a successor Depositary is not appointed by the Company within ninety (90) days after the Company receives such notice, the Company will execute, and the Trustee, upon receipt of an Officers' Certificate for the authentication and delivery of Notes, will authenticate and deliver, Notes in certificated form, in aggregate principal amount equal to the principal amount of such Global Note, in exchange for such Global Note. If a Note in certificated form is issued in exchange for any portion of a Global Note after the close of business at the office or agency where such exchange occurs on any record date and before the opening of business at such office or agency on the next succeeding interest payment date, interest will not be payable on such interest payment date in respect of such Note, but will be payable on such interest payment date, subject to the provisions of Section 2.3, only to the person to whom interest in respect of such portion of such Global Note is payable in accordance with the provisions of this Indenture. Notes in certificated form issued in exchange for all or a part of a Global Note pursuant to this Section 2.5 shall be registered in such names and in such authorized denominations as the Depositary, pursuant to instructions from its direct or indirect participants or otherwise, shall instruct the Trustee. Upon execution and authentication, the Trustee shall deliver such Notes in certificated form to the persons in whose names such Notes in certificated form are so registered. At such time as all interests in a Global Note have been redeemed, converted, canceled, exchanged for Notes in certificated form, or transferred to a transferee who receives Notes in certificated form thereof, such Global Note shall, upon receipt thereof, be canceled by the Trustee in accordance with standing procedures and instructions existing between the Depositary and the Custodian. At any time prior to such cancellation, if any interest in a Global Note is exchanged for Notes in certificated form, redeemed, converted, repurchased or canceled, exchanged for Notes in certificated form or transferred to a transferee who receives Notes in certificated form therefor or any Note in certificated form is exchanged or transferred for part of a Global Note, the principal amount of such Global Note shall, in accordance with the standing procedures and instructions existing between the Depositary and the Custodian, be appropriately reduced or increased, as the case may be, and an endorsement shall be made on such Global Note, by the Trustee or the Custodian, at the direction of the Trustee, to reflect such reduction or increase. Each Global Note shall also bear the following legend on the face thereof: UNLESS THIS CERTIFICATE IS PRESENTED BY AN AUTHORIZED REPRESENTATIVE OF THE DEPOSITORY TRUST COMPANY (55 WATER STREET, NEW -17- YORK, NEW YORK) (THE "DEPOSITORY," WHICH TERM INCLUDES ANY SUCCESSOR DEPOSITARY FOR THE CERTIFICATES) TO THE COMPANY OR ITS AGENT FOR REGISTRATION OF TRANSFER, EXCHANGE OR PAYMENT, AND ANY CERTIFICATE ISSUED IS REGISTERED IN THE NAME OF CEDE & CO. OR IN SUCH OTHER NAME AS REQUESTED BY AN AUTHORIZED REPRESENTATIVE OF THE DEPOSITARY AND ANY PAYMENT HEREON IS MADE TO CEDE & CO. (OR TO SUCH OTHER ENTITY AS IS REQUESTED BY AN AUTHORIZED REPRESENTATIVE OF THE DEPOSITORY), ANY TRANSFER, PLEDGE, OR OTHER USE HEREOF FOR VALUE OR OTHERWISE BY OR TO ANY PERSON IS WRONGFUL SINCE THE REGISTERED OWNER HEREOF, CEDE & CO., HAS AN INTEREST HEREIN. (e) Until the expiration of the holding period applicable to sales thereof under Rule 144(k) under the Securities Act (or any successor provision), any stock certificate representing Common Stock issued upon conversion of any Note shall bear a legend in substantially the following form, unless such Common Stock has been sold pursuant to a registration statement that has been declared effective under the Securities Act (and which continues to be effective at the time of such transfer) or such Common Stock has been issued upon conversion of Notes that have been transferred pursuant to a registration statement that has been declared effective under the Securities Act, or unless otherwise agreed by the Company in writing with written notice thereof to the transfer agent: THE COMMON STOCK EVIDENCED HEREBY HAS NOT BEEN REGISTERED UNDER THE UNITED STATES SECURITIES ACT OF 1933, AS AMENDED (THE "SECURITIES ACT"), OR ANY STATE SECURITIES LAWS, AND, ACCORDINGLY, MAY NOT BE OFFERED OR SOLD WITHIN THE UNITED STATES OR TO, OR FOR THE ACCOUNT OR BENEFIT OF, UNITED STATES PERSONS EXCEPT AS SET FORTH IN THE FOLLOWING SENTENCE. THE HOLDER HEREOF AGREES THAT, UNTIL THE EXPIRATION OF THE HOLDING PERIOD APPLICABLE TO SALES OF THE COMMON STOCK EVIDENCED HEREBY UNDER RULE 144(K) UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT (OR ANY SUCCESSOR PROVISION), (1) IT WILL NOT RESELL OR OTHERWISE TRANSFER THE COMMON STOCK EVIDENCED HEREBY EXCEPT (A) TO LSI LOGIC CORPORATION OR TO ANY SUBSIDIARY THEREOF, (B) INSIDE THE UNITED STATES TO A "QUALIFIED INSTITUTIONAL BUYER" (AS DEFINED IN RULE 144A UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT) IN COMPLIANCE WITH RULE 144A, (C) INSIDE THE UNITED STATES TO AN INSTITUTIONAL "ACCREDITED INVESTOR" (AS DEFINED IN RULE 501(A)(1), (2), (3) OR (7) UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT) THAT PRIOR TO SUCH TRANSFER, FURNISHES TO EQUISERVE TRUST COMPANY, N.A., AS TRANSFER AGENT (OR A SUCCESSOR TRANSFER AGENT, AS APPLICABLE), A SIGNED LETTER CONTAINING CERTAIN REPRESENTATIONS AND AGREEMENTS RELATING TO THE RESTRICTIONS ON TRANSFER OF THE COMMON STOCK EVIDENCED HEREBY (THE FORM OF WHICH LETTER CAN BE OBTAINED FROM SUCH TRANSFER AGENT OR A SUCCESSOR TRANSFER AGENT, AS APPLICABLE), (D) OUTSIDE THE UNITED STATES IN COMPLIANCE WITH RULE 904 UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT, (E) PURSUANT TO THE -18- EXEMPTION FROM REGISTRATION PROVIDED BY RULE 144 UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT (IF AVAILABLE), OR (F) PURSUANT TO A REGISTRATION STATEMENT WHICH HAS BEEN DECLARED EFFECTIVE UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT (AND WHICH CONTINUES TO BE EFFECTIVE AT THE TIME OF SUCH TRANSFER); (2) PRIOR TO SUCH TRANSFER (OTHER THAN A TRANSFER PURSUANT TO CLAUSE (1)(F) ABOVE), IT WILL FURNISH TO EQUISERVE TRUST COMPANY, N.A., AS TRANSFER AGENT (OR A SUCCESSOR TRANSFER AGENT, AS APPLICABLE), SUCH CERTIFICATIONS, LEGAL OPINIONS OR OTHER INFORMATION AS IT MAY REASONABLY REQUIRE TO CONFIRM THAT SUCH TRANSFER IS BEING MADE PURSUANT TO AN EXEMPTION FROM, OR IN A TRANSACTION NOT SUBJECT TO, THE REGISTRATION REQUIREMENTS OF THE SECURITIES ACT; AND (3) IT WILL DELIVER TO EACH PERSON TO WHOM THE COMMON STOCK EVIDENCED HEREBY IS TRANSFERRED (OTHER THAN A TRANSFER PURSUANT TO CLAUSE 1(F) ABOVE) A NOTICE SUBSTANTIALLY TO THE EFFECT OF THIS LEGEND. IF THE PROPOSED TRANSFEREE IS AN INSTITUTIONAL ACCREDITED INVESTOR OR IS A PURCHASER WHO IS NOT A U.S. PERSON, THE HOLDER MUST, PRIOR TO SUCH TRANSFER, FURNISH TO EQUISERVE TRUST COMPANY, N.A. (OR A SUCCESSOR TRANSFER AGENT, AS APPLICABLE), SUCH CERTIFICATIONS, LEGAL OPINIONS OR OTHER INFORMATION AS IT MAY REASONABLY REQUIRE TO CONFIRM THAT SUCH TRANSFER IS BEING MADE PURSUANT TO AN EXEMPTION FROM, OR IN A TRANSACTION NOT SUBJECT TO, THE REGISTRATION REQUIREMENTS OF THE SECURITIES ACT. THIS LEGEND WILL BE REMOVED UPON THE EARLIER OF THE TRANSFER OF THE COMMON STOCK EVIDENCED HEREBY PURSUANT TO CLAUSE (1)(F) ABOVE OR UPON ANY TRANSFER OF THE COMMON STOCK EVIDENCED HEREBY AFTER THE EXPIRATION OF THE HOLDING PERIOD APPLICABLE TO SALES OF THE SECURITY EVIDENCED HEREBY UNDER RULE 144(K) UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT (OR ANY SUCCESSOR PROVISION). AS USED HEREIN, THE TERMS "UNITED STATES" AND "U.S. PERSON" HAVE THE MEANINGS GIVEN TO THEM BY REGULATION S UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT. Any such Common Stock as to which such restrictions on transfer shall have expired in accordance with their terms or as to which the conditions for removal of the foregoing legend set forth therein have been satisfied may, upon surrender of the certificates representing such shares of Common Stock for exchange in accordance with the procedures of the transfer agent for the Common Stock, be exchanged for a new certificate or certificates for a like number of shares of Common Stock, which shall not bear the restrictive legend required by this Section 2.5(e). (f) Any Note or Common Stock issued upon the conversion or exchange of a Note that, prior to the expiration of the holding period applicable to sales thereof under Rule 144(k) under the Securities Act (or any successor provision), is purchased or owned by the Company or any Affiliate thereof may not be resold by the Company or such Affiliate unless registered under the Securities Act or resold pursuant to an exemption from the registration requirements of the Securities Act in a transaction which results in such Notes or Common Stock, as the case may be, no longer being "restricted securities" (as defined under Rule 144). -19- SECTION 2.6 MUTILATED, DESTROYED, LOST OR STOLEN NOTES. In case any Note shall become mutilated or be destroyed, lost or stolen, the Company in its discretion may execute, and upon its written request the Trustee or an authenticating agent appointed by the Trustee shall authenticate and make available for delivery, a new Note, bearing a number not contemporaneously outstanding, in exchange and substitution for the mutilated Note, or in lieu of and in substitution for the Note so destroyed, lost or stolen. In every case the applicant for a substituted Note shall furnish to the Company, to the Trustee and, if applicable, to such authenticating agent such security or indemnity as may be required by them to save each of them harmless for any loss, liability, cost or expense caused by or connected with such substitution, and, in every case of destruction, loss or theft, the applicant shall also furnish to the Company, to the Trustee and, if applicable, to such authenticating agent evidence to their satisfaction of the destruction, loss or theft of such Note and of the ownership thereof. Following receipt by the Trustee or such authenticating agent, as the case may be, of satisfactory security or indemnity and evidence, as described in the preceding paragraph, the Trustee or such authenticating agent may authenticate any such substituted Note and make available for delivery such Note. Upon the issuance of any substituted Note, the Company may require the payment of a sum sufficient to cover any tax or other governmental charge that may be imposed in relation thereto and any other expenses connected therewith. In case any Note which has matured or is about to mature or has been tendered for repurchase (and not withdrawn) or is about to be converted into Common Stock shall become mutilated or be destroyed, lost or stolen, the Company may, instead of issuing a substitute Note, pay or authorize the payment of or convert or authorize the conversion of the same (without surrender thereof except in the case of a mutilated Note), as the case may be, if the applicant for such payment or conversion shall furnish to the Company, to the Trustee and, if applicable, to such authenticating agent such security or indemnity as may be required by them to save each of them harmless for any loss, liability, cost or expense caused by or connected with such substitution, and, in case of destruction, loss or theft, evidence satisfactory to the Company, the Trustee and, if applicable, any paying agent or conversion agent of the destruction, loss or theft of such Note and of the ownership thereof. Every substitute Note issued pursuant to the provisions of this Section 2.6 by virtue of the fact that any Note is destroyed, lost or stolen shall constitute an additional contractual obligation of the Company, whether or not the destroyed, lost or stolen Note shall be found at any time, and shall be entitled to all the benefits of (but shall be subject to all the limitations set forth in) this Indenture equally and proportionately with any and all other Notes duly issued hereunder. To the extent permitted by law, all Notes shall be held and owned upon the express condition that the foregoing provisions are exclusive with respect to the replacement or payment or conversion of mutilated, destroyed, lost or stolen Notes and shall preclude any and all other rights or remedies notwithstanding any law or statute existing or hereafter enacted to the contrary with respect to the replacement or payment or conversion of negotiable instruments or other securities without their surrender. -20- SECTION 2.7 TEMPORARY NOTES. Pending the preparation of Notes in certificated form, the Company may execute and the Trustee or an authenticating agent appointed by the Trustee shall, upon the written request of the Company, authenticate and deliver temporary Notes (printed or lithographed). Temporary Notes shall be issuable in any authorized denomination, and substantially in the form of the Notes in certificated form, but with such omissions, insertions and variations as may be appropriate for temporary Notes, all as may be determined by the Company. Every such temporary Note shall be executed by the Company and authenticated by the Trustee or such authenticating agent upon the same conditions and in substantially the same manner, and with the same effect, as the Notes in certificated form. Without unreasonable delay the Company will execute and deliver to the Trustee or such authenticating agent Notes in certificated form (other than in the case of Notes in global form) and thereupon any or all temporary Notes (other than any such Note in global form) may be surrendered in exchange therefor, at each office or agency maintained by the Company pursuant to Section 5.2 and the Trustee or such authenticating agent shall authenticate and make available for delivery in exchange for such temporary Notes an equal aggregate principal amount of Notes in certificated form. Such exchange shall be made by the Company at its own expense and without any charge therefor. Until so exchanged, the temporary Notes shall in all respects be entitled to the same benefits and subject to the same limitations under this Indenture as Notes in certificated form authenticated and delivered hereunder. SECTION 2.8 CANCELLATION OF NOTES PAID, ETC. All Notes surrendered for the purpose of payment, repurchase, conversion, exchange or registration of transfer, shall, if surrendered to the Company or any paying agent or any Note registrar or any conversion agent, be surrendered to the Trustee and promptly canceled by it, or, if surrendered to the Trustee, shall be promptly canceled by it, and no Notes shall be issued in lieu thereof except as expressly permitted by any of the provisions of this Indenture. The Trustee shall return such canceled Notes to the Company. If the Company shall acquire any of the Notes, such acquisition shall not operate as a redemption or satisfaction of the indebtedness represented by such Notes unless and until the same are delivered to the Trustee for cancellation. SECTION 2.9 CUSIP NUMBERS. The Company in issuing the Notes may use "CUSIP" numbers (if then generally in use), and, if so, the Trustee shall use "CUSIP" numbers in notices of repurchase as a convenience to Noteholders; provided that any such notice may state that no representation is made as to the correctness of such numbers either as printed on the Notes or as contained in any notice of a repurchase and that reliance may be placed only on the other identification numbers printed on the Notes, and any such redemption shall not be affected by any defect in or omission of such numbers. The Company will promptly notify the Trustee of any change in the CUSIP numbers. SECTION 2.10 NO COMPANY REDEMPTION. The Company may not redeem the Notes prior to the final maturity date of the Notes. -21- ARTICLE III REPURCHASE OF NOTES UPON A FUNDAMENTAL CHANGE SECTION 3.1 REPURCHASE AT OPTION OF HOLDERS. (a) If there shall occur a Fundamental Change, then each Noteholder shall have the right, at such holder's option, to require the Company to repurchase all of such holder's Notes, or any portion thereof that is an integral multiple of $1,000 principal amount, on the date (the "Repurchase Date") that is thirty (30) days after the date of the Company Notice (as defined in Section 3.1(b) below) of such Fundamental Change (or, if such 30th day is not a Business Day, the next succeeding Business Day). Such repayment shall be made at a repurchase price equal to 100% of the principal amount to be repurchased. The Company shall also pay to such holders accrued but unpaid interest on the repurchased Notes to, but excluding, the Repurchase Date; provided that, if such Repurchase Date is May 15 or November 15, then the interest payable on such date shall be paid to the holders of record of the Notes on the next preceding May 1 or November 1, respectively. Upon presentation of any Note repurchased in part only, the Company shall execute and, upon the Company's written direction to the Trustee, the Trustee shall authenticate and deliver to the holder thereof, at the expense of the Company, a new Note or Notes, of authorized denominations, in principal amount equal to the un repurchased portion of the Notes so presented. (b) On or before the tenth day after the occurrence of a Fundamental Change, the Company, or, at its written request (which must be received by the Trustee at least five (5) Business Days prior to the date the Trustee is requested to give notice as described below), the Trustee in the name of and at the expense of the Company, shall mail or cause to be mailed to all holders of record on the date of the Fundamental Change a notice (the "Company Notice") of the occurrence of such Fundamental Change and of the repurchase right at the option of the holders arising as a result thereof. The notice shall be mailed to the holders of the Notes at their last addresses as the same appear on the Note register. Such mailing shall be by first class mail. The notice if mailed in the manner herein provided shall be conclusively presumed to have been duly given, whether or not the holder receives such notice. In any case, failure to give such notice by mail or any defect in the notice to the holder of any Note subject to a repurchase right and shall not affect the validity of the proceedings for the repurchase of any other Note. The Company shall also deliver a copy of the Company Notice to the Trustee at such time as it is mailed to Noteholders. Each Company Notice shall specify the circumstances constituting the Fundamental Change, the Repurchase Date, the latest time (not less than thirty (30) days after the date of the Company's notice of a Fundamental Change) on the Repurchase Date by which the holder must exercise the repurchase right (the "Fundamental Change Expiration Time"), that the holder shall have the right to withdraw any Notes surrendered prior to the Fundamental Change Expiration Time, a description of the procedure which a Noteholder must follow to exercise such repurchase right and to withdraw any -22- surrendered Notes, the place or places where the holder is to surrender such holder's Notes, and the amount of unpaid interest accrued on each Note to the Repurchase Date. No failure of the Company to give the foregoing notices and no defect therein shall limit the Noteholders' repurchase rights or affect the validity of the proceedings for the repurchase of the Notes pursuant to this Section 3.1. (c) For a Note to be so repaid at the option of the holder, the Company must receive at the office or agency of the Company maintained for that purpose or, at the option of such holder, the Corporate Trust Office, such Note with the form entitled "Option to Elect Repayment Upon A Fundamental Change" on the reverse thereof duly completed, together with such Notes duly endorsed for transfer, on or before the Fundamental Change Expiration Time. All questions as to the validity, eligibility (including time of receipt) and acceptance of any Note for repayment shall be determined by the Company, whose determination shall be final and binding absent manifest error. (d) On or prior to the Repurchase Date, the Company will deposit with the Trustee or with one or more paying agents (or, if the Company is acting as its own paying agent, set aside, segregate and hold in trust as provided in Section 5.4) an amount of money sufficient to repay on the Repurchase Date all the Notes to be repaid on such date at the appropriate repurchase price, together with accrued but unpaid interest to (but excluding) the Repurchase Date; provided that if such payment is made on the Repurchase Date it must be received by the Trustee or paying agent, as the case may be, by 10:00 a.m. New York City time, on such date. Payment for Notes surrendered for repurchase (and not withdrawn) prior to the Fundamental Change Expiration Time will be made promptly (but in no event more than five (5) Business Days) following the Repurchase Date by mailing checks for the amount payable to the holders of such Notes entitled thereto as they shall appear on the registry books of the Company. (e) In the case of a reclassification, change, consolidation, merger, combination, sale or conveyance to which Section 15.6 applies, in which the Common Stock of the Company is changed or exchanged as a result into the right to receive stock, securities or other property or assets (including cash), which includes shares of Common Stock of the Company or another person that are, or upon issuance will be, traded on a United States national securities exchange or approved for trading on an established automated over-the-counter trading market in the United States and such shares constitute at the time such change or exchange becomes effective in excess of 50% of the aggregate fair market value of such stock, securities or other property or assets (including cash) into which the Common Stock of the Company is or is to be changed or exchanged or (as determined by the Company, which determination shall be conclusive and binding), then the person formed by such consolidation or resulting from such merger or which acquires such assets, as the case may be, shall execute and deliver to the Trustee a supplemental indenture (accompanied by an Opinion of Counsel that such supplemental indenture complies with the Trust Indenture Act as in force at the date of execution of such supplemental indenture) modifying the provisions of this Indenture relating to the right of holders of the Notes to cause the Company to repurchase the Notes following a Fundamental Change, including without limitation the applicable provisions of this Section 3.1 and the definitions -23- of Common Stock and Fundamental Change, as appropriate, as determined in good faith by the Company (which determination shall be conclusive and binding), to make such provisions apply to such other person if different from the Company and the common stock issued thereby (in lieu of the Company and the Common Stock of the Company). (f) The Company will comply with the provisions of Rule 13e-4 and any other tender offer rules under the Exchange Act to the extent then applicable in connection with the repurchase rights of the holders of Notes in the event of a Fundamental Change. ARTICLE IV SUBORDINATION OF NOTES SECTION 4.1 NOTES SUBORDINATED TO SENIOR DEBT. The Company covenants and agrees, and each Holder of Notes, by his acceptance thereof, likewise covenants and agrees, that the indebtedness represented by the Notes and the payment of the principal of (and premium, if any) and interest on each and all of the Notes is hereby expressly subordinate and junior, to the extent and in the manner hereinafter set forth, in right of payment to the prior payment in full of all Senior Debt. (a) In the event of any distribution of assets of the Company upon any dissolution, winding up, liquidation or reorganization of the Company, whether in bankruptcy, insolvency, reorganization or receivership proceedings or upon an assignment for the benefit of creditors or any other marshaling of the assets and liabilities of the Company or otherwise, then the holders of all Senior Debt shall first be entitled to receive payment of the full amount due thereon in cash or other consideration satisfactory to the holders of Senior Debt in respect of principal (and premium, if any) and interest, or provision shall be made for such amount in money or money's worth, before the Holders of any of the Notes are entitled to receive any payment or distribution of any character, whether in cash, securities or other property, on account of the principal of (or premium, if any) or interest on the indebtedness evidenced by the Notes. For purposes of this Article IV, the words, "cash, securities or other property" shall not be deemed to include shares of stock of the Company as reorganized or readjusted, or securities of the Company or any other corporation provided for by a plan of reorganization or readjustment, the payment of which is subordinated at least to the extent provided in this Article IV with respect to the Notes to the payment of all Senior Debt which may at the time be outstanding; provided that (i) the Senior Debt is assumed by the new corporation, if any, resulting from any reorganization or readjustment, and (ii) the rights of the holders of Senior Debt (other than leases which are not assumed by the Company or the new corporation, as the case may be) are not, without the consent of such holders, altered by such reorganization or readjustment. The consolidation of the Company with, or the merger of the Company into, another person or the liquidation or dissolution of the Company following the conveyance or transfer of its property as an entirety, or substantially as an entirety, to another person upon the terms and conditions provided for in Article XII shall not be deemed a dissolution, winding-up, liquidation or reorganization for the purposes of this Section -24- 4.1(a) if such other person shall, as a part of such consolidation, merger, conveyance or transfer, comply with the conditions stated in Article XII. (b) In the event of any default in payment of the principal of or premium, if any, or interest on, rent under, or any other payment obligation under any Senior Debt (a "Payment Default") beyond any applicable grace period with respect thereto, then, unless and until all such payments due in respect of such Senior Debt have been paid in full in cash or other consideration satisfactory to holders of Senior Debt or such default shall have been cured or waived or shall have ceased to exist, no payment shall be made by the Company with respect to the principal of, premium, if any, or interest on the Notes or to acquire any of the Notes (including any repurchase pursuant to the repurchase right of a Holder upon a Fundamental Change). (c) In the event (i) any event of default, other than a payment default, with respect to any Designated Senior Debt shall have occurred and be continuing permitting the holders of such Designated Senior Debt (or a trustee or other representative on behalf of the holders thereof) to declare such Designated Senior Debt due and payable prior to the date on which it would otherwise have become due and payable, upon written notice thereof to the Company and the Trustee by any holders of such Designated Senior Debt (or a trustee or other representative on behalf of the holders thereof) (the "Default Notice"), unless and until such event of default shall have been cured or waived or shall have ceased to exist and such acceleration shall have been rescinded or annulled, or (ii) any judicial proceeding shall be pending with respect to any such default in payment or event of default, then no payment shall be made by the Company, directly or indirectly, with respect to principal of, premium, if any, or interest on the Notes (including any repurchase pursuant to the exercise of the repurchase right of a Holder upon a Fundamental Change) provided, however, that clause (i) of this paragraph shall not prevent the making of any such payment by the Company with respect to the Notes for more than 179 days after a Default Notice shall have been received by the Trustee unless the Designated Senior Debt in respect of which such event of default exists has been declared due and payable in its entirety in which case no such payment may be made until such acceleration has been rescinded or annulled or such Designated Senior Debt has been paid in full. Notwithstanding the foregoing, no event of default which existed or was continuing on the date of any Default Notice shall be made the basis for the giving of a second Default Notice; provided, further, however, that no subsequent Default Notice shall be effective for purposes of this Section 4.1(c) unless and until at least 365 days shall have elapsed since the initial effectiveness of the immediately prior Default Notice. (d) If the maturity of the Notes is accelerated, no payment may be made on the Notes until all amounts due or to become due on Senior Debt has been paid in full in cash or other consideration satisfactory to holders of Senior Debt or until such acceleration has been cured or waived. (e) In the event that, notwithstanding the foregoing provisions of Sections 4.1(a), (b), (c) and (d), any payment on account of principal of or interest on the Notes shall be made by or on behalf of the Company and received by the Trustee, by any Holder or by any Paying Agent (or, if the -25- Company is acting as its own Paying Agent, money for any such payment shall be segregated and held in trust), at a time when such payment is not permitted by any of such provisions, then, unless and until all Senior Debt (or Designated Senior Debt, in the case of Section 4.1(c)) is paid in full in cash or other consideration satisfactory to the holders thereof, or such payment is otherwise permitted to be made by the provisions of each of Sections 4.1(a), 4.1(b), 4.1(c) and 4.1(d) (subject, in each case, to the provisions of Section 4.7), such payment on account of principal of or interest on the Notes shall be held in trust for the benefit of, and shall be immediately paid over to, the holders of Senior Debt (or Designated Senior Debt, in the case of Section 4.1(c)) or their representative or representatives or the trustee or trustees under any indenture under which any instruments evidencing any of the Senior Debt (or Designated Senior Debt, in the case of Section 4.1(c)) may have been issued, as their interests may appear. Regardless of anything to the contrary herein, nothing shall prevent any payment by the Trustee to the Holders of amounts deposited with it pursuant to Sections 4.1 and 4.2. SECTION 4.2 SUBROGATION. Subject to the payment in full of all Senior Debt to which the indebtedness evidenced by the Notes is in the circumstances subordinated as provided in Section 4.1, the Holders of the Notes (together with the holders of any other indebtedness of the Company which is subordinate in right of payment to the payment in full of all Senior Debt, which is not subordinate in right of payment to the Notes and which by its terms grants such right of subrogation to the holders thereof) shall be subrogated to the rights of the holders of such Senior Debt to receive payments or distributions of cash, property or securities of the Company applicable to such Senior Debt until all amounts owing on the Notes shall be paid in full, and, as between the Company, its creditors other than holders of such Senior Debt, and the Holders of the Notes, no such payment or distribution made to the holders of Senior Debt by virtue of this Article which otherwise would have been made to the Holders of the Notes shall be deemed to be a payment by the Company on account of such Senior Debt, it being understood that the provisions of this Article are and are intended solely for the purpose of defining the relative rights of the Holders of the Notes, on the one hand, and the holders of Senior Debt, on the other hand. SECTION 4.3 OBLIGATION OF COMPANY UNCONDITIONAL. Nothing contained in this Article or elsewhere in this Indenture or in the Notes is intended to or shall impair, as between the Company, its creditors other than the holders of Senior Debt, and the Holders of the Notes, the obligation of the Company, which is absolute and unconditional, to pay to the Holders of the Notes the principal of (and premium, if any) and interest on the Notes as and when the same shall become due and payable in accordance with their terms, or is intended to or shall affect the relative rights of the Holders of the Notes and creditors of the Company other than the holders of Senior Debt, nor shall anything herein or therein prevent the Trustee or the Holder of any Note from exercising all remedies otherwise permitted by applicable law upon default under this Indenture, subject to the rights, if any, under this Article of the holders of Senior Debt in respect of cash, property or securities of the Company received upon the exercise of any such remedy. -26- SECTION 4.4 MODIFICATION OF TERMS OF SENIOR DEBT. Any renewal or extension of the time of payment of any Senior Debt or the exercise by the holders of Senior Debt of any of their rights under any instrument creating or evidencing Senior Debt, including without limitation the waiver of default thereunder, may be made or done all without notice to or assent from the Holders of the Notes or the Trustee. No compromise, alteration, amendment, modification, extension, renewal or other change of, or waiver, consent or other action in respect of, any liability or obligation under or in respect of, or of any of the terms, covenants or conditions of any indenture or other instrument under which any Senior Debt is outstanding or of such Senior Debt, whether or not such release is in accordance with the provisions of any applicable document, shall in any way alter or affect any of the provisions of this Article or of the Notes relating to the subordination thereof SECTION 4.5 PAYMENTS ON NOTES PERMITTED. Nothing contained in this Article or elsewhere in this Indenture, or in any of the Notes, shall affect the obligation of the Company to make, or prevent the Company from making, payments of the principal of, or premium, if any, or interest on the Notes in accordance with the provisions hereof and thereof, or shall prevent the Trustee or any Paying Agent from applying any moneys deposited with it hereunder to the payment of the principal of, or premium, if any, or interest on the Notes, in each case except as otherwise provided in this Article. SECTION 4.6 EFFECTUATION OF SUBORDINATION BY TRUSTEE. Each Holder of Notes, by his acceptance thereof, authorizes and directs the Trustee in his behalf to take such action as may be necessary or appropriate to effectuate the subordination provided in this Article and appoints the Trustee his attorney-in-fact for any and all such purposes. Upon any payment or distribution of assets of the Company referred to in this Article, the Trustee and the Holders of the Notes shall be entitled to rely upon any order or decree made by any court of competent jurisdiction in which any such dissolution, winding up, liquidation or reorganization proceeding affecting the affairs of the Company is pending or upon a certificate of the trustee in bankruptcy, receiver, assignee for the benefit of creditors, liquidating trustee or agent or other Person making any payment or distribution, delivered to the Trustee or to the Holders of the Notes, for the purpose of ascertaining the Persons entitled to participate in such payment or distribution, and as to other facts pertinent to the right of such Persons under this Article, and if such evidence is not furnished, the Trustee may defer any payment to such Persons pending judicial determination as to the right of such Persons to receive such payment. SECTION 4.7 KNOWLEDGE OF TRUSTEE. Notwithstanding the provisions of this Article or any other provisions of this Indenture, the Trustee shall not be charged with knowledge of the existence of any Senior Debt, of any default in payment of principal, premium (if any) or interest on any Senior Debt, or of any facts which would prohibit the making of any payment of moneys to or by the Trustee, or the taking of any other action by the Trustee, unless and until a Responsible Officer of the Trustee having responsibility for the administration of the trust established by this Indenture shall -27- have received written notice thereof from the Company, any Holder of Notes, any Paying or Conversion Agent of the Company or the holder or representative of any class of Senior Debt, and, prior to the receipt of any such written notice, the Trustee shall be entitled in all respects to assume that no such default or facts exist; provided, however, that unless on the third Business Day prior to the date upon which by the terms hereof any such moneys may become payable for any purpose (other than a payment under Article III) the Trustee shall have received the notice provided for in this Section 4.7, then, anything herein contained to the contrary notwithstanding, the Trustee shall have full power and authority to receive such moneys and apply the same to the purpose for which they were received, and shall not be affected by any notice to the contrary which may be received by it on or after such date. SECTION 4.8 TRUSTEE'S RELATION TO SENIOR DEBT. The Trustee shall be entitled to all the rights set forth in this Article with respect to any Senior Debt at the time held by it, to the same extent as any other holder of Senior Debt and nothing in this Indenture shall deprive the Trustee of any of its rights as such holder. Nothing in this Article shall apply to claims of or payments to the Trustee under or pursuant to Section 8.6. With respect to the holders of Senior Debt, the Trustee undertakes to perform or to observe only such of its covenants and obligations as are specifically set forth in this Article, and no implied covenants or obligations with respect to the holders of Senior Debt shall be read into this Indenture against the Trustee. The Trustee shall not be deemed to owe any fiduciary duty to the holders of Senior Debt and the Trustee shall not be liable to any holder of Senior Debt if it shall pay over or deliver to Holders, the Company or any other Person moneys or assets to which any holder of Senior Debt shall be entitled by virtue of this Article or otherwise. SECTION 4.9 RIGHTS OF HOLDERS OF SENIOR DEBT NOT IMPAIRED. No right of any present or future holder of any Senior Debt to enforce the subordination herein shall at any time or in any way be prejudiced or impaired by any act or failure to act on the part of the Company or by any noncompliance by the Company with the terms, provisions and covenants of this Indenture, regardless of any knowledge thereof any such holder may have or be otherwise charged with. SECTION 4.10 CERTAIN CONVERSIONS NOT DEEMED PAYMENT. For the purposes of this Article IV only, (1) the issuance and delivery of junior securities upon conversion of Notes in accordance with Article XV shall not be deemed to constitute a payment or distribution on account of the principal of, premium, if any, or interest (including Additional Interest, if any) on Notes or on account of the purchase or other acquisition of Notes, and (2) the payment, issuance or delivery of cash (except in satisfaction of fractional shares pursuant to Section 15.2), property or securities (other than junior securities) upon conversion of a Note shall be deemed to constitute payment on account of the principal of, premium, if any, or interest (including Additional Interest, if any) on such Note. For the purposes of this Section 4.10, the term "junior securities" means (a) shares of any stock of any class of the Company or (b) securities of the Company that are subordinated in right of -28- payment to all Senior Debt to substantially the same extent as, or to a greater extent than, the Notes are so subordinated as provided in this Article. Nothing contained in this Article IV or elsewhere in this Indenture or in the Notes is intended to or shall impair, as among the Company, its creditors (other than holders of Senior Debt) and the Holders, the right, which is absolute and unconditional, of the holder of any Note to convert such note in accordance with Article XV. ARTICLE V PARTICULAR COVENANTS OF THE COMPANY SECTION 5.1 PAYMENT OF PRINCIPAL, PREMIUM AND INTEREST. The Company covenants and agrees that it will duly and punctually pay or cause to be paid the principal of and premium, if any (including upon repurchase pursuant to Article III), and interest (including Additional Interest, if any) on each of the Notes at the places, at the respective times and in the manner provided herein and in the Notes. Each installment of interest on the Notes due on any semi-annual interest payment date may be paid either (i) by check mailed to the address of the person entitled thereto as it appears in the Note register; provided that the holder of Notes with an aggregate principal amount in excess of $10,000,000 shall, at the written election of such holder, be paid by wire transfer in immediately available funds; or (ii) by transfer to an account maintained by such person located in the United States; provided, however, that payments to the Depositary will be made by wire transfer of immediately available funds to the account of the Depositary or its nominee. SECTION 5.2 MAINTENANCE OF OFFICE OR AGENCY. The Company will maintain an office or agency in The Borough of Manhattan, The City of New York, where the Notes may be surrendered for registration of transfer or exchange or for presentation for payment or for conversion or repurchase and where notices and demands to or upon the Company in respect of the Notes and this Indenture may be served. The Company will give prompt written notice to the Trustee of the location, and any change in the location, of such office or agency not designated or appointed by the Trustee. If at any time the Company shall fail to maintain any such required office or agency or shall fail to furnish the Trustee with the address thereof, such presentations, surrenders, notices and demands may be made or served at the Corporate Trust Office or the office or agency of the Trustee in The Borough of Manhattan, The City of New York (which shall initially be located at U.S. Bank Trust National Association, 100 Wall Street, Suite 1600, New York, NY 10005, Attention: Corporate Trust Services (LSI Logic Corporation 4% Convertible Subordinated Notes due 2010)). The Company may also from time to time designate co-registrars and one or more other offices or agencies where the Notes may be presented or surrendered for any or all such purposes and may from time to time rescind such designations. The Company will give prompt written notice to any such designation or rescission and of any change in the location of any such other office or agency. The Company hereby initially designates the Trustee as paying agent, Note registrar, Custodian and conversion agent and each of the Corporate Trust Office of the Trustee and the office -29- or agency of the Trustee in The Borough of Manhattan, The City of New York (which shall initially be located at U.S. Bank Trust National Association, 100 Wall Street, Suite 1600, New York, NY 10005, Attention: Corporate Trust Services (LSI Logic Corporation 4% Convertible Subordinated Notes due 2010)), shall be considered as one such office or agency of the Company for each of the aforesaid purposes. So long as the Trustee is the Note registrar, the Trustee agrees to mail, or cause to be mailed, the notices set forth in Section 8.10(a) and the third paragraph of Section 8.11. If co-registrars have been appointed in accordance with this Section, the Trustee shall mail such notices only to the Company and the holders of Notes it can identify from its records. SECTION 5.3 APPOINTMENTS TO FILL VACANCIES IN TRUSTEE'S OFFICE. The Company, whenever necessary to avoid or fill a vacancy in the office of Trustee, will appoint, in the manner provided in Section 8.10, a Trustee, so that there shall at all times be a Trustee hereunder. SECTION 5.4 PROVISIONS AS TO PAYING AGENT. (a) If the Company shall appoint a paying agent other than the Trustee, or if the Trustee shall appoint such a paying agent, it will cause such paying agent to execute and deliver to the Trustee an instrument in which such agent shall agree with the Trustee, subject to the provisions of this Section 5.4: (i) that it will hold all sums held by it as such agent for the payment of the principal of and premium, if any, or interest on the Notes (whether such sums have been paid to it by the Company or by any other obligor on the Notes) in trust for the benefit of the holders of the Notes; (ii) that it will give the Trustee notice of any failure by the Company (or by any other obligor on the Notes) to make any payment of the principal of and premium, if any, or interest on the Notes when the same shall be due and payable; and (iii) that at any time during the continuance of an Event of Default, upon request of the Trustee, it will forthwith pay to the Trustee all sums so held in trust. The Company shall, on or before each due date of the principal of, premium, if any, or interest on the Notes, deposit with the paying agent a sum in good funds sufficient to pay such principal, premium, if any, or interest, and (unless such paying agent is the Trustee) the Company will promptly notify the Trustee of any failure to take such action; provided that if such deposit is made on the due date, such deposit shall be received by the paying agent by 10:00 a.m. New York City time, on such date. (b) If the Company shall act as its own paying agent, it will, on or before each due date of the principal of, premium, if any, or interest (including Additional Interest, if any) on the Notes, set aside, segregate and hold in trust for the benefit of the holders of the Notes a sum -30- sufficient to pay such principal, premium, if any, or interest (including Additional Interest, if any) so becoming due and promptly will notify the Trustee of any failure to take such action and of any failure by the Company (or any other obligor under the Notes) to make any payment of the principal of, premium, if any, or interest (including Additional Interest, if any) on the Notes when the same shall become due and payable. (c) Anything in this Section 5.4 to the contrary notwithstanding, the Company may, at any time, for the purpose of obtaining a satisfaction and discharge of this Indenture, or for any other reason, pay or cause to be paid to the Trustee all sums held in trust by the Company or any paying agent hereunder as required by this Section 5.4, such sums to be held by the Trustee upon the trusts herein contained and upon such payment by the Company or any paying agent to the Trustee, the Company or such paying agent shall be released from all further liability with respect to such sums. (d) Anything in this Section 5.4 to the contrary notwithstanding, the agreement to hold sums in trust as provided in this Section 5.4 is subject to Sections 13.3 and 13.4. The Trustee shall not be responsible for the actions of any other paying agents (including the Company if acting as its own paying agent) and shall have no control of any funds held by such other paying agents. SECTION 5.5 EXISTENCE. Subject to Article XII, the Company will do or cause to be done all things necessary to preserve and keep in full force and effect its existence and rights (charter and statutory); provided, however, that the Company shall not be required to preserve any such right if the Company shall determine that the preservation thereof is no longer desirable in the conduct of the business of the Company and that the loss thereof is not disadvantageous in any material respect to the holders. SECTION 5.6 MAINTENANCE OF PROPERTIES. The Company will cause all properties used or useful in the conduct of its business or the business of any Significant Subsidiary to be maintained and kept in good condition, repair and working order and supplied with all necessary equipment and will cause to be made all necessary repairs, renewals, replacements, betterments and improvements thereof, all as in the judgment of the Company may be necessary so that the business carried on in connection therewith may be properly and advantageously conducted at all times; provided, however, that nothing in this Section shall prevent the Company from discontinuing the operation or maintenance of any of such properties if such discontinuance is, in the judgment of the Company, desirable in the conduct of its business or the business of any subsidiary and not disadvantageous in any material respect to the holders. SECTION 5.7 PAYMENT OF TAXES AND OTHER CLAIMS. The Company will pay or discharge, or cause to be paid or discharged, before the same may become delinquent, (i) all taxes, assessments and governmental charges levied or imposed upon the Company or any Significant Subsidiary or upon the income, profits or property of the Company or any Significant Subsidiary, (ii) all claims for labor, materials and supplies which, if unpaid, might by law become a lien or -31- charge upon the property of the Company or any Significant Subsidiary and (iii) all stamps and other duties, if any, which may be imposed by the United States or any political subdivision thereof or therein in connection with the issuance, transfer, exchange or conversion of any Notes or with respect to this Indenture; provided, however, that, in the case of clauses (i) and (ii), the Company shall not be required to pay or discharge or cause to be paid or discharged any such tax, assessment, charge or claim (A) if the failure to do so will not, in the aggregate, have a material adverse impact on the Company, or (B) if the amount, applicability or validity is being contested in good faith by appropriate proceedings. SECTION 5.8 RULE 144A INFORMATION REQUIREMENT. Within the period prior to the expiration of the holding period applicable to sales thereof under Rule 144(k) under the Securities Act (or any successor provision), the Company covenants and agrees that it shall, during any period in which it is not subject to Section 13 or 15(d) under the Exchange Act, make available to any holder or beneficial holder of Notes or any Common Stock issued upon conversion thereof which continue to be Restricted Securities in connection with any sale thereof and any prospective purchaser of Notes or such Common Stock from such holder or beneficial holder, the information required pursuant to Rule 144A(d)(4) under the Securities Act upon the request of any holder or beneficial holder of the Notes or such Common Stock and it will take such further action as any holder or beneficial holder of such Notes or such Common Stock may reasonably request, all to the extent required from time to time to enable such holder or beneficial holder to sell its Notes or Common Stock without registration under the Securities Act within the limitation of the exemption provided by Rule 144A, as such Rule may be amended from time to time. Upon the request of any holder or any beneficial holder of the Notes or such Common Stock, the Company will deliver to such holder a written statement as to whether it has complied with such requirements. SECTION 5.9 STAY, EXTENSION AND USURY LAWS. The Company covenants (to the extent that it may lawfully do so) that it shall not at any time insist upon, plead, or in any manner whatsoever claim or take the benefit or advantage of, any stay, extension or usury law or other law which would prohibit or forgive the Company from paying all or any portion of the principal of, premium, if any, or interest (including Additional Interest, if any) on the Notes as contemplated herein, wherever enacted, now or at any time hereafter in force, or which may affect the covenants or the performance of this Indenture, and the Company (to the extent it may lawfully do so) hereby expressly waives all benefit or advantage of any such law, and covenants that it will not, by resort to any such law, hinder, delay or impede the execution of any power herein granted to the Trustee, but will suffer and permit the execution of every such power as though no such law had been enacted. SECTION 5.10 COMPLIANCE CERTIFICATE. The Company shall deliver to the Trustee, within one hundred twenty (120) days after the end of each fiscal year of the Company, a certificate signed by either the principal executive officer, principal financial officer or principal accounting officer of the Company, stating whether or not to the best knowledge of the signer thereof the Company is in default in the performance and observance of any of the terms, provisions and conditions of this Indenture (without regard to any period of grace or requirement of notice provided -32- hereunder) and, if the Company shall be in default, specifying all such defaults and the nature and status thereof of which the signer may have knowledge. The Company will deliver to the Trustee, forthwith upon becoming aware of any default in the performance or observance of any covenant, agreement or condition contained in this Indenture, or any Event of Default, an Officers' Certificate specifying with particularity such default or Event of Default and further stating what action the Company has taken, is taking or proposes to take with respect thereto. Any notice required to be given under this Section 5.10 shall be delivered to the Trustee at its Corporate Trust Office. SECTION 5.11 ADDITIONAL INTEREST. If Additional Interest is payable by the Company pursuant to the Registration Rights Agreement, the Company shall deliver to the Trustee a certificate to the effect stating (i) the amount of such Additional Interest that is payable and (ii) the date on which such interest is payable. Unless and until a Responsible Officer of the Trustee receives such certificate, the Trustee may assume without inquiry that no Additional Interest is payable. If the Company has paid Additional Interest directly to the persons entitled to such interest, the Company shall deliver to the Trustee a certificate setting forth the particulars of such payment. ARTICLE VI NOTEHOLDERS' LISTS AND REPORTS BY THE COMPANY AND THE TRUSTEE SECTION 6.1 NOTEHOLDERS' LISTS. The Company covenants and agrees that it will furnish or cause to be furnished to the Trustee, semiannually, not more than fifteen (15) days after each May 1 and November 1 in each year beginning with November 1, 2003, and at such other times as the Trustee may request in writing, within thirty (30) days after receipt by the Company of any such request (or such lesser time as the Trustee may reasonably request in order to enable it to timely provide any notice to be provided by it hereunder), a list in such form as the Trustee may reasonably require of the names and addresses of the holders of Notes as of a date not more than fifteen (15) days (or such other date as the Trustee may reasonably request in order to so provide any such notices) prior to the time such information is furnished, except that no such list need be furnished by the Company to the Trustee so long as the Trustee is acting as the sole Note registrar. SECTION 6.2 PRESERVATION AND DISCLOSURE OF LISTS. (a) The Trustee shall preserve, in as current a form as is reasonably practicable, all information as to the names and addresses of the holders of Notes contained in the most recent list furnished to it as provided in Section 6.1 or maintained by the Trustee in its capacity as Note registrar or co-registrar in respect of the Notes, if so acting. The Trustee may destroy any list furnished to it as provided in Section 6.1 upon receipt of a new list so furnished. -33- (b) The rights of Noteholders to communicate with other holders of Notes with respect to their rights under this Indenture or under the Notes, and the corresponding rights and duties of the Trustee, shall be as provided by the Trust Indenture Act. (C) Every Noteholder, by receiving and holding the same, agrees with the Company and the Trustee that neither the Company nor the Trustee nor any agent of either of them shall be held accountable by reason of any disclosure of information as to names and addresses of holders of Notes made pursuant to the Trust Indenture Act. SECTION 6.3 REPORTS BY TRUSTEE. (a) Within sixty (60) days after May 15 of each year commencing with the year 2004, the Trustee shall transmit to holders of Notes such reports dated as of May 15 of the year in which such reports are made concerning the Trustee and its actions under this Indenture as may be required pursuant to the Trust Indenture Act at the times and in the manner provided pursuant thereto. (b) A copy of such report shall, at the time of such transmission to holders of Notes, be filed by the Trustee with each stock exchange and automated quotation system upon which the Notes are listed and with the Company. The Company will notify the Trustee in writing within a reasonable time when the Notes are listed on any stock exchange or automated quotation system or delisted therefrom. SECTION 6.4 REPORTS BY COMPANY. The Company shall file with the Trustee (and the Commission if at any time after the Indenture becomes qualified under the Trust Indenture Act), and transmit to holders of Notes, such information, documents and other reports and such summaries thereof, as may be required pursuant to the Trust Indenture Act at the times and in the manner provided pursuant to such Act, whether or not the Notes are governed by such Act; provided that any such information, documents or reports required to be filed with the Commission pursuant to Section 13 or 15(d) of the Exchange Act shall be filed with the Trustee within fifteen (15) days after the same is so required to be filed with the Commission. Delivery of such reports, information and documents to the Trustee is for informational purposes only and the Trustee's receipt of such shall not constitute constructive notice of any information contained therein or determinable from information contained therein, including the Company's compliance with any of its covenants hereunder (as to which the Trustee is entitled to rely exclusively on Officers' Certificates). ARTICLE VII REMEDIES OF THE TRUSTEE AND NOTEHOLDERS UPON AN EVENT OF DEFAULT SECTION 7.1 EVENTS OF DEFAULT. In case one or more of the following Events of Default (whatever the reason for such Event of Default and whether it shall be voluntary or involuntary or be effected by operation of law or pursuant to any judgment, decree or order of any court or any order, rule or regulation of any administrative or governmental body) shall have occurred and be continuing: -34- (a) default in the payment of any installment of interest (including Additional Interest, if any) upon any of the Notes as and when the same shall become due and payable, and continuance of such default for a period of thirty (30) days, whether or not such payment is permitted under Article IV hereof; or (b) default in the payment of the principal of or premium, if any, on any of the Notes as and when the same shall become due and payable either at maturity or in connection with any repurchase pursuant to Article III, by acceleration or otherwise, whether or not such payment is permitted under Article IV hereof; or (c) failure on the part of the Company duly to observe or perform any other of the covenants or agreements on the part of the Company in the Notes or in this Indenture (other than a covenant or agreement a default in whose performance or whose breach is elsewhere in this Section 7.1 specifically dealt with) continued for a period of sixty (60) days after the date on which written notice of such failure, requiring the Company to remedy the same, shall have been given to the Company by the Trustee, or to the Company and a Responsible Officer of the Trustee by the holders of at least twenty-five percent (25%) in aggregate principal amount of the Notes at the time outstanding determined in accordance with Section 9.4; or (d) the Company shall commence a voluntary case or other proceeding seeking liquidation, reorganization or other relief with respect to the Company or its debts under any bankruptcy, insolvency or other similar law now or hereafter in effect or seeking the appointment of a trustee, receiver, liquidator, custodian or other similar official of it or any substantial part of the property of the Company, or shall consent to any such relief or to the appointment of or taking possession by any such official in an involuntary case or other proceeding commenced against it, or shall make a general assignment for the benefit of creditors, or shall fail generally to pay its debts as they become due; or (e) an involuntary case or other proceeding shall be commenced against the Company seeking liquidation, reorganization or other relief with respect to it or its debts under any bankruptcy, insolvency or other similar law now or hereafter in effect or seeking the appointment of a trustee, receiver, liquidator, custodian or other similar official of it or any substantial part of the property of the Company, and such involuntary case or other proceeding shall remain undismissed and unstayed for a period of ninety (90) consecutive days; then, and in each and every such case (other than an Event of Default specified in Section 7.1 (d) or (e)), unless the principal of all of the Notes shall have already become due and payable, either the Trustee or the holders of not less than twenty-five percent (25%) in aggregate principal amount of the Notes then outstanding hereunder determined in accordance with Section 9.4, by notice in writing to the Company (and to the Trustee if given by Noteholders), may declare the principal of and premium, if any, on all the Notes and the unpaid interest accrued thereon (including Additional Interest, if any) to be due and payable immediately, and upon any such declaration the same shall become and shall be immediately due and payable, anything in this Indenture or in the Notes contained to the contrary notwithstanding. If an Event of Default specified in Section 7.1(d) or (e) -35- occurs, the principal of all the Notes and the unpaid interest accrued thereon shall (including Additional Interest, if any) be immediately and automatically due and payable without necessity of further action. This provision, however, is subject to the conditions that if, at any time after the principal of the Notes shall have been so declared due and payable, and before any judgment or decree for the payment of the monies due shall have been obtained or entered as hereinafter provided, the Company shall pay or shall deposit with the Trustee a sum sufficient to pay all matured installments of interest upon (including Additional Interest, if any) all Notes and the principal of and premium, if any, on any and all Notes which shall have become due otherwise than by acceleration (with interest on overdue installments of interest (including Additional Interest, if any) (to the extent that payment of such interest is enforceable under applicable law) and on such principal and premium, if any, at the rate borne by the Notes, to the date of such payment or deposit) and amounts due to the Trustee pursuant to Section 8.6, and if any and all defaults under this Indenture, other than the nonpayment of principal of and premium, if any, and accrued but unpaid interest on (including Additional Interest, if any) Notes which shall have become due by acceleration, shall have been cured or waived pursuant to Section 7.7, then and in every such case the holders of a majority in aggregate principal amount of the Notes then outstanding, by written notice to the Company and to the Trustee, may waive all defaults or Events of Default and rescind and annul such declaration and its consequences; but no such waiver or rescission and annulment shall extend to or shall affect any subsequent default or Event of Default, or shall impair any right consequent thereon. The Company shall notify a Responsible Officer of the Trustee in writing, promptly upon becoming aware thereof, of any Event of Default. In case the Trustee shall have proceeded to enforce any right under this Indenture and such proceedings shall have been discontinued or abandoned because of such waiver or rescission and annulment or for any other reason or shall have been determined adversely to the Trustee, then and in every such case the Company, the holders of Notes, and the Trustee shall be restored respectively to their several positions and rights hereunder, and all rights, remedies and powers of the Company, the holders of Notes, and the Trustee shall continue as though no such proceeding had been taken. SECTION 7.2 PAYMENTS OF NOTES ON DEFAULT; SUIT THEREFOR. The Company covenants that (a) in case default shall be made in the payment of any installment of interest upon (including Additional Interest, if any) any of the Notes as and when the same shall become due and payable, and such default shall have continued for a period of thirty (30) days, or (b) in case default shall be made in the payment of the principal of or premium, if any, on any of the Notes as and when the same shall have become due and payable, whether at maturity of the Notes or in connection with any repurchase, by or under this Indenture declaration or otherwise -- then, upon demand of the Trustee, the Company will pay to the Trustee, for the benefit of the holders of the Notes, the whole amount that then shall have become due and payable on all such Notes for principal and premium, if any, or interest (including Additional Interest, if any), as the case may be, with interest upon the overdue principal and premium, if any, and (to the extent that payment of such interest is enforceable under applicable law) upon the overdue installments of interest (including Additional Interest, if any) at the rate borne by the Notes; and, in addition thereto, such further amount as shall be sufficient to cover the costs and expenses of collection, including reasonable compensation to the Trustee, its agents, -36- attorneys and counsel, and other amounts due the Trustee under Section 8.6. Until such demand by the Trustee, the Company may pay the principal of and premium, if any, and interest on (including Additional Interest, if any) the Notes to the registered holders, whether or not the Notes are overdue. In case the Company shall fail forthwith to pay such amounts upon such demand, the Trustee, in its own name and as trustee of an express trust, shall be entitled and empowered to institute any actions or proceedings at law or in equity for the collection of the sums so due and unpaid, and may prosecute any such action or proceeding to judgment or final decree, and may enforce any such judgment or final decree against the Company or any other obligor on the Notes and collect in the manner provided by law out of the property of the Company or any other obligor on the Notes wherever situated the monies adjudged or decreed to be payable. In the case there shall be pending proceedings for the bankruptcy or for the reorganization of the Company or any other obligor on the Notes under Title 11 of the United States Code, or any other applicable law, or in case a receiver, assignee or trustee in bankruptcy or reorganization, liquidator, sequestrator or similar official shall have been appointed for or taken possession of the Company or such other obligor, the property of the Company or such other obligor, or in the case of any other judicial proceedings relative to the Company or such other obligor upon the Notes, or to the creditors or property of the Company or such other obligor, the Trustee, irrespective of whether the principal of the Notes shall then be due and payable as therein expressed or by declaration or otherwise and irrespective of whether the Trustee shall have made any demand pursuant to the provisions of this Section 7.2, shall be entitled and empowered, by intervention in such proceedings or otherwise, to file and prove a claim or claims for the whole amount of principal, premium, if any, and interest (including Additional Interest, if any) owing and unpaid in respect of the Notes, and, in case of any judicial proceedings, to file such proofs of claim and other papers or documents as may be necessary or advisable in order to have the claims of the Trustee and of the Noteholders allowed in such judicial proceedings relative to the Company or any other obligor on the Notes, its or their creditors, or its or their property, and to collect and receive any monies or other property payable or deliverable on any such claims, and to distribute the same after the deduction of any amounts due the Trustee under Section 8.6; and any receiver, assignee or trustee in bankruptcy or reorganization, liquidator, custodian or similar official is hereby authorized by each of the Noteholders to make such payments to the Trustee, and, in the event that the Trustee shall consent to the making of such payments directly to the Noteholders, to pay to the Trustee any amount due it for reasonable compensation, expenses, advances and disbursements, including counsel fees incurred by it up to the date of such distribution. To the extent that such payment of reasonable compensation, expenses, advances and disbursements out of the estate in any such proceedings shall be denied for any reason, payment of the same shall be secured by a lien on, and shall be paid out of, any and all distributions, dividends, monies, securities and other property which the holders of the Notes may be entitled to receive in such proceedings, whether in liquidation or under any plan of reorganization or arrangement or otherwise. All rights of action and of asserting claims under this Indenture, or under any of the Notes, may be enforced by the Trustee without the possession of any of the Notes, or the production thereof -37- at any trial or other proceeding relative thereto, and any such suit or proceeding instituted by the Trustee shall be brought in its own name as trustee of an express trust, and any recovery of judgment shall, after provision for the payment of the reasonable compensation, expenses, disbursements and advances of the Trustee, its agents and counsel, be for the ratable benefit of the holders of the Notes. In any proceedings brought by the Trustee (and in any proceedings involving the interpretation of any provision of this Indenture to which the Trustee shall be a party) the Trustee shall be held to represent all the holders of the Notes, and it shall not be necessary to make any holders of the Notes parties to any such proceedings. SECTION 7.3 APPLICATION OF MONIES COLLECTED BY TRUSTEE. Any monies collected by the Trustee pursuant to this Article VII shall be applied in the order following, at the date or dates fixed by the Trustee for the distribution of such monies, upon presentation of the several Notes, and stamping thereon the payment, if only partially paid, and upon surrender thereof, if fully paid: FIRST: To the payment of all amounts due the Trustee under Section 8.6; SECOND: Subject to the provisions of Article IV, in case the principal of the outstanding Notes shall not have become due and be unpaid, to the payment of accrued but unpaid interest on (including Additional Interest, if any) the Notes in default in the order of the maturity of the installments of such interest, with interest (to the extent that such interest has been collected by the Trustee) upon the overdue installments of interest (including Additional Interest, if any) at the rate borne by the Notes, such payments to be made ratably to the persons entitled thereto; THIRD: Subject to the provisions of Article IV, in case the principal of the outstanding Notes shall have become due, by declaration or otherwise, and be unpaid to the payment of the whole amount then owing and unpaid upon the Notes for principal and premium, if any, and accrued but unpaid interest (including Additional Interest, if any), with interest on the overdue principal and premium, if any, and (to the extent that such interest has been collected by the Trustee) upon overdue installments of interest (including Additional Interest, if any) at the rate borne by the Notes; and in case such monies shall be insufficient to pay in full the whole amounts so due and unpaid upon the Notes, then to the payment of such principal and premium, if any, and interest (including Additional Interest, if any) without preference or priority of principal and premium, if any, over interest (including Additional Interest, if any), or of interest (including Additional Interest, if any) over principal and premium, if any, or of any installment of interest over any other installment of interest, or of any Note over any other Note, ratably to the aggregate of such principal and premium, if any, and accrued and unpaid interest; and FOURTH: Subject to the provisions of Article IV, to the payment of the remainder, if any, to the Company or any other person lawfully entitled thereto. SECTION 7.4 PROCEEDINGS BY NOTEHOLDER. No holder of any Note shall have any right by virtue of or by availing of any provision of this Indenture to institute any suit, action or proceeding in equity or at law upon or under or with respect to this Indenture, or for the appointment -38- of a receiver, trustee, liquidator, custodian or other similar official, or for any other remedy hereunder, unless such holder previously shall have given to the Trustee written notice of an Event of Default and of the continuance thereof, as hereinbefore provided, and unless also the holders of not less than twenty-five percent (25%) in aggregate principal amount of the Notes then outstanding shall have made written request upon the Trustee to institute such action, suit or proceeding in its own name as Trustee hereunder and shall have offered to the Trustee such reasonable indemnity as it may require against the costs, expenses and liabilities to be incurred therein or thereby, and the Trustee for sixty (60) days after its receipt of such notice, request and offer of indemnity, shall have neglected or refused to institute any such action, suit or proceeding and no direction inconsistent with such written request shall have been given to the Trustee pursuant to Section 7.7; it being understood and intended, and being expressly covenanted by the taker and holder of every Note with every other taker and holder and the Trustee, that no one or more holders of Notes shall have any right in any manner whatever by virtue of or by availing of any provision of this Indenture to affect, disturb or prejudice the rights of any other holder of Notes, or to obtain or seek to obtain priority over or preference to any other such holder, or to enforce any right under this Indenture, except in the manner herein provided and for the equal, ratable and common benefit of all holders of Notes (except as otherwise provided herein). For the protection and enforcement of this Section 7.4, each and every Noteholder and the Trustee shall be entitled to such relief as can be given either at law or in equity. Notwithstanding any other provision of this Indenture and any provision of any Note, the right of any holder of any Note to receive payment of the principal of and premium, if any (including upon repurchase pursuant to Article III), and accrued interest on (including Additional Interest, if any) such Note, on or after the respective due dates expressed in such Note or in the event of repurchase, or to institute suit for the enforcement of any such payment on or after such respective dates against the Company shall not be impaired or affected without the consent of such holder. Anything in this Indenture or the Notes to the contrary notwithstanding, the holder of any Note, without the consent of either the Trustee or the holder of any other Note, in its own behalf and for its own benefit, may enforce, and may institute and maintain any proceeding suitable to enforce, its rights of conversion as provided herein. SECTION 7.5 PROCEEDINGS BY TRUSTEE. In case of an Event of Default the Trustee may in its discretion proceed to protect and enforce the rights vested in it by this Indenture by such appropriate judicial proceedings as are necessary to protect and enforce any of such rights, either by suit in equity or by action at law or by proceeding in bankruptcy or otherwise, whether for the specific enforcement of any covenant or agreement contained in this Indenture or in aid of the exercise of any power granted in this Indenture, or to enforce any other legal or equitable right vested in the Trustee by this Indenture or by law. SECTION 7.6 REMEDIES CUMULATIVE AND CONTINUING. Except as provided in Section 2.6, all powers and remedies given by this Article VII to the Trustee or to the Noteholders shall, to the extent permitted by law, be deemed cumulative and not exclusive of any thereof or of -39- any other powers and remedies available to the Trustee or the holders of the Notes, by judicial proceedings or otherwise, to enforce the performance or observance of the covenants and agreements contained in this Indenture, and no delay or omission of the Trustee or of any holder of any of the Notes to exercise any right or power accruing upon any default or Event of Default occurring and continuing as aforesaid shall impair any such right or power, or shall be construed to be a waiver of any such default or any acquiescence therein; and, subject to the provisions of Section 7.4, every power and remedy given by this Article VII or by law to the Trustee or to the Noteholders may be exercised from time to time, and as often as shall be deemed expedient, by the Trustee or by the Noteholders. SECTION 7.7 DIRECTION OF PROCEEDINGS AND WAIVER OF DEFAULTS BY MAJORITY OF NOTEHOLDERS. The holders of a majority in aggregate principal amount of the Notes at the time outstanding determined in accordance with Section 9.4 shall have the right to direct the time, method, and place of conducting any proceeding for any remedy available to the Trustee or exercising any trust or power conferred on the Trustee; provided, however, that (a) such direction shall not be in conflict with any rule of law or with this Indenture, (b) the Trustee may take any other action which is not inconsistent with such direction and (c) the Trustee may decline to take any action that would benefit some Noteholder to the detriment of other Noteholders. The holders of a majority in aggregate principal amount of the Notes at the time outstanding determined in accordance with Section 9.4 may on behalf of the holders of all of the Notes waive any past default or Event of Default hereunder and its consequences except (i) a default in the payment of interest or premium, if any, on, or the principal of, the Notes, (ii) a failure by the Company on request to convert any Notes into Common Stock, (iii) a default in the payment of repurchase price pursuant to Article III or (iv) a default in respect of a covenant or provisions hereof which under Article XI cannot be modified or amended without the consent of the holders of all Notes then outstanding or affected thereby. Upon any such waiver, the Company, the Trustee and the holders of the Notes shall be restored to their former positions and rights hereunder; but no such waiver shall extend to any subsequent or other default or Event of Default or impair any right consequent thereon. Whenever any default or Event of Default hereunder shall have been waived as permitted by this Section 7.7, said default or Event of Default shall for all purposes of the Notes and this Indenture be deemed to have been cured and to be not continuing; but no such waiver shall extend to any subsequent or other default or Event of Default or impair any right consequent thereon. SECTION 7.8 NOTICE OF DEFAULTS. The Trustee shall, within ninety (90) days after a Responsible Officer of the Trustee has knowledge of the occurrence of a default, mail to all Noteholders, as the names and addresses of such holders appear upon the Note register, notice of all defaults known to a Responsible Officer, unless such defaults shall have been cured or waived before the giving of such notice; and provided that, except in the case of default in the payment of the principal of, or premium, if any, or interest (including Additional Interest, if any) on any of the Notes, the Trustee shall be protected in withholding such notice if and so long as a trust committee of directors and/or Responsible Officers of the Trustee in good faith determines that the withholding of such notice is in the interests of the Noteholders. -40- SECTION 7.9 UNDERTAKING TO PAY COSTS. All parties to this Indenture agree, and each holder of any Note by his acceptance thereof shall be deemed to have agreed, that any court may, in its discretion, require, in any suit for the enforcement of any right or remedy under this Indenture, or in any suit against the Trustee for any action taken or omitted by it as Trustee, the filing by any party litigant in such suit of an undertaking to pay the costs of such suit and that such court may in its discretion assess reasonable costs, including reasonable attorneys' fees, against any party litigant in such suit, having due regard to the merits and good faith of the claims or defenses made by such party litigant; provided that the provisions of this Section 7.9 (to the extent permitted by law) shall not apply to any suit instituted by the Trustee, to any suit instituted by any Noteholder, or group of Noteholders, holding in the aggregate more than ten percent in principal amount of the Notes at the time outstanding determined in accordance with Section 9.4, or to any suit instituted by any Noteholder for the enforcement of the payment of the principal of or premium, if any, or interest on any Note on or after the due date expressed in such Note or to any suit for the enforcement of the right to convert any Note in accordance with the provisions of Article XV. ARTICLE VIII CONCERNING THE TRUSTEE SECTION 8.1 DUTIES AND RESPONSIBILITIES OF TRUSTEE. The Trustee, prior to the occurrence of an Event of Default and after the curing of all Events of Default which may have occurred, undertakes to perform such duties and only such duties as are specifically set forth in this Indenture. In case an Event of Default has occurred (which has not been cured or waived) the Trustee shall exercise such of the rights and powers vested in it by this Indenture, and use the same degree of care and skill in their exercise, as a prudent man would exercise or use under the circumstances in the conduct of his own affairs. No provision of this Indenture shall be construed to relieve the Trustee from liability for its own negligent action, its own negligent failure to act or its own willful misconduct, except that (a) prior to the occurrence of an Event of Default and after the curing or waiving of all Events of Default which may have occurred: (i) the duties and obligations of the Trustee shall be determined solely by the express provisions of this Indenture and the Trust Indenture Act, and the Trustee shall not be liable except for the performance of such duties and obligations as are specifically set forth in this Indenture and no implied covenants or obligations shall be read into this Indenture and the Trust Indenture Act against the Trustee; and (ii) in the absence of bad faith and willful misconduct on the part of the Trustee, the Trustee may conclusively rely, as to the truth of the statements and the correctness of the opinions expressed therein, upon any certificates or opinions furnished to the Trustee and conforming to the requirements of this Indenture; but, in the case of any such certificates or opinions which by any provisions hereof are specifically required to be furnished to the Trustee, the Trustee -41- shall be under a duty to examine the same to determine whether or not they conform to the requirements of this Indenture; (b) the Trustee shall not be liable for any error of judgment made in good faith by a Responsible Officer or Officers of the Trustee, unless the Trustee was negligent in ascertaining the pertinent facts; (c) the Trustee shall not be liable with respect to any action taken or omitted to be taken by it in good faith in accordance with the written direction of the holders of not less than a majority in principal amount of the Notes at the time outstanding determined as provided in Section 9.4 relating to the time, method and place of conducting any proceeding for any remedy available to the Trustee, or exercising any trust or power conferred upon the Trustee, under this Indenture; (d) whether or not therein provided, every provision of this Indenture relating to the conduct or affecting the liability of, or affording protection to, the Trustee shall be subject to the provisions of this Section; (e) the Trustee shall not be liable in respect of any payment (as to the correctness of amount, entitlement to receive or any other matters relating to payment) or notice effected by the Company or any paying agent or any records maintained by any co-registrar with respect to the Notes; and (f) if any party fails to deliver a notice relating to an event the fact of which, pursuant to this Indenture, requires notice to be sent to the Trustee, the Trustee may conclusively rely on its failure to receive such notice as reason to act as if no such event occurred. None of the provisions contained in this Indenture shall require the Trustee to expend or risk its own funds or otherwise incur personal financial liability in the performance of any of its duties or in the exercise of any of its rights or powers, if there is reasonable ground for believing that the repayment of such funds or adequate indemnity against such risk or liability is not reasonably assured to it. SECTION 8.2 RELIANCE ON DOCUMENTS, OPINIONS, ETC. Except as otherwise provided in Section 8.1: (a) the Trustee may rely and shall be protected in acting upon any resolution, certificate, statement, instrument, opinion, report, notice, request, consent, order, bond, debenture, note, coupon or other paper or document believed by it in good faith to be genuine and to have been signed or presented by the proper party or parties; (b) any request, direction, order or demand of the Company mentioned herein shall be sufficiently evidenced by an Officers' Certificate (unless other evidence in respect thereof be -42- herein specifically prescribed); and any resolution of the Board of Directors may be evidenced to the Trustee by a copy thereof certified by the Secretary or an Assistant Secretary of the Company; (c) the Trustee may consult with counsel and any advice or Opinion of Counsel shall be full and complete authorization and protection in respect of any action taken or omitted by it hereunder in good faith and in accordance with such advice or Opinion of Counsel; (d) the Trustee shall be under no obligation to exercise any of the rights or powers vested in it by this Indenture at the request, order or direction of any of the Noteholders pursuant to the provisions of this Indenture, unless such Noteholders shall have offered to the Trustee reasonable security or indemnity against the costs, expenses and liabilities which may be incurred therein or thereby; (e) the Trustee shall not be bound to make any investigation into the facts or matters stated in any resolution, certificate, statement, instrument, opinion, report, notice, request, direction, consent, order, bond, debenture or other paper or document, but the Trustee, in its discretion, may make such further inquiry or investigation into such facts or matters as it may see fit, and, if the Trustee shall determine to make such further inquiry or investigation, it shall be entitled to examine the books, records and premises of the Company, personally or by agent or attorney; and (f) the Trustee may execute any of the trusts or powers hereunder or perform any duties hereunder either directly or by or through agents or attorneys and the Trustee shall not be responsible for any misconduct or negligence on the part of any agent or attorney appointed by it with due care hereunder. SECTION 8.3 NORESPONSIBILITY FOR RECITALS, ETC. The recitals contained herein and in the Notes (except in the Trustee's certificate of authentication) shall be taken as the statements of the Company, and the Trustee assumes no responsibility for the correctness of the same. The Trustee makes no representations as to the validity or sufficiency of this Indenture or of the Notes. The Trustee shall not be accountable for the use or application by the Company of any Notes or the proceeds of any Notes authenticated and delivered by the Trustee in conformity with the provisions of this Indenture. SECTION 8.4 TRUSTEE, PAYING AGENTS, CONVERSION AGENTS OR REGISTRAR MAY OWN NOTES. The Trustee, any paying agent, any conversion agent or Note registrar, in its individual or any other capacity, may become the owner or pledgee of Notes with the same rights it would have if it were not Trustee, paying agent, conversion agent or Note registrar. SECTION 8.5 MONIES TO BE HELD IN TRUST. Subject to the provisions of Section 13.4 and Section 4.2, all monies received by the Trustee shall, until used or applied as herein provided, be held in trust for the purposes for which they were received. Money held by the Trustee in trust hereunder need not be segregated from other funds except to the extent required by law. The Trustee shall be under no liability for interest on any money received by it hereunder except as may be agreed from time to time in writing by the Company and the Trustee. -43- SECTION 8.6 COMPENSATION AND EXPENSES OF TRUSTEE. The Company covenants and agrees to pay to the Trustee from time to time, and the Trustee shall be entitled to, reasonable compensation for all services rendered by it hereunder in any capacity (which shall not be limited by any provision of law in regard to the compensation of a trustee of an express trust) as mutually agreed to in writing between the Company and the Trustee, and the Company will pay or reimburse the Trustee upon its request for all reasonable expenses, disbursements and advances reasonably incurred or made by the Trustee in accordance with any of the provisions of this Indenture (including the reasonable compensation and the expenses and disbursements of its counsel and of all persons not regularly in its employ) except any such expense, disbursement or advance as may arise from its negligence, willful misconduct, recklessness or bad faith. The Company also covenants to indemnify the Trustee (or any officer, director or employee of the Trustee) in any capacity under this Indenture and its agents and any authenticating agent for, and to hold them harmless against, any loss, liability or expense incurred without negligence, willful misconduct, recklessness, or bad faith on the part of the Trustee or such officers, directors, employees and agent or authenticating agent, as the case may be, and arising out of or in connection with the acceptance or administration of this trust or in any other capacity hereunder, including the costs and expenses of defending themselves against any claim of liability in the premises. The obligations of the Company under this Section 8.6 to compensate or indemnify the Trustee and to pay or reimburse the Trustee for expenses, disbursements and advances shall be secured by a lien prior to that of the Notes upon all property and funds held or collected by the Trustee as such, except funds held in trust for the benefit of the holders of particular Notes. The obligation of the Company under this Section shall survive the satisfaction and discharge of this Indenture. When the Trustee and its agents and any authenticating agent incur expenses or render services after an Event of Default specified in Section 7.1(d) or (e) occurs, the expenses and the compensation for the services are intended to constitute expenses of administration under any bankruptcy, insolvency or similar laws. SECTION 8.7 OFFICERS' CERTIFICATE AS EVIDENCE. Except as otherwise provided in Section 8.1, whenever in the administration of the provisions of this Indenture the Trustee shall deem it necessary or desirable that a matter be proved or established prior to taking or omitting any action hereunder, such matter (unless other evidence in respect thereof be herein specifically prescribed) may, in the absence of negligence, willful misconduct, recklessness, or bad faith on the part of the Trustee, be deemed to be conclusively proved and established by an Officers' Certificate delivered to the Trustee. SECTION 8.8 CONFLICTING INTERESTS OF TRUSTEE. If the Trustee has or shall acquire a conflicting interest within the meaning of the Trust Indenture Act, the Trustee shall either eliminate such interest or resign, to the extent and in the manner provided by, and subject to the provisions of, the Trust Indenture Act and this Indenture. SECTION 8.9 ELIGIBILITY OF TRUSTEE. There shall at all times be a Trustee hereunder which shall be a person that is eligible pursuant to the Trust Indenture Act to act as such and has a -44- combined capital and surplus of at least $50,000,000 (or if such person is a member of a bank holding company system, its bank holding company shall have a combined capital and surplus of at least $50,000,000). If such person publishes reports of condition at least annually, pursuant to law or to the requirements of any supervising or examining authority, then for the purposes of this Section, the combined capital and surplus of such person shall be deemed to be its combined capital and surplus as set forth in its most recent report of condition so published. If at any time the Trustee shall cease to be eligible in accordance with the provisions of this Section, it shall resign immediately in the manner and with the effect hereinafter specified in this Article. SECTION 8.10 RESIGNATION OR REMOVAL OF TRUSTEE. (a) The Trustee may at any time resign by giving written notice of such resignation to the Company and to the holders of Notes. Upon receiving such notice of resignation, the Company shall promptly appoint a successor trustee by written instrument, in duplicate, executed by order of the Board of Directors, one copy of which instrument shall be delivered to the resigning Trustee and one copy to the successor trustee. If no successor trustee shall have been so appointed and have accepted appointment sixty (60) days after the mailing of such notice of resignation to the Noteholders, the resigning Trustee may petition any court of competent jurisdiction for the appointment of a successor trustee, or any Noteholder who has been a bona fide holder of a Note or Notes for at least six (6) months may, subject to the provisions of Section 7.9, on behalf of himself and all others similarly situated, petition any such court for the appointment of a successor trustee. Such court may thereupon, after such notice, if any, as it may deem proper and prescribe, appoint a successor trustee. (b) In case at any time any of the following shall occur: (i) the Trustee shall fail to comply with Section 8.8 after written request therefor by the Company or by any Noteholder who has been a bona fide holder of a Note or Notes for at least six (6) months; or (ii) the Trustee shall cease to be eligible in accordance with the provisions of Section 8.9 and shall fail to resign after written request therefor by the Company or by any such Noteholder; or (iii) the Trustee shall become incapable of acting, or shall be adjudged a bankrupt or insolvent, or a receiver of the Trustee or of its property shall be appointed, or any public officer shall take charge or control of the Trustee or of its property or affairs for the purpose of rehabilitation, conservation or liquidation; then, in any such case, the Company may remove the Trustee and appoint a successor trustee by written instrument, in duplicate, executed by order of the Board of Directors, one copy of which instrument shall be delivered to the Trustee so removed and one copy to the successor trustee, or, subject to the provisions of Section 7.9, any Noteholder who has been a bona fide holder of a Note or Notes for at least six (6) months may, on behalf of himself and all others similarly situated, petition -45- any court of competent jurisdiction for the removal of the Trustee and the appointment of a successor trustee; provided that if no successor trustee shall have been appointed and have accepted appointment sixty (60) days after either the Company or the Noteholders has removed the Trustee, the Trustee so removed may petition any court of competent jurisdiction for an appointment of a successor trustee. Such court may thereupon, after such notice, if any, as it may deem proper and prescribe, remove the Trustee and appoint a successor trustee. (c) The holders of a majority in aggregate principal amount of the Notes at the time outstanding may at any time remove the Trustee and nominate a successor trustee which shall be deemed appointed as successor trustee unless within ten (10) days after notice to the Company of such nomination the Company objects thereto, in which case the Trustee so removed or any Noteholder, or if such Trustee so removed or any Noteholder fails to act, the Company, upon the terms and conditions and otherwise as in Section 8.10(a) provided, may petition any court of competent jurisdiction for an appointment of a successor trustee. (d) Any resignation or removal of the Trustee and appointment of a successor trustee pursuant to any of the provisions of this Section 8.10 shall become effective upon acceptance of appointment by the successor trustee as provided in Section 8.11. SECTION 8.11 ACCEPTANCE BY SUCCESSOR TRUSTEE. Any successor trustee appointed as provided in Section 8.10 shall execute, acknowledge and deliver to the Company and to its predecessor trustee an instrument accepting such appointment hereunder, and thereupon the resignation or removal of the predecessor trustee shall become effective and such successor trustee, without any further act, deed or conveyance, shall become vested with all the rights, powers, duties and obligations of its predecessor hereunder, with like effect as if originally named as trustee herein; but, nevertheless, on the written request of the Company or of the successor trustee, the trustee ceasing to act shall, upon payment of any amounts then due it pursuant to the provisions of Section 8.6, execute and deliver an instrument transferring to such successor trustee all the rights and powers of the trustee so ceasing to act. Upon request of any such successor trustee, the Company shall execute any and all instruments in writing for more fully and certainly vesting in and confirming to such successor trustee all such rights and powers. Any trustee ceasing to act shall, nevertheless, retain a lien upon all property and funds held or collected by such trustee as such, except for funds held in trust for the benefit of holders of particular Notes, to secure any amounts then due it pursuant to the provisions of Section 8.6. No successor trustee shall accept appointment as provided in this Section 8.11 unless at the time of such acceptance such successor trustee shall be qualified under the provisions of Section 8.8 and be eligible under the provisions of Section 8.9. Upon acceptance of appointment by a successor trustee as provided in this Section 8.11, the Company (or the former trustee, at the written direction of the Company) shall mail or cause to be mailed notice of the succession of such trustee hereunder to the holders of Notes at their addresses as they shall appear on the Note register. If the Company fails to mail such notice within ten (10) days -46- after acceptance of appointment by the successor trustee, the successor trustee shall cause such notice to be mailed at the expense of the Company. SECTION 8.12 SUCCESSION BY MERGER, ETC. Any corporation into which the Trustee may be merged or converted or with which it may be consolidated, or any corporation resulting from any merger, conversion or consolidation to which the Trustee shall be a party, or any corporation succeeding to all or substantially all of the corporate trust business of the Trustee (including the administration of the trust created by this Indenture), shall be the successor to the Trustee hereunder without the execution or filing of any paper or any further act on the part of any of the parties hereto, provided that in the case of any corporation succeeding to all or substantially all of the corporate trust business of the Trustee such corporation shall be qualified under the provisions of Section 8.8 and eligible under the provisions of Section 8.9. In case at the time such successor to the Trustee shall succeed to the trusts created by this Indenture, any of the Notes shall have been authenticated but not delivered, any such successor to the Trustee may adopt the certificate of authentication of any predecessor trustee or authenticating agent appointed by such predecessor trustee, and deliver such Notes so authenticated; and in case at that time any of the Notes shall not have been authenticated, any successor to the Trustee or any authenticating agent appointed by such successor trustee may authenticate such Notes in the name of the successor trustee; and in all such cases such certificates shall have the full force that is provided in the Notes or in this Indenture; provided, however, that the right to adopt the certificate of authentication of any predecessor Trustee or authenticate Notes in the name of any predecessor Trustee shall apply only to its successor or successors by merger, conversion or consolidation. SECTION 8.13 PREFERENTIAL COLLECTION OF CLAIMS. If and when the Trustee shall be or become a creditor of the Company (or any other obligor upon the Notes), the Trustee shall be subject to the provisions of the Trust Indenture Act regarding the collection of the claims against the Company (or any such other obligor). SECTION 8.14 TRUSTEE'S APPLICATION FOR INSTRUCTIONS FROM THE COMPANY. Any application by the Trustee for written instructions from the Company (other than with regard to any action proposed to be taken or omitted to be taken by the Trustee that affects the rights of the holders of the Notes or holders of Senior Debt under this Indenture, including, without limitation, under Article IV hereof) may, at the option of the Trustee, set forth in writing any action proposed to be taken or omitted by the Trustee under this Indenture and the date on and/or after which such action shall be taken or such omission shall be effective. The Trustee shall not be liable for any action taken by, or omission of, the Trustee in accordance with a proposal included in such application on or after the date specified in such application (which date shall not be less than three (3) Business Days after the date any officer of the Company actually receives such application, unless any such officer shall have consented in writing to any earlier date) unless prior to taking any such action (or the effective date in the case of an omission), the Trustee shall have received written instructions in response to such application specifying the action to be taken or omitted. -47- ARTICLE IX CONCERNING THE NOTEHOLDERS SECTION 9.1 ACTION BY NOTEHOLDERS. Whenever in this Indenture it is provided that the holders of a specified percentage in aggregate principal amount of the Notes may take any action (including the making of any demand or request, the giving of any notice, consent or waiver or the taking of any other action), the fact that at the time of taking any such action, the holders of such specified percentage have joined therein may be evidenced (a) by any instrument or any number of instruments of similar tenor executed by Noteholders in person or by agent or proxy appointed in writing, or (b) by the record of the holders of Notes voting in favor thereof at any meeting of Noteholders duly called and held in accordance with the provisions of Article X, or (c) by a combination of such instrument or instruments and any such record of such a meeting of Noteholders. Whenever the Company or the Trustee solicits the taking of any action by the holders of the Notes, the Company or the Trustee may fix in advance of such solicitation, a date as the record date for determining holders entitled to take such action. The record date shall be not more than fifteen (15) days prior to the date of commencement of solicitation of such action. SECTION 9.2 PROOF OF EXECUTION BY NOTEHOLDERS. Subject to the provisions of Sections 8.1, 8.2 and 10.5, proof of the execution of any instrument by a Noteholder or its agent or proxy shall be sufficient if made in accordance with such reasonable rules and regulations as may be prescribed by the Trustee or in such manner as shall be satisfactory to the Trustee. The holding of Notes shall be proved by the registry of such Notes or by a certificate of the Note registrar. The record of any Noteholders' meeting shall be proved in the manner provided in Section 10.6. SECTION 9.3 WHO ARE DEEMED ABSOLUTE OWNERS. The Company, the Trustee, any paying agent, any conversion agent and any Note registrar may deem the person in whose name such Note shall be registered upon the Note register to be, and may treat it as, the absolute owner of such Note (whether or not such Note shall be overdue and notwithstanding any notation of ownership or other writing thereon) for the purpose of receiving payment of or on account of the principal of, premium, if any, and interest on such Note, for conversion of such Note and for all other purposes; and neither the Company nor the Trustee nor any paying agent nor any conversion agent nor any Note registrar shall be affected by any notice to the contrary. All such payments so made to any holder for the time being, or upon his order, shall be valid, and, to the extent of the sum or sums so paid, effectual to satisfy and discharge the liability for monies payable upon any such Note. SECTION 9.4 COMPANY-OWNED NOTES DISREGARDED. In determining whether the holders of the requisite aggregate principal amount of Notes have concurred in any direction, consent, waiver or other action under this Indenture, Notes which are owned by the Company or any other obligor on the Notes or any Affiliate of the Company or of any other obligor on the Notes shall be disregarded and deemed not to be outstanding for the purpose of any such determination; -48- provided that for the purposes of determining whether the Trustee shall be protected in relying on any such direction, consent, waiver or other action only Notes which a Responsible Officer knows are so owned shall be so disregarded. Notes so owned which have been pledged in good faith may be regarded as outstanding for the purposes of this Section 9.4 if the pledgee shall establish to the satisfaction of the Trustee the pledgee's right to vote such Notes and that the pledgee is not the Company, any other obligor on the Notes or any Affiliate of the Company or of any such other obligor. In the case of a dispute as to such right, any decision by the Trustee taken upon the advice of counsel shall be full protection to the Trustee. Upon request of the Trustee, the Company shall furnish to the Trustee promptly an Officers' Certificate listing and identifying all Notes, if any, known by the Company to be owned or held by or for the account of any of the above described persons; and, subject to Section 8.1, the Trustee shall be entitled to accept such Officers' Certificate as conclusive evidence of the facts therein set forth and of the fact that all Notes not listed therein are outstanding for the purpose of any such determination. SECTION 9.5 REVOCATION OF CONSENTS; FUTURE HOLDERS BOUND. At any time prior to (but not after) the evidencing to the Trustee, as provided in Section 9.1, of the taking of any action by the holders of the percentage in aggregate principal amount of the Notes specified in this Indenture in connection with such action, any holder of a Note which is shown by the evidence to be included in the Notes the holders of which have consented to such action may, by filing written notice with the Trustee at its Corporate Trust Office and upon proof of holding as provided in Section 9.2, revoke such action so far as concerns such Note. Except as aforesaid, any such action taken by the holder of any Note shall be conclusive and binding upon such holder and upon all future holders and owners of such Note and of any Notes issued in exchange or substitution therefor, irrespective of whether any notation in regard thereto is made upon such Note or any Note issued in exchange or substitution therefor. ARTICLE X NOTEHOLDERS' MEETINGS SECTION 10.1 PURPOSE OF MEETINGS. A meeting of Noteholders may be called at any time and from time to time pursuant to the provisions of this Article X for any of the following purposes: (i) to give any notice to the Company or to the Trustee or to give any directions to the Trustee permitted under this Indenture, or to consent to the waiving of any default or Event of Default hereunder and its consequences, or to take any other action authorized to be taken by Noteholders pursuant to any of the provisions of Article VII; (ii) to remove the Trustee and nominate a successor trustee pursuant to the provisions of Article VIII; (iii) to consent to the execution of an indenture or indentures supplemental hereto pursuant to the provisions of Section 11.2; or -49- (iv) to take any other action authorized to be taken by or on behalf of the holders of any specified aggregate principal amount of the Notes under any other provision of this Indenture or under applicable law. SECTION 10.2 CALL OF MEETINGS BY TRUSTEE. The Trustee may at any time call a meeting of Noteholders to take any action specified in Section 10.1, to be held at such time and at such place as the Trustee shall determine. Notice of every meeting of the Noteholders, setting forth the time and the place of such meeting and in general terms the action proposed to be taken at such meeting and the establishment of any record date pursuant to Section 9.1, shall be mailed to holders of Notes at their addresses as they shall appear on the Note register. Such notice shall also be mailed to the Company. Such notices shall be mailed not less than twenty (20) nor more than ninety (90) days prior to the date fixed for the meeting. Any meeting of Noteholders shall be valid without notice if the holders of all Notes then outstanding are present in person or by proxy or if notice is waived before or after the meeting by the holders of all Notes outstanding, and if the Company and the Trustee are either present by duly authorized representatives or have, before or after the meeting, waived notice. SECTION 10.3 CALL OF MEETINGS BY COMPANY OR NOTEHOLDERS. In case at any time the Company, pursuant to a resolution of its Board of Directors, or the holders of at least ten percent (10%) in aggregate principal amount of the Notes then outstanding, shall have requested the Trustee to call a meeting of Noteholders, by written request setting forth in reasonable detail the action proposed to be taken at the meeting, and the Trustee shall not have mailed the notice of such meeting within twenty (20) days after receipt of such request, then the Company or such Noteholders may determine the time and the place for such meeting and may call such meeting to take any action authorized in Section 10.1, by mailing notice thereof as provided in Section 10.2. SECTION 10.4 QUALIFICATIONS FOR VOTING. To be entitled to vote at any meeting of Noteholders a person shall (a) be a holder of one or more Notes on the record date pertaining to such meeting, or (b) be a person appointed by an instrument in writing as proxy by a holder of one or more Notes, on the record date pertaining to such meeting. The only persons who shall be entitled to be present or to speak at any meeting of Noteholders shall be the persons entitled to vote at such meeting and their counsel and any representatives of the Trustee and its counsel and any representatives of the Company and its counsel. SECTION 10.5 REGULATIONS. Notwithstanding any other provisions of this Indenture, the Trustee may make such reasonable regulations as it may deem advisable for any meeting of Noteholders, in regard to proof of the holding of Notes and of the appointment of proxies, and in regard to the appointment and duties of inspectors of votes, the submission and examination of proxies, certificates and other evidence of the right to vote, and such other matters concerning the conduct of the meeting as it shall think fit. The Trustee shall, by an instrument in writing, appoint a temporary chairman of the meeting, unless the meeting shall have been called by the Company or by Noteholders as provided in -50- Section 10.3, in which case the Company or the Noteholders calling the meeting, as the case may be, shall in like manner appoint a temporary chairman. A permanent chairman and a permanent secretary of the meeting shall be elected by vote of the holders of a majority in principal amount of the Notes represented at the meeting and entitled to vote at the meeting. Subject to the provisions of Section 9.4, at any meeting each Noteholder or proxyholder shall be entitled to one vote for each $1,000 principal amount of Notes held or represented by him; provided, however, that no vote shall be cast or counted at any meeting in respect of any Note challenged as not outstanding and ruled by the chairman of the meeting to be not outstanding. The chairman of the meeting shall have no right to vote other than by virtue of Notes held by him or instruments in writing as aforesaid duly designating him as the proxy to vote on behalf of other Noteholders. Any meeting of Noteholders duly called pursuant to the provisions of Section 10.2 or 10.3 may be adjourned from time to time by the holders of a majority of the aggregate principal amount of Notes represented at the meeting, whether or not constituting a quorum, and the meeting may be held as so adjourned without further notice. SECTION 10.6 VOTING. The vote upon any resolution submitted to any meeting of Noteholders shall be by written ballot on which shall be subscribed the signatures of the holders of Notes or of their representatives by proxy and the outstanding principal amount of the Notes held or represented by them. The permanent chairman of the meeting shall appoint two inspectors of votes who shall count all votes cast at the meeting for or against any resolution and who shall make and file with the secretary of the meeting their verified written reports in duplicate of all votes cast at the meeting. A record in duplicate of the proceedings of each meeting of Noteholders shall be prepared by the secretary of the meeting and there shall be attached to said record the original reports of the inspectors of votes on any vote by ballot taken thereat and affidavits by one or more persons having knowledge of the facts setting forth a copy of the notice of the meeting and showing that said notice was mailed as provided in Section 10.2 or Section 10.3. The record shall show the principal amount of the Notes voting in favor of or against any resolution. The record shall be signed and verified by the affidavits of the permanent chairman and secretary of the meeting and one of the duplicates shall be delivered to the Company and the other to the Trustee to be preserved by the Trustee, the latter to have attached thereto the ballots voted at the meeting. Any record so signed and verified shall be conclusive evidence of the matters therein stated. SECTION 10.7 NO DELAY OF RIGHTS BY MEETING. Nothing in this Article X contained shall be deemed or construed to authorize or permit, by reason of any call of a meeting of Noteholders or any rights expressly or impliedly conferred hereunder to make such call, any hindrance or delay in the exercise of any right or rights conferred upon or reserved to the Trustee or to the Noteholders under any of the provisions of this Indenture or of the Notes. -51- ARTICLE XI SUPPLEMENTAL INDENTURES SECTION 11.1 SUPPLEMENTAL INDENTURES WITHOUT CONSENT OF NOTEHOLDERS. The Company, when authorized by the resolutions of the Board of Directors, and the Trustee may from time to time and at any time enter into an indenture or indentures supplemental hereto for one or more of the following purposes: (a) to make provision with respect to the conversion rights of the holders of Notes pursuant to the requirements of Section 15.6 and the repurchase obligations of the Company pursuant to the requirements of Section 3.1(e); (b) subject to Article IV, to convey, transfer, assign, mortgage or pledge to the Trustee as security for the Notes, any property or assets; (c) to evidence the succession of another person to the Company, or successive successions, and the assumption by the successor person of the covenants, agreements and obligations of the Company pursuant to Article XII; (d) to add to the covenants of the Company such further covenants, restrictions or conditions as the Board of Directors and the Trustee shall consider to be for the benefit of the holders of Notes, and to make the occurrence, or the occurrence and continuance, of a default in any such additional covenants, restrictions or conditions a default or an Event of Default permitting the enforcement of all or any of the several remedies provided in this Indenture as herein set forth; provided, however, that in respect of any such additional covenant, restriction or condition such supplemental indenture may provide for a particular period of grace after default (which period may be shorter or longer than that allowed in the case of other defaults) or may provide for an immediate enforcement upon such default or may limit the remedies available to the Trustee upon such default; (e) to provide for the issuance under this Indenture of Notes in coupon form (including Notes registrable as to principal only) and to provide for exchangeability of such Notes with the Notes issued hereunder in fully registered form and to make all appropriate changes for such purpose; (f) to cure any ambiguity or to correct or supplement any provision contained herein or in any supplemental indenture that may be defective or inconsistent with any other provision contained herein or in any supplemental indenture, or to make such other provisions in regard to matters or questions arising under this Indenture that shall not materially adversely affect the interests of the holders of the Notes; (g) to evidence and provide for the acceptance of appointment hereunder by a successor Trustee with respect to the Notes; or -52- (h) to modify, eliminate or add to the provisions of this Indenture to such extent as shall be necessary to effect the qualifications of this Indenture under the Trust Indenture Act, or under any similar federal statute hereafter enacted. Upon the written request of the Company, accompanied by a copy of the resolutions of the Board of Directors certified by its Secretary or Assistant Secretary authorizing the execution of any supplemental indenture, the Trustee is hereby authorized to join with the Company in the execution of any such supplemental indenture, to make any further appropriate agreements and stipulations that may be therein contained and to accept the conveyance, transfer and assignment of any property thereunder, but the Trustee shall not be obligated to, but may in its discretion, enter into any supplemental indenture that affects the Trustee's own rights, duties or immunities under this Indenture or otherwise. Any supplemental indenture authorized by the provisions of this Section 11.1 may be executed by the Company and the Trustee without the consent of the holders of any of the Notes at the time outstanding, notwithstanding any of the provisions of Section 11.2. Notwithstanding any other provision of the Indenture or the Notes, the Registration Rights Agreement and the obligation to pay Additional Interest thereunder may be amended, modified or waived in accordance with the provisions of the Registration Rights Agreement. SECTION 11.2 SUPPLEMENTAL INDENTURE WITH CONSENT OF NOTEHOLDERS. With the consent (evidenced as provided in Article IX) of the holders of not less than a majority in aggregate principal amount of the Notes at the time outstanding, the Company, when authorized by the resolutions of the Board of Directors, and the Trustee may from time to time and at any time enter into an indenture or indentures supplemental hereto for the purpose of adding any provisions to or changing in any manner or eliminating any of the provisions of this Indenture or any supplemental indenture or of modifying in any manner the rights of the holders of the Notes; provided, however, that no such supplemental indenture shall (i) extend the fixed maturity of any Note, or reduce the rate or extend the time of payment of interest thereon, or reduce the principal amount thereof or premium, if any, thereon, or reduce any amount payable on repurchase thereof, or impair the right of any Noteholder to institute suit for the payment thereof, or make the principal thereof or interest or premium, if any, thereon payable in any coin or currency other than that provided in the Notes, or modify the provisions of this Indenture with respect to the subordination of the Notes in a manner materially adverse to the Noteholders, or change the obligation of the Company to repurchase any Note upon the happening of a Fundamental Change in a manner adverse to the holder of Notes, or impair the right to convert the Notes into Common Stock subject to the terms set forth herein, including Section 15.6, in each case, without the consent of the holder of each Note so affected, (ii) reduce the aforesaid percentage of Notes, the holders of which are required to consent to (a) reduce the quorum or voting requirements under this Indenture or (b) reduce the percentage of aggregate principal amount of outstanding Notes required for consent to any modification of this Indenture, in each case, without the consent of the holders of all Notes then outstanding or (iii) modify any provisions of this Section or Section 7.7, except to increase any such percentage or to provide that -53- certain provisions of this Indenture cannot be modified or waived, without the consent of the holders of each Note so affected. Upon the written request of the Company, accompanied by a copy of the resolutions of the Board of Directors certified by its Secretary or Assistant Secretary authorizing the execution of any such supplemental indenture, and upon the filing with the Trustee of evidence of the consent of Noteholders as aforesaid, the Trustee shall join with the Company in the execution of such supplemental indenture unless such supplemental indenture affects the Trustee's own rights, duties or immunities under this Indenture or otherwise, in which case the Trustee may in its discretion, but shall not be obligated to, enter into such supplemental indenture. It shall not be necessary for the consent of the Noteholders under this Section 11.2 to approve the particular form of any proposed supplemental indenture, but it shall be sufficient if such consent shall approve the substance thereof. SECTION 11.3 EFFECT OF SUPPLEMENTAL INDENTURE. Any supplemental indenture executed pursuant to the provisions of this Article XI shall comply with the Trust Indenture Act, as then in effect; provided that this Section 11.3 shall not require such supplemental indenture or the Trustee to be qualified under the Trust Indenture Act prior to the time such qualification is in fact required under the terms of the Trust Indenture Act or the Indenture has been qualified under the Trust Indenture Act, nor shall it constitute any admission or acknowledgment by any party to such supplemental indenture that any such qualification is required prior to the time such qualification is in fact required under the terms of the Trust Indenture Act or the Indenture has been qualified under the Trust Indenture Act. Upon the execution of any supplemental indenture pursuant to the provisions of this Article XI, this Indenture shall be and be deemed to be modified and amended in accordance therewith and the respective rights, limitation of rights, obligations, duties and immunities under this Indenture of the Trustee, the Company and the holders of Notes shall thereafter be determined, exercised and enforced hereunder subject in all respects to such modifications and amendments and all the terms and conditions of any such supplemental indenture shall be and be deemed to be part of the terms and conditions of this Indenture for any and all purposes. SECTION 11.4 NOTATION ON NOTES. Notes authenticated and delivered after the execution of any supplemental indenture pursuant to the provisions of this Article XI may bear a notation in form approved by the Trustee as to any matter provided for in such supplemental indenture. If the Company or the Trustee shall so determine, new Notes so modified as to conform, in the opinion of the Trustee and the Board of Directors, to any modification of this Indenture contained in any such supplemental indenture may, at the Company's expense, be prepared and executed by the Company, authenticated by the Trustee (or an authenticating agent duly appointed by the Trustee pursuant to Section 16.11) and delivered in exchange for the Notes then outstanding, upon surrender of such Notes then outstanding. -54- SECTION 11.5 EVIDENCE OF COMPLIANCE OF SUPPLEMENTAL INDENTURE TO BE FURNISHED TRUSTEE. Prior to entering into any supplemental indenture, the Trustee may request an Officers' Certificate and an Opinion of Counsel as conclusive evidence that any supplemental indenture executed pursuant hereto complies with the requirements of this Article XI. ARTICLE XII CONSOLIDATION, MERGER, SALE, CONVEYANCE AND LEASE SECTION 12.1 COMPANY MAY CONSOLIDATE ETC. ON CERTAIN TERMS. Subject to the provisions of Section 12.2, nothing contained in this Indenture or in any of the Notes shall prevent any consolidation or merger of the Company with or into any other person or persons (whether or not affiliated with the Company), or successive consolidations or mergers in which the Company or its successor or successors shall be a party or parties, or shall prevent any sale, conveyance or lease (or successive sales, conveyances or leases) of all or substantially all of the property of the Company, to any other person (whether or not affiliated with the Company), authorized to acquire and operate the same and that shall be organized under the laws of the United States of America, any state thereof or the District of Columbia; provided that upon any such consolidation, merger, sale, conveyance or lease, the due and punctual payment of the principal of and premium, if any, and interest (including Additional Interest, if any) on all of the Notes, according to their tenor, and the due and punctual performance and observance of all of the covenants and conditions of this Indenture to be performed by the Company, shall be expressly assumed, by supplemental indenture satisfactory in form to the Trustee, executed and delivered to the Trustee by the person (if other than the Company) formed by such consolidation, or into which the Company shall have been merged, or by the person that shall have acquired or leased such property, and such supplemental indenture shall provide for the applicable conversion rights set forth in Section 15.6. SECTION 12.2 SUCCESSOR CORPORATION TO BE SUBSTITUTED. In case of any such consolidation, merger, sale, conveyance or lease and upon the assumption by the successor person, by supplemental indenture, executed and delivered to the Trustee and satisfactory in form to the Trustee, of the due and punctual payment of the principal of and premium, if any, and interest on all of the Notes and the due and punctual performance of all of the covenants and conditions of this Indenture to be performed by the Company, such successor person shall succeed to and be substituted for the Company, with the same effect as if it had been named herein as the party of the first part. Such successor person thereupon may cause to be signed, and may issue either in its own name or in the name of LSI Logic Corporation any or all of the Notes issuable hereunder which theretofore shall not have been signed by the Company and delivered to the Trustee; and, upon the order of such successor person instead of the Company and subject to all the terms, conditions and limitations in this Indenture prescribed, the Trustee shall authenticate and shall deliver, or cause to be authenticated and delivered, any Notes which previously shall have been signed and delivered by the officers of the Company to the Trustee for authentication, and any Notes which such successor person thereafter shall cause to be signed and delivered to the Trustee for that purpose. All the Notes -55- so issued shall in all respects have the same legal rank and benefit under this Indenture as the Notes theretofore or thereafter issued in accordance with the terms of this Indenture as though all of such Notes had been issued at the date of the execution hereof. In the event of any such consolidation, merger, sale, conveyance or lease, the person named as the "Company" in the first paragraph of this Indenture or any successor which shall thereafter have become such in the manner prescribed in this Article XII may be dissolved, wound up and liquidated at any time thereafter and such person shall be released from its liabilities as obligor and maker of the Notes and from its obligations under this Indenture. In case of any such consolidation, merger, sale, conveyance or lease, such changes in phraseology and form (but not in substance) may be made in the Notes thereafter to be issued as may be appropriate. SECTION 12.3 OPINION OF COUNSEL TO BE GIVEN TRUSTEE. The Trustee shall receive an Officers' Certificate and an Opinion of Counsel as conclusive evidence that any such consolidation, merger, sale, conveyance or lease and any such assumption complies with the provisions of this Article XII. ARTICLE XIII SATISFACTION AND DISCHARGE OF INDENTURE SECTION 13.1 DISCHARGE OF INDENTURE. When (a) the Company shall deliver to the Trustee for cancellation all Notes theretofore authenticated (other than any Notes which have been destroyed, lost or stolen and in lieu of or in substitution for which other Notes shall have been authenticated and delivered) and not theretofore canceled, or (b) all the Notes not theretofore canceled or delivered to the Trustee for cancellation shall have become due and payable, or are by their terms to become due and payable within one year, and the Company shall deposit with the Trustee, in trust, funds sufficient to pay at maturity of all of the Notes (other than any Notes which shall have been mutilated, destroyed, lost or stolen and in lieu of or in substitution for which other Notes shall have been authenticated and delivered) not theretofore canceled or delivered to the Trustee for cancellation, including principal and premium, if any, and interest due or to become due to such date of maturity accompanied by a verification report, as to the sufficiency of the deposited amount, from an independent certified accountant or other financial professional satisfactory to the Trustee, and if the Company shall also pay or cause to be paid all other sums payable hereunder by the Company, then this Indenture shall cease to be of further effect (except as to (i) remaining rights of registration of transfer, substitution and exchange and conversion of Notes, (ii) rights hereunder of Noteholders to receive payments of principal of and premium, if any, and interest on, the Notes and the other rights, duties and obligations of Noteholders, as beneficiaries hereof with respect to the amounts, if any, so deposited with the Trustee and (iii) the rights, obligations and immunities of the Trustee hereunder), and the Trustee, on written demand of the Company accompanied by an Officers' Certificate and an Opinion of Counsel as required by Section 16.5 and at the cost and expense of the Company, shall execute proper instruments acknowledging satisfaction of and -56- discharging this Indenture; the Company, however, hereby agreeing to reimburse the Trustee for any costs or expenses thereafter reasonably and properly incurred by the Trustee and to compensate the Trustee for any services thereafter reasonably and properly rendered by the Trustee in connection with this Indenture or the Notes. SECTION 13.2 DEPOSITED MONIES TO BE HELD IN TRUST BY TRUSTEE. Subject to Section 13.4, all monies deposited with the Trustee pursuant to Section 13.1, provided such deposit was not in violation of Article IV, shall be held in trust for the sole benefit of the Noteholders and not to be subject to the subordination provisions of Article IV, and such monies shall be applied by the Trustee to the payment, either directly or through any paying agent (including the Company if acting as its own paying agent), to the holders of the particular Notes for the payment of which such monies have been deposited with the Trustee, of all sums due and to become due thereon for principal and interest and premium, if any. SECTION 13.3 PAYING AGENT TO REPAY MONIES HELD. Upon the satisfaction and discharge of this Indenture, all monies then held by any paying agent of the Notes (other than the Trustee) shall, upon written request of the Company, be repaid to it or paid to the Trustee, and thereupon such paying agent shall be released from all further liability with respect to such monies. SECTION 13.4 RETURN OF UNCLAIMED MONIES. Subject to the requirements of applicable law, any monies deposited with or paid to the Trustee for payment of the principal of, premium, if any, or interest on Notes and not applied but remaining unclaimed by the holders of Notes for two years after the date upon which the principal of, premium, if any, or interest on such Notes, as the case may be, shall have become due and payable, shall be repaid to the Company by the Trustee on demand and all liability of the Trustee shall thereupon cease with respect to such monies; and the holder of any of the Notes shall thereafter look only to the Company for any payment which such holder may be entitled to collect unless an applicable abandoned property law designates another person. SECTION 13.5 REINSTATEMENT. If the Trustee or the paying agent is unable to apply any money in accordance with Section 13.2 by reason of any order or judgment of any court or governmental authority enjoining, restraining or otherwise prohibiting such application, the Company's obligations under this Indenture and the Notes shall be revived and reinstated as though no deposit had occurred pursuant to Section 13.1 until such time as the Trustee or the paying agent is permitted to apply all such money in accordance with Section 13.2; provided, however, that if the Company makes any payment of interest on or principal of any Note following the reinstatement of its obligations, the Company shall be subrogated to the rights of the holders of such Notes to receive such payment from the money held by the Trustee or paying agent. -57- ARTICLE XIV IMMUNITY OF INCORPORATORS, STOCKHOLDERS, OFFICERS AND DIRECTORS SECTION 14.1 INDENTURE AND NOTES SOLELY CORPORATE OBLIGATIONS. No recourse for the payment of the principal of or premium, if any, or interest on any Note, or for any claim based thereon or otherwise in respect thereof, and no recourse under or upon any obligation, covenant or agreement of the Company in this Indenture or in any supplemental indenture or in any Note, or because of the creation of any indebtedness represented thereby, shall be had against any incorporator, stockholder, employee, agent, officer, or director or subsidiary, as such, past, present or future, of the Company or of any successor person, either directly or through the Company or any successor person, whether by virtue of any constitution, statute or rule of law, or by the enforcement of any assessment or penalty or otherwise; it being expressly understood that all such liability is hereby expressly waived and released as a condition of, and as a consideration for, the execution of this Indenture and the issue of the Notes. ARTICLE XV CONVERSION OF NOTES SECTION 15.1 RIGHT TO CONVERT. Subject to and upon compliance with the provisions of this Indenture, including without limitation Article IV, the holder of any Note shall have the right, at its option, at any time after original issuance thereof through the close of business on the final maturity date of the Notes (so long as such Note has not previously been repurchased by the Company) to convert the principal amount of any such Note, or any portion of such principal amount which is $1,000 or an integral multiple thereof. The Notes will be convertible at the Conversion Rate, determined as hereinafter provided, in effect at the time of conversion into fully paid and non-assessable shares of Common Stock (as such shares shall then be constituted), by surrender of the Note so to be converted in whole or in part in the manner provided, together with any funds required by Section 15.2. A Note in respect of which a holder is exercising its option to require repurchase upon a Fundamental Change pursuant to Section 3.1 may be converted only if such holder withdraws its election to exercise in accordance with Section 3.1. A holder of Notes is not entitled to any rights of a holder of Common Stock until such holder has converted his Notes to Common Stock, and only to the extent such Notes are deemed to have been converted to Common Stock under this Article XV. SECTION 15.2 EXERCISE OF CONVERSION PRIVILEGE; ISSUANCE OF COMMON STOCK ON CONVERSION; NO ADJUSTMENT FOR INTEREST OR DIVIDENDS. In order to exercise the conversion privilege with respect to any Note in certificated form, the holder of any such Note to be converted in whole or in part shall surrender such Note, duly endorsed, at an office or agency maintained by the Company pursuant to Section 5.2, accompanied by the funds, if any, required by the penultimate paragraph of this Section 15.2, and shall give written notice of conversion in the form provided on -58- the Notes (or such other notice which is acceptable to the Company) to the office or agency that the holder elects to convert such Note or the portion thereof specified in said notice. Such notice shall also state the name or names (with address or addresses) in which the certificate or certificates for shares of Common Stock which shall be issuable on such conversion shall be issued, and shall be accompanied by transfer taxes, if required pursuant to Section 15.7. Each such Note surrendered for conversion shall, unless the shares issuable on conversion are to be issued in the same name as the registration of such Note, be duly endorsed by, or be accompanied by instruments of transfer in form satisfactory to the Company duly executed by, the holder or his duly authorized attorney. In order to exercise the conversion privilege with respect to any interest in a Note in global form, the holder must complete the appropriate instruction form for conversion pursuant to the Depository's book-entry conversion program, deliver by book-entry delivery an interest in such Note in global form, furnish appropriate endorsements and transfer documents if required by the Company or the Trustee or conversion agent, and pay the funds, if any, required by this Section 15.2 and any transfer taxes if required pursuant to Section 15.7. As promptly as practicable after satisfaction of the requirements for conversion set forth above, subject to compliance with any restrictions on transfer if shares issuable on conversion are to be issued in a name other than that of the Noteholder (as if such transfer were a transfer of the Note or Notes (or portion thereof) so converted), the Company shall issue and shall deliver to such holder at the office or agency maintained by the Company for such purpose pursuant to Section 5.2, a certificate or certificates for the number of full shares of Common Stock issuable upon the conversion of such Note or portion thereof in accordance with the provisions of this Article and a check or cash in respect of any fractional interest in respect of a share of Common Stock arising upon such conversion, as provided in Section 15.3. In case any Note of a denomination greater than $1,000 shall be surrendered for partial conversion, and subject to Section 2.3, the Company shall execute and the Trustee shall authenticate and deliver to the holder of the Note so surrendered, without charge to him, a new Note or Notes in authorized denominations in an aggregate principal amount equal to the unconverted portion of the surrendered Note. Each conversion shall be deemed to have been effected as to any such Note (or portion thereof) on the date on which the requirements set forth above in this Section 15.2 have been satisfied as to such Note (or portion thereof), and the person in whose name any certificate or certificates for shares of Common Stock shall be issuable upon such conversion shall be deemed to have become on said date the holder of record of the shares represented thereby; provided, however, that any such surrender on any date when the stock transfer books of the Company shall be closed shall constitute the person in whose name the certificates are to be issued as the record holder thereof for all purposes on the next succeeding day on which such stock transfer books are open, but such conversion shall be at the Conversion Rate in effect on the date upon which such Note shall be surrendered. Any Note or portion thereof surrendered for conversion during the period from the close of business on the record date for any interest payment date to the close of business on the Business -59- Day next preceding the following interest payment date shall be accompanied by payment, in New York Clearing House funds or other funds acceptable to the Company, of an amount equal to the accrued but unpaid interest otherwise payable on such interest payment date on the principal amount being converted. Except as provided above in this Section 15.2, no payment or other adjustment shall be made for unpaid interest accrued on any Note converted or for unpaid dividends on any shares issued upon the conversion of such Note as provided in this Article. Upon the conversion of an interest in a Note in global form, the Trustee (or other conversion agent appointed by the Company), or the Custodian at the direction of the Trustee (or other conversion agent appointed by the Company), shall make a notation on such Note in global form as to the reduction in the principal amount represented thereby. The Company shall notify the Trustee in writing of any conversions of Notes effected through any conversion agent other than the Trustee. SECTION 15.3 CASH PAYMENTS IN LIEU OF FRACTIONAL SHARES. No fractional shares of Common Stock or scrip representing fractional shares shall be issued upon conversion of Notes. If more than one Note shall be surrendered for conversion at one time by the same holder, the number of full shares which shall be issuable upon conversion shall be computed on the basis of the aggregate principal amount of the Notes (or specified portions thereof to the extent permitted hereby) so surrendered. If any fractional share of stock would be issuable upon the conversion of any Note or Notes, the Company shall make an adjustment and payment therefor in cash at the current market price thereof to the holder of Notes. The current market price of a share of Common Stock shall be the Closing Price on the last Business Day immediately preceding the day on which the Notes (or specified portions thereof) are deemed to have been converted. SECTION 15.4 CONVERSION RATE. The conversion rate shall be as specified in the form of Note (herein called the "Conversion Rate") attached as Exhibit A hereto, subject to adjustment as provided in this Article XV. SECTION 15.5 ADJUSTMENT OF CONVERSION RATE. The Conversion Rate shall be adjusted from time to time by the Company as follows: (a) In case the Company shall hereafter pay a dividend or make a distribution to all holders of the outstanding Common Stock in shares of Common Stock, the Conversion Rate in effect at the opening of business on the date next following the date fixed for the determination of stockholders entitled to receive such dividend or other distribution shall be increased by multiplying such Conversion Rate by a fraction the numerator of which shall be the sum of the number of shares of Common Stock outstanding at the close of business on the date fixed for such determination and the total number of shares constituting such dividend or other distribution, and the denominator shall be the number of shares of Common Stock outstanding at the close of business on the date fixed for such determination, such increase to become effective immediately after the opening of business on the day following the date fixed for such determination. The Company will not pay any dividend or make any distribution on shares of Common Stock held in the treasury of the Company. If any dividend or distribution of the type described in this Section 15.5(a) is declared but not so paid or -60- made, the Conversion Rate shall again be adjusted to the Conversion Rate that would then be in effect if such dividend or distribution had not been declared. (b) In case the Company shall issue rights or warrants to all holders of its outstanding shares of Common Stock entitling them (for a period expiring within forty-five (45) days after the date fixed for determination of stockholders entitled to receive such rights or warrants) to subscribe for or purchase shares of Common Stock at a price per share less than the Current Market Price (as defined below) on the date fixed for determination of stockholders entitled to receive such rights or warrants, the Conversion Rate shall be adjusted so that the same shall equal the rate determined by multiplying the Conversion Rate in effect immediately prior to the date fixed for determination of stockholders entitled to receive such rights or warrants by a fraction of which the numerator shall be the number of shares of Common Stock outstanding at the close of business on the date fixed for determination of stockholders entitled to receive such rights or warrants plus the total number of additional shares of Common Stock offered for subscription or purchase and of which the denominator shall be the number of shares of Common Stock outstanding at the close of business on the date fixed for determination of stockholders entitled to receive such rights or warrants plus the number of shares that the aggregate offering price of the total number of shares so offered would purchase at such Current Market Price. Such adjustment shall be successively made whenever any such rights or warrants are issued, and shall become effective immediately after the opening of business on the day next following the date fixed for determination of stockholders entitled to receive such rights or warrants. To the extent that shares of Common Stock are not delivered after the expiration of such rights or warrants, the Conversion Rate shall be readjusted to the Conversion Rate which would then be in effect had the adjustments made upon the issuance of such rights or warrants been made on the basis of delivery of only the number of shares of Common Stock actually delivered. In the event that such rights or warrants are not so issued, the Conversion Rate shall again be adjusted to be the Conversion Rate which would then be in effect if such date fixed for the determination of stockholders entitled to receive such rights or warrants had not been fixed. In determining whether any rights or warrants entitle the holders to subscribe for or purchase shares of Common Stock at less than such Current Market Price, and in determining the aggregate offering price of such shares of Common Stock, there shall be taken into account any consideration received by the Company for such rights or warrants, the value of such consideration, if other than cash, to be determined by the Board of Directors (whose determination shall be conclusive and described in a resolution of the Board of Directors). (c) In case outstanding shares of Common Stock shall be subdivided into a greater number of shares of Common Stock, the Conversion Rate in effect at the opening of business on the day next following the day upon which such subdivision becomes effective shall be proportionately increased, and conversely, in case outstanding shares of Common Stock shall be combined into a smaller number of shares of Common Stock, the Conversion Rate in effect at the opening of business on the day next following the day upon which such combination becomes effective shall be proportionately reduced, such increase or reduction, as the case may be, to become effective immediately after the opening of business on the day next following the day upon which such subdivision or combination becomes effective. -61- (d) In case the Company shall, by dividend or otherwise, distribute to all holders of its Common Stock shares of any class of capital stock of the Company (other than any dividends or distributions to which Section 15.5(a) applies) or evidences of its indebtedness or assets (including securities, but excluding any rights or warrants referred to in Section 15.5(b), and excluding any dividend or distribution (x) paid exclusively in cash or (y) referred to in Section 15.5(a) (any of the foregoing hereinafter in this Section 15.5(d) called the "Securities")), then, in each such case (unless the Company elects to reserve such Securities for distribution to the Noteholders upon the conversion of the Notes so that any such holder converting Notes will receive upon such conversion, in addition to the shares of Common Stock to which such holder is entitled, the amount and kind of such Securities which such holder would have received if such holder had converted its Notes into Common Stock immediately prior to the Record Date (as defined in Section 15.5(h) for such distribution of the Securities)), the Conversion Rate shall be increased so that the same shall be equal to the rate determined by multiplying the Conversion Rate in effect on the Record Date with respect to such distribution by a fraction of which the numerator shall be the Current Market Price per share of the Common Stock on the Record Date and of which the denominator shall be the Current Market Price per share of the Common Stock on such Record Date less the fair market value (as determined by the Board of Directors, whose determination shall be conclusive, and described in a resolution of the Board of Directors) on the Record Date of the portion of the Securities so distributed applicable to one share of Common Stock, such increase to become effective immediately prior to the opening of business on the day next following such Record Date; provided, however, that in the event the then fair market value (as so determined) of the portion of the Securities so distributed applicable to one share of Common Stock is equal to or greater than the Current Market Price per share of the Common Stock on such Record Date, in lieu of the foregoing adjustment, adequate provision shall be made so that each Noteholder shall have the right to receive upon conversion the amount of Securities such holder would have received had such holder converted each Note on such Record Date. In the event that such dividend or distribution is not so paid or made, the Conversion Rate shall again be adjusted to be the Conversion Rate which would then be in effect if such dividend or distribution had not been declared. If the Board of Directors determines the fair market value of any distribution for purposes of this Section 15.5(d) by reference to the actual or when issued trading market for any securities, it must in doing so consider the prices in such market over the same period used in computing the Current Market Price of the Common Stock. Notwithstanding the foregoing, if the Securities distributed by the Company to all holders of its Common Stock consist of capital stock of, or similar equity interests in, a Subsidiary or other business unit, the Conversion Rate shall be increased so that the same shall be equal to the rate determined by multiplying the Conversion Rate in effect on the Record Date with respect to such distribution by a fraction: (i) the numerator of which shall be the sum of (x) the average Closing Price of one share of Common Stock over the ten consecutive Trading Day period (the "Spinoff Valuation Period") commencing on and including the fifth Trading Day after the date on which "ex-dividend trading" commences on the Common Stock on the New York Stock Exchange or such other national or regional exchange or market on which the Common Stock is then listed or quoted and (y) the average Closing Price over the Spinoff Valuation Period of the portion of the Securities so distributed applicable to one share of Common Stock; and -62- (ii) the denominator of which shall be the average Closing Price of one share of Common Stock over the Spinoff Valuation Period, such adjustment to become effective immediately prior to the opening of business on the day following such Record Date; provided, however, that the Company may in lieu of the foregoing adjustment elect to reserve the pro rata portion of such Securities so that each Holder of Securities shall have the right to receive upon conversion the amount of such shares of capital stock or similar equity interests of such Subsidiary or business unit that such Holder of Securities would have received if such Holder of Securities had converted such Securities on the Record Date with respect to such distribution. Rights or warrants distributed by the Company to all holders of Common Stock entitling the holders thereof to subscribe for or purchase shares of the Company's capital stock (either initially or under certain circumstances), which rights or warrants, until the occurrence of a specified event or events ("Trigger Event"): (i) are deemed to be transferred with such shares of Common Stock; (ii) are not exercisable; and (iii) are also issued in respect of future issuances of Common Stock, shall be deemed not to have been distributed for purposes of this Section 15.5 (and no adjustment to the Conversion Rate under this Section 15.5 will be required) until the occurrence of the earliest Trigger Event, whereupon such rights and warrants shall be deemed to have been distributed and an appropriate adjustment (if any is required) to the Conversion Rate shall be made under this Section 15.5(d). If any such right or warrant, including any such existing rights or warrants distributed prior to the date of this Indenture, are subject to events, upon the occurrence of which such rights or warrants become exercisable to purchase different securities, evidences of indebtedness or other assets, then the date of the occurrence of any and each such event shall be deemed to be the date of distribution and record date with respect to new rights or warrants with such rights (and a termination or expiration of the existing rights or warrants without exercise by any of the holders thereof). In addition, in the event of any distribution (or deemed distribution) of rights or warrants, or any Trigger Event or other event (of the type described in the preceding sentence) with respect thereto that was counted for purposes of calculating a distribution amount for which an adjustment to the Conversion Rate under this Section 15.5 was made, (1) in the case of any such rights or warrants which shall all have been redeemed or repurchased without exercise by any holders thereof, the Conversion Rate shall be readjusted upon such final redemption or repurchase to give effect to such distribution or Trigger Event, as the case may be, as though it were a cash distribution, equal to the per share redemption or repurchase price received by a holder or holders of Common Stock with respect to such rights or warrants (assuming such holder had retained such rights or warrants), made to all holders of Common Stock as of the date of such redemption or repurchase, and (2) in the case of such rights or warrants which shall have expired or been terminated without exercise by any holders thereof, the Conversion Rate shall be readjusted as if such rights and warrants had not been issued. No adjustment of the Conversion Rate shall be made pursuant to this Section 15.5(d) in respect of rights or warrants distributed or deemed distributed on any Trigger Event to the extent that -63- such rights or warrants are actually distributed to holders of Notes, or reserved by the Company for distribution to holders of Notes upon conversion by such holders of Notes to Common Stock. For purposes of this Section 15.5(d) and Sections 15.5(a) and (b), any dividend or distribution to which this Section 15.5(d) is applicable that also includes shares of Common Stock, or rights or warrants to subscribe for or purchase shares of Common Stock (or both), shall be deemed instead to be (1) a dividend or distribution of the evidences of indebtedness, assets or shares of capital stock other than such shares of Common Stock or rights or warrants to purchase shares of Common Stock (and any Conversion Rate increase required by this Section 15.5(d) with respect to such dividend or distribution shall then be made) immediately followed by (2) a dividend or distribution of such shares of Common Stock or such rights or warrants (and any further Conversion Rate increase required by Sections 15.5(a) and (b) with respect to such dividend or distribution shall then be made), except (A) the Record Date of such dividend or distribution shall be substituted as "the date fixed for the determination of stockholders entitled to receive such dividend or other distribution" and "the date fixed for such determination" within the meaning of Sections 15.5(a) and (b), respectively, and (B) any shares of Common Stock included in such dividend or distribution shall not be deemed "outstanding at the close of business on the date fixed for such determination" within the meaning of Section 15.5(a). (e) In case the Company shall, by dividend or otherwise, distribute to all holders of its Common Stock cash (excluding (x) any quarterly cash dividend on the Common Stock to the extent the aggregate cash dividend per share of Common Stock in any fiscal quarter does not exceed the greater of (A) the amount per share of Common Stock of the next preceding quarterly cash dividend on the Common Stock to the extent that such preceding quarterly dividend did not require any adjustment of the Conversion Rate pursuant to this Section 15.5(e) (as adjusted to reflect subdivisions or combinations of the Common Stock), and (B) 2.0% of the arithmetic average of the Closing Price (determined as set forth in Section 15.5(h)) during the ten Trading Days (as defined in Section 15.5(h)) immediately prior to the date of declaration of such dividend, and (y) any dividend or distribution in connection with the liquidation, dissolution or winding up of the Company, whether voluntary or involuntary), then, in such case, the Conversion Rate shall be increased so that the same shall equal the rate determined by multiplying the Conversion Rate in effect immediately prior to the close of business on the Record Date for such dividend or distribution, as the case may be, by a fraction the numerator of which shall be the Current Market Price of the Common Stock on such Record Date and the denominator of which shall be the Current Market Price of the Common Stock on the Record Date less the amount of cash so distributed (and not excluded as provided above) applicable to one share of Common Stock, such increase to be effective immediately prior to the opening of business on the day next following the Record Date; provided, however, that in the event the portion of the cash so distributed applicable to one share of Common Stock is equal to or greater than the Current Market Price of the Common Stock on such Record Date, in lieu of the foregoing adjustment, adequate provision shall be made so that each Noteholder shall have the right to receive upon conversion the amount of cash such holder would have received had such holder converted each Note on such Record Date. In the event that such dividend or distribution is not so paid or made, the Conversion Rate shall again be adjusted to be the Conversion Rate which would -64- then be in effect if such dividend or distribution had not been declared. If any adjustment is required to be made as set forth in this Section 15.5(e) as a result of a distribution that is a quarterly dividend, such adjustment shall be based upon the amount by which such distribution exceeds the amount of the quarterly cash dividend permitted to be excluded pursuant hereto. If an adjustment is required to be made as set forth in this Section 15.5(e) above as a result of a distribution that is not a quarterly dividend, such adjustment shall be based upon the full amount of the distribution. (f) In case a tender or exchange offer made by the Company or any Subsidiary for all or any portion of the Common Stock shall expire and such tender or exchange offer (as amended upon the expiration thereof) shall require the payment to stockholders of consideration per share of Common Stock having a fair market value (as determined by the Board of Directors, whose determination shall be conclusive and described in a resolution of the Board of Directors) that as of the last time (the "Expiration Time") tenders or exchanges may be made pursuant to such tender or exchange offer (as it may be amended) exceeds the Current Market Price of the Common Stock on the Trading Day next succeeding the Expiration Time, the Conversion Rate shall be increased so that the same shall equal the rate determined by multiplying the Conversion Rate in effect immediately prior to the Expiration Time by a fraction the numerator of which shall be the sum of (x) the fair market value (determined as aforesaid) of the aggregate consideration payable to stockholders based on the acceptance (up to any maximum specified in the terms of the tender or exchange offer) of all shares validly tendered or exchanged and not withdrawn as of the Expiration Time (the shares deemed so accepted, up to any such maximum, being referred to as the "Purchased Shares") and (y) the product of the number of shares of Common Stock outstanding (less any Purchased Shares) at the Expiration Time and the Current Market Price of the Common Stock on the Trading Day next succeeding the Expiration Time, and the denominator of which shall be the number of shares of Common Stock outstanding (including any tendered or exchanged shares) at the Expiration Time multiplied by the Current Market Price of the Common Stock on the Trading Day next succeeding the Expiration Time, such increase to become effective immediately prior to the opening of business on the day next following the Expiration Time. In the event that the Company is obligated to purchase shares pursuant to any such tender or exchange offer, but the Company is permanently prevented by applicable law from effecting any such purchases or all such purchases are rescinded, the Conversion Rate shall again be adjusted to be the Conversion Rate which would then be in effect if such tender or exchange offer had not been made. (g) In case of a tender or exchange offer made by a person other than the Company or any Subsidiary for an amount which increases the offeror's ownership of Common Stock to more than twenty-five percent (25%) of the Common Stock outstanding and shall involve the payment by such person of consideration per share of Common Stock having a fair market value (as determined by the Board of Directors, whose determination shall be conclusive, and described in a resolution of the Board of Directors) at the last time (the "Offer Expiration Time") tenders or exchanges may be made pursuant to such tender or exchange offer (as it shall have been amended) that exceeds the Current Market Price of the Common Stock on the Trading Day next succeeding the Offer Expiration Time, and in which, as of the Offer Expiration Time the Board of Directors is not recommending rejection of the offer, the Conversion Rate shall be increased so that the same shall -65- equal the rate determined by multiplying the Conversion Rate in effect immediately prior to the Offer Expiration Time by a fraction of which the numerator shall be the sum of (x) the fair market value (determined as aforesaid) of the aggregate consideration payable to stockholders based on the acceptance (up to any maximum specified in the terms of the tender or exchange offer) of all shares validly tendered or exchanged and not withdrawn as of the Offer Expiration Time (the shares deemed so accepted, up to any such maximum, being referred to as the "Accepted Purchased Shares") and (y) the product of the number of shares of Common Stock outstanding (less any Accepted Purchased Shares) on the Offer Expiration Time and the Current Market Price of the Common Stock on the Trading Day next succeeding the Offer Expiration Time, and the denominator of which shall be the number of shares of Common Stock outstanding (including any tendered or exchanged shares) at the Offer Expiration Time multiplied by the Current Market Price of the Common Stock on the Trading Day next succeeding the Offer Expiration Time, such increase to become effective immediately prior to the opening of business on the day next following the Offer Expiration Time. In the event that such person is obligated to purchase shares pursuant to any such tender or exchange offer, but such person is permanently prevented by applicable law from effecting any such purchases or all such purchases are rescinded, the Conversion Rate shall again be adjusted to be the Conversion Rate which would then be in effect if such tender or exchange offer had not been made. Notwithstanding the foregoing, the adjustment described in this Section 15.5(g) shall not be made if, as of the Offer Expiration Time, the offering documents with respect to such offer disclose a plan or intention to cause the Company to engage in any transaction described in Article XII. (h) For purposes of this Section 15.5, the following terms shall have the meaning indicated: (i) "Closing Price" with respect to any securities on any day shall mean the closing sale price regular way on such day or, in case no such sale takes place on such day, the average of the reported closing bid and asked prices, regular way, in each case as quoted on the New York Stock Exchange Composite Tape, or, if such security is not listed or admitted to trading on the New York Stock Exchange Composite Tape, on the principal national security exchange or quotation system on which such security is quoted or listed or admitted to trading, or, if not quoted or listed or admitted to trading on any national securities exchange or quotation system, the average of the closing bid and asked prices of such security on the over-the-counter market on the day in question as reported by the National Quotation Bureau Incorporated, or a similar generally accepted reporting service, or if not so available, in such manner as furnished by any New York Stock Exchange member firm selected from time to time by the Board of Directors for that purpose, or a price determined in good faith by the Board of Directors or, to the extent permitted by applicable law, a duly authorized committee thereof, whose determination shall be conclusive. (ii) "Current Market Price" shall mean the average of the daily Closing Prices per share of Common Stock for the ten consecutive Trading Days immediately prior to the date in question; provided, however, that (1) if the "ex" date (as hereinafter defined) for any event (other than the issuance or distribution or Fundamental Change requiring such computation) that -66- requires an adjustment to the Conversion Rate pursuant to Section 15.5(a), (b), (c), (d), (e), (f) or (g) occurs during such ten consecutive Trading Days, the Closing Price for each Trading Day prior to the "ex" date for such other event shall be adjusted by dividing such Closing Price by the same fraction by which the Conversion Rate is so required to be adjusted as a result of such other event, (2) if the "ex" date for any event (other than the issuance, distribution or Fundamental Change requiring such computation) that requires an adjustment to the Conversion Rate pursuant to Section 15.5(a), (b), (c), (d), (e), (f) or (g) occurs on or after the "ex" date for the issuance or distribution requiring such computation and prior to the day in question, the Closing Price for each Trading Day on and after the "ex" date for such other event shall be adjusted by dividing such Closing Price by the reciprocal of the fraction by which the Conversion Price is so required to be adjusted as a result of such other event, and (3) if the "ex" date for the issuance, distribution or Fundamental Change requiring such computation is prior to the day in question, after taking into account any adjustment required pursuant to clause (1) or (2) of this proviso, the Closing Price for each Trading Day on or after such "ex" date shall be adjusted by adding thereto the amount of any cash and the fair market value (as determined by the Board of Directors or, to the extent permitted by applicable law, a duly authorized committee thereof in a manner consistent with any determination of such value for purposes of Section 15.5(d), (f) or (g), whose determination shall be conclusive and described in a resolution of the Board of Directors or such duly authorized committee thereof, as the case may be) of the evidences of indebtedness, shares of capital stock or assets being distributed applicable to one share of Common Stock as of the close of business on the day before such "ex" date. For purposes of any computation under Section 15.5(f) or (g), the Current Market Price of the Common Stock on any date shall be deemed to be the average of the daily Closing Prices per share of Common Stock for such day and the next two succeeding Trading Days; provided, however, that if the "ex" date for any event (other than the tender or exchange offer requiring such computation) that requires an adjustment to the Conversion Rate pursuant to Section 15.5(a), (b), (c), (d), (e), (f) or (g) occurs on or after the Expiration Time or Offer Expiration Time, as the case may be, for the tender or exchange offer requiring such computation and prior to the day in question, the Closing Price for each Trading Day on and after the "ex" date for such other event shall be adjusted by dividing such Closing Price by the reciprocal of the fraction by which the Conversion Rate is so required to be adjusted as a result of such other event. For purposes of this paragraph, the term "ex" date, (1) when used with respect to any issuance or distribution, means the first date on which the Common Stock trades regular way on the relevant exchange or in the relevant market from which the Closing Price was obtained without the right to receive such issuance or distribution, (2) when used with respect to any subdivision or combination of shares of Common Stock, means the first date on which the Common Stock trades regular way on such exchange or in such market after the time at which such subdivision or combination becomes effective, and (3) when used with respect to any tender or exchange offer means the first date on which the Common Stock trades regular way on such exchange or in such market after the Offer Expiration Time of such offer. (iii) "fair market value" shall mean the amount which a willing buyer would pay a willing seller in an arm's length transaction. -67- (iv) "Record Date" shall mean, with respect to any dividend, distribution or other transaction or event in which the holders of Common Stock have the right to receive any cash, securities or other property or in which the Common Stock (or other applicable security) is exchanged for or converted into any combination of cash, securities or other property, the date fixed for determination of stockholders entitled to receive such cash, securities or other property (whether such date is fixed by the Board of Directors or by statute, contract or otherwise). (v) "Trading Day" shall mean (x) if the applicable security is listed or admitted for trading on the New York Stock Exchange or another national security exchange, a day on which the New York Stock Exchange or another national security exchange is open for business or (y) if the applicable security is quoted on the Nasdaq National Market, a day on which trades may be made on thereon or (z) if the applicable security is not so listed, admitted for trading or quoted, any day other than a Saturday or Sunday or a day on which banking institutions in the State of New York are authorized or obligated by law or executive order to close. (i) The Company may make such increases in the Conversion Rate, in addition to those required by Sections 15.5 (a), (b), (c), (d), (e), (f) or (g) as the Board of Directors considers to be advisable to avoid or diminish any income tax to holders of Common Stock or rights to purchase Common Stock resulting from any dividend or distribution of stock (or rights to acquire stock) or from any event treated as such for income tax purposes. To the extent permitted by applicable law, the Company from time to time may increase the Conversion Rate by any amount for any period of time if the increase is irrevocable during the period and the Board of Directors shall have made a determination that such increase would be in the best interests of the Company, which determination shall be conclusive. Whenever the Conversion Rate is increased pursuant to the preceding sentence, the Company shall mail to holders of record of the Notes a notice stating the increased Conversion Rate and the period during which it will be in effect. (j) No adjustment in the Conversion Rate shall be required unless such adjustment would require an increase or decrease of at least one percent (1%) in such rate; provided, however, that any adjustments which by reason of this Section 15.5(j) are not required to be made shall be carried forward and taken into account in any subsequent adjustment. All calculations under this Article XV shall be made by the Company to the nearest one-ten thousandth (1/10,000) of a share. No adjustment need be made for rights to purchase Common Stock pursuant to a Company plan for reinvestment of dividends or interest. To the extent the Notes become convertible into cash, assets, property or securities (other than capital stock of the Company), no adjustment need be made thereafter as to the cash, assets, property or such securities. Interest will not accrue on the cash. (k) Whenever the Conversion Rate is adjusted as herein provided or the Company reserves securities for distribution to holders of Notes upon their conversion into Common Stock, the Company shall promptly file with the Trustee and any conversion agent other than the Trustee an Officers' Certificate setting forth the Conversion Rate after such adjustment and setting forth a brief statement of the facts requiring such adjustment or, in the event of a reservation by the Company, a brief statement of the relevant facts and a valuation of the securities so reserved. Unless and until a -68- Responsible Officer of the Trustee has received such certificate, the Trustee may assume that the Conversion Rate set forth in the form of the Note attached hereto as Exhibit A or in the most recent notice it has received pursuant to this Section 15.5 remains in effect and has not been, and is not required to be, changed. Promptly after delivery of such certificate, the Company shall prepare a notice of such adjustment of the Conversion Rate setting forth the adjusted Conversion Rate (or a notice of the reservation of securities and a brief description thereof, as the case may be) and the date on which each adjustment or reservation becomes effective and shall mail such notice of such adjustment of the Conversion Rate to the holder of each Note at his last address appearing on the Note register provided for in Section 2.5 of this Indenture, within twenty (20) days after execution thereof. Failure to deliver such notice shall not affect the legality or validity of any such adjustment or reservation. (l) In any case in which this Section 15.5 provides that an adjustment shall become effective immediately after a record date for an event, the Company may defer until the occurrence of such event (i) issuing to the holder of any Note converted after such record date and before the occurrence of such event the additional shares of Common Stock issuable upon such conversion by reason of the adjustment required by such event over and above the Common Stock issuable upon such conversion before giving effect to such adjustment and (ii) paying to such holder any amount in cash in lieu of any fraction pursuant to Section 15.3. (m) For purposes of this Section 15.5, the number of shares of Common Stock at any time outstanding shall not include shares held in the treasury of the Company but shall include shares issuable in respect of scrip certificates issued in lieu of fractions of shares of Common Stock. The Company will not pay any dividend or make any distribution on shares of Common Stock held in the treasury of the Company. SECTION 15.6 EFFECT OF RECLASSIFICATION, CONSOLIDATION, MERGER OR SALE. If any of the following events occur, namely (i) any reclassification or change of the outstanding shares of Common Stock (other than a subdivision or combination to which Section 15.5(c) applies), (ii) any consolidation, merger or combination of the Company with another person as a result of which holders of Common Stock shall be entitled to receive stock, securities or other property or assets (including cash) with respect to or in exchange for such Common Stock, or (iii) any sale or conveyance of all or substantially all of the properties and assets of the Company to any other person as a result of which holders of Common Stock shall be entitled to receive stock, securities or other property or assets (including cash) with respect to or in exchange for such Common Stock, then the Company or the successor or purchasing person, as the case may be, shall execute with the Trustee a supplemental indenture (which shall comply with the Trust Indenture Act as in force at the date of execution of such supplemental indenture) providing that such Note shall be convertible into the kind and amount of shares of stock and other securities or property or assets (including cash) receivable upon such reclassification, change, consolidation, merger, combination, sale or conveyance by a holder of a number of shares of Common Stock issuable upon conversion of such Notes (assuming, for such purposes, a sufficient number of authorized shares of Common Stock available to convert all such Notes) immediately prior to such reclassification, change, consolidation, -69- merger, combination, sale or conveyance assuming such holder of Common Stock did not exercise his rights of election, if any, as to the kind or amount of securities, cash or other property receivable upon such reclassification, change, consolidation, merger, combination, sale or conveyance (provided that, if the kind or amount of securities, cash or other property receivable upon such reclassification, change, consolidation, merger, combination, sale or conveyance is not the same for each share of Common Stock in respect of which such rights of election shall not have been exercised ("nonelecting share"), then for the purposes of this Section 15.6 the kind and amount of securities, cash or other property receivable upon such reclassification, change, consolidation, merger, combination, sale or conveyance for each non-electing share shall be deemed to be the kind and amount so receivable per share by a plurality of the non-electing shares). Such supplemental indenture shall provide for adjustments which shall be as nearly equivalent as may be practicable to the adjustments provided for in this Article. The Company shall cause notice of the execution of such supplemental indenture to be mailed to each holder of Notes, at its address appearing on the Note register provided for in Section 2.5 of this Indenture, within twenty (20) days after execution thereof. Failure to deliver such notice shall not affect the legality or validity of such supplemental indenture. The above provisions of this Section shall similarly apply to successive reclassifications, changes, consolidations, mergers, combinations, sales and conveyances. If this Section 15.6 applies to any event or occurrence, Section 15.5 shall not apply. SECTION 15.7 TAXES ON SHARES ISSUED. The issue of stock certificates on conversions of Notes shall be made without charge to the converting Noteholder for any tax in respect of the issue thereof. The Company shall not, however, be required to pay any tax which may be payable in respect of any transfer involved in the issue and delivery of stock in any name other than that of the holder of any Note converted, and the Company shall not be required to issue or deliver any such stock certificate unless and until the person or persons requesting the issue thereof shall have paid to the Company the amount of such tax or shall have established to the satisfaction of the Company that such tax has been paid. SECTION 15.8 RESERVATION OF SHARES; SHARES TO BE FULLY PAID; COMPLIANCE WITH GOVERNMENTAL REQUIREMENTS; LISTING OF COMMON STOCK. The Company shall provide, free from preemptive rights, out of its authorized but unissued shares or shares held in treasury, sufficient shares of Common Stock to provide for the conversion of the Notes from time to time as such Notes are presented for conversion. Before taking any action which would cause an adjustment reducing the Conversion Price below the then par value, if any, of the shares of Common Stock issuable upon conversion of the Notes, the Company will take all corporate action which may, in the opinion of its counsel, be necessary in order that the Company may validly and legally issue shares of such Common Stock at such adjusted Conversion Price. -70- The Company covenants that all shares of Common Stock which may be issued upon conversion of Notes will upon issue be fully paid and non-assessable by the Company and free from all taxes, liens and charges with respect to the issue thereof. The Company covenants that if any shares of Common Stock to be provided for the purpose of conversion of Notes hereunder require registration with or approval of any governmental authority under any federal or state law before such shares may be validly issued upon conversion, the Company will in good faith and as expeditiously as possible endeavor to secure such registration or approval, as the case may be. The Company further covenants that if at any time the Common Stock shall be listed on the New York Stock Exchange or any other national securities exchange or automated quotation system the Company will, if permitted by the rules of such exchange or automated quotation system, list and keep listed, so long as the Common Stock shall be so listed on such exchange or automated quotation system, all Common Stock issuable upon conversion of the Notes; provided, however, that if rules of such exchange or automated quotation system permit the Company to defer the listing of such Common Stock until the first conversion of the Notes into Common Stock in accordance with the provisions of this Indenture, the Company covenants to list such Common Stock issuable upon conversion of the Notes in accordance with the requirements of such exchange or automated quotation system at such time. SECTION 15.9 RESPONSIBILITY OF TRUSTEE. The Trustee and any other conversion agent shall not at any time be under any duty or responsibility to any holder of Notes to determine the Conversion Rate or whether any facts exist which may require any adjustment of the Conversion Rate, or with respect to the nature or extent or calculation of any such adjustment when made, or with respect to the method employed, or herein or in any supplemental indenture provided to be employed, in making the same. The Trustee and any other conversion agent shall not be accountable with respect to the validity or value (or the kind or amount) of any shares of Common Stock, or of any securities or property, which may at any time be issued or delivered upon the conversion of any Note; and the Trustee and any other conversion agent make no representations with respect thereto. Neither the Trustee nor any conversion agent shall be responsible for any failure of the Company to issue, transfer or deliver any shares of Common Stock or stock certificates or other securities or property or cash upon the surrender of any Note for the purpose of conversion or to comply with any of the duties, responsibilities or covenants of the Company contained in this Article. Without limiting the generality of the foregoing, neither the Trustee nor any conversion agent shall be under any responsibility to determine the correctness of any provisions contained in any supplemental indenture entered into pursuant to Section 15.6 relating either to the kind or amount of shares of stock or securities or property (including cash) receivable by Noteholders upon the conversion of their Notes after any event referred to in such Section 15.6 or to any adjustment to be made with respect thereto, but, subject to the provisions of Section 8.1, may accept as conclusive evidence of the correctness of any such provisions, and shall be protected in relying upon, the Officers' Certificate (which the Company shall be obligated to file with the Trustee prior to the execution of any such supplemental indenture) with respect thereto. -71- SECTION 15.10 NOTICE TO HOLDERS PRIOR TO CERTAIN ACTIONS. In case: (a) the Company shall declare a dividend (or any other distribution) on its Common Stock that would require an adjustment in the Conversion Rate pursuant to Section 15.5; or (b) the Company shall authorize the granting to the holders of all or substantially all of its Common Stock of rights or warrants to subscribe for or purchase any share of any class or any other rights or warrants; or (c) of any reclassification or reorganization of the Common Stock of the Company (other than a subdivision or combination of its outstanding Common Stock, or a change in par value, or from par value to no par value, or from no par value to par value), or of any consolidation or merger to which the Company is a party and for which approval of any stockholders of the Company is required, or of the sale or transfer of all or substantially all of the assets of the Company or any Significant Subsidiary; or (d) of the voluntary or involuntary dissolution, liquidation or winding up of the Company or any Significant Subsidiary; the Company shall cause to be filed with the Trustee and to be mailed to each holder of Notes at his address appearing on the Note register provided for in Section 2.5 of this Indenture, as promptly as possible but in any event at least fifteen (15) days prior to the applicable date hereinafter specified, a notice stating (x) the date on which a record is to be taken for the purpose of such dividend, distribution or rights or warrants, or, if a record is not to be taken, the date as of which the holders of Common Stock of record to be entitled to such dividend, distribution or rights are to be determined, or (y) the date on which such reclassification, consolidation, merger, sale, transfer, dissolution, liquidation or winding up is expected to become effective or occur, and the date as of which it is expected that holders of Common Stock of record shall be entitled to exchange their Common Stock for securities or other property deliverable upon such reclassification, consolidation, merger, sale, transfer, dissolution, liquidation or winding up. Failure to give such notice, or any defect therein, shall not affect the legality or validity of such dividend, distribution, reclassification, consolidation, merger, sale, transfer, dissolution, liquidation or winding up. Unless and until a Responsible Officer of the Trustee has received such notice, the Trustee shall not be deemed to have knowledge of the facts and statements made therein. SECTION 15.11 RIGHTS ISSUED IN RESPECT OF COMMON STOCK ISSUED UPON CONVERSION. Each share of Common Stock issued upon conversion of Notes pursuant to this Article XV shall be entitled to receive the appropriate number of common stock or preferred stock purchase rights, as the case may be (the "Rights"), if any, that shares of Common Stock are entitled to receive and the certificates representing the Common Stock issued upon such conversion shall bear such legends, if any, in each case as may be provided by the terms of any shareholder rights agreement adopted by the Company, as the same may be amended from time to time (in each case, a "Rights Agreement"). Provided that such Rights Agreement requires that each share of Common Stock issued upon conversion of Notes at any time prior to the distribution of separate certificates representing the -72- Rights be entitled to receive such Rights, then, notwithstanding anything else to the contrary in this Article XV there shall not be any adjustment to the conversion privilege or Conversion Rate as a result of the issuance of Rights, but an adjustment to the Conversion Rate shall be made pursuant to Section 15.5(d) (to the extent required thereby) upon the separation of the Rights from the Common Stock. ARTICLE XVI MISCELLANEOUS PROVISIONS SECTION 16.1 PROVISIONS BINDING ON COMPANY'S SUCCESSORS. All the covenants, stipulations, promises and agreements by the Company contained in this Indenture shall bind its successors and assigns whether so expressed or not. SECTION 16.2 OFFICIAL ACTS BY SUCCESSOR CORPORATION. Any act or proceeding by any provision of this Indenture authorized or required to be done or performed by any board, committee or officer of the Company shall and may be done and performed with like force and effect by the like board, committee or officer of any person that shall at the time be the lawful sole successor of the Company. SECTION 16.3 ADDRESSES FOR NOTICES, ETC. Any notice or demand which by any provision of this Indenture is required or permitted to be given or served by the Trustee or by the holders of Notes on the Company shall be deemed to have been sufficiently given or made, for all purposes, if given or served by being deposited postage prepaid by registered or certified mail in a post office letter box addressed (until another address is filed by the Company with the Trustee) to LSI Logic Corporation, 1621 Barber Lane, Milpitas, California 95035, Attention: General Counsel. Any notice, direction, request or demand hereunder to or upon the Trustee shall be deemed to have been sufficiently given or made, for all purposes, if given or served by being deposited postage prepaid by registered or certified mail in a post office letter box addressed to the Corporate Trust Office, which office is, at the date as of which this Indenture is dated, located at 550 S. Hope Street, Suite 500, Los Angeles, CA 90071, Attention: Corporate Trust Services (LSI Logic Corporation 4% Convertible Subordinated Notes due 2010). The Trustee, by notice to the Company, may designate additional or different addresses for subsequent notices or communications. Any notice or communication mailed to a Noteholder shall be mailed to him by first class mail, postage prepaid, at his address as it appears on the Note register and shall be sufficiently given to him if so mailed within the time prescribed. Failure to mail a notice or communication to a Noteholder or any defect in it shall not affect its sufficiency with respect to other Noteholders. If a notice or communication is mailed in the manner provided above, it is duly given, whether or not the addressee receives it. -73- SECTION 16.4 GOVERNING LAW. This Indenture and each Note shall be deemed to be a contract made under the laws of the State of New York, and for all purposes shall be construed in accordance with the laws of the State of New York. SECTION 16.5 EVIDENCE OF COMPLIANCE WITH CONDITIONS PRECEDENT; CERTIFICATES TO TRUSTEE. Upon any application or demand by the Company to the Trustee to take any action under any of the provisions of this Indenture, the Company shall furnish to the Trustee an Officers' Certificate stating that all conditions precedent, if any, provided for in this Indenture relating to the proposed action have been complied with, and an Opinion of Counsel stating that, in the opinion of such counsel, all such conditions precedent have been complied with. Each certificate or opinion provided for in this Indenture and delivered to the Trustee with respect to compliance with a condition or covenant provided for in this Indenture shall include (1) a statement that the person making such certificate or opinion has read such covenant or condition; (2) a brief statement as to the nature and scope of the examination or investigation upon which the statement or opinion contained in such certificate or opinion is based; (3) a statement that, in the opinion of such person, he has made such examination or investigation as is necessary to enable him to express an informed opinion as to whether or not such covenant or condition has been complied with; and (4) a statement as to whether or not, in the opinion of such person, such condition or covenant has been complied with. SECTION 16.6 LEGAL HOLIDAYS. In any case where the date of maturity of interest on or principal of the Notes or the date fixed for repurchase of any Note will not be a Business Day, then payment of such interest on or principal of the Notes need not be made on such date, but may be made on the next succeeding Business Day with the same force and effect as if made on the date of maturity or the date fixed for repurchase, and no interest shall accrue for the period from and after such date. SECTION 16.7 TRUST INDENTURE ACT. This Indenture is hereby made subject to, and shall be governed by, the provisions of the Trust Indenture Act required to be part of and to govern indentures qualified under the Trust Indenture Act; provided, however, that, unless otherwise required by law, notwithstanding the foregoing, this Indenture and the Notes issued hereunder shall not be subject to the provisions of subsections (a)(1), (a)(2), and (a)(3) of Section 314 of the Trust Indenture Act as now in effect or as hereafter amended or modified; provided, further, that this Section 16.7 shall not require this Indenture or the Trustee to be qualified under the Trust Indenture Act prior to the time such qualification is in fact required under the terms of the Trust Indenture Act, nor shall it constitute any admission or acknowledgment by any party to the Indenture that any such qualification is required prior to the time such qualification is in fact required under the terms of the Trust Indenture Act. If any provision hereof limits, qualifies or conflicts with another provision hereof which is required to be included in an indenture qualified under the Trust Indenture Act, such required provision shall control. -74- SECTION 16.8 NO SECURITY INTEREST CREATED. Nothing in this Indenture or in the Notes, expressed or implied, shall be construed to constitute a security interest under the Uniform Commercial Code or similar legislation, as now or hereafter enacted and in effect, in any jurisdiction where property of the Company or its subsidiaries is located. SECTION 16.9 BENEFITS OF INDENTURE. Nothing in this Indenture or in the Notes, expressed or implied, shall give to any person, other than the parties hereto, any paying agent, any authenticating agent, any Note registrar and their successors hereunder, the holders of Notes and the holders of Senior Debt, any benefit or any legal or equitable right, remedy or claim under this Indenture. SECTION 16.10 TABLE OF CONTENTS, HEADINGS, ETC. The table of contents and the titles and headings of the articles and sections of this Indenture have been inserted for convenience of reference only, are not to be considered a part hereof, and shall in no way modify or restrict any of the terms or provisions hereof. SECTION 16.11 AUTHENTICATING AGENT. The Trustee may appoint an authenticating agent which shall be authorized to act on its behalf and subject to its direction in the authentication and delivery of Notes in connection with the original issuance thereof and transfers and exchanges of Notes hereunder, including under Sections 2.4, 2.5, 2.6, 2.7, and 3.1, as fully to all intents and purposes as though the authenticating agent had been expressly authorized by this Indenture and those Sections to authenticate and deliver Notes. For all purposes of this Indenture, the authentication and delivery of Notes by the authenticating agent shall be deemed to be authentication and delivery of such Notes "by the Trustee" and a certificate of authentication executed on behalf of the Trustee by an authenticating agent shall be deemed to satisfy any requirement hereunder or in the Notes for the Trustee's certificate of authentication. Such authenticating agent shall at all times be a person eligible to serve as trustee hereunder pursuant to Section 8.9. Any corporation into which any authenticating agent may be merged or converted or with which it may be consolidated, or any corporation resulting from any merger, consolidation or conversion to which any authenticating agent shall be a party, or any corporation succeeding to the corporate trust business of any authenticating agent, shall be the successor of the authenticating agent hereunder, if such successor corporation is otherwise eligible under this Section 16.11, without the execution or filing of any paper or any further act on the part of the parties hereto or the authenticating agent or such successor corporation. Any authenticating agent may at any time resign by giving written notice of resignation to the Trustee and to the Company. The Trustee may at any time terminate the agency of any authenticating agent by giving written notice of termination to such authenticating agent and to the Company. Upon receiving such a notice of resignation or upon such a termination, or in case at any time any authenticating agent shall cease to be eligible under this Section, the Trustee shall either promptly appoint a successor authenticating agent or itself assume the duties and obligations of the former authenticating agent under this Indenture, and upon such appointment of a successor -75- authenticating agent, if made, shall give written notice of such appointment of a successor authenticating agent to the Company and shall mail notice of such appointment of a successor authenticating agent to all holders of Notes as the names and addresses of such holders appear on the Note register. The Trustee agrees to pay to the authenticating agent from time to time reasonable compensation for its services (to the extent pre-approved by the Company in writing), and the Trustee shall be entitled to be reimbursed by the Company for such pre-approved payments, subject to Section 8.6. The provisions of Sections 8.2, 8.3, 8.4, 9.3 and this Section 16.11 shall be applicable to any authenticating agent. SECTION 16.12 EXECUTION IN COUNTERPARTS. This Indenture may be executed in any number of counterparts, each of which shall be an original, but such counterparts shall together constitute but one and the same instrument. U.S. Bank National Association hereby accepts the trusts in this Indenture declared and provided, upon the terms and conditions hereinabove set forth. -76- IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties hereto have caused this Indenture to be duly executed. LSI LOGIC CORPORATION By: /s/ Bryon Look ------------------------------------ Name: Bryon Look Title: Executive Vice President and Chief Financial Officer U.S. BANK NATIONAL ASSOCIATION as Trustee By: /s/ Paula Oswald ------------------------------------ Name: Paula Oswald Title: Vice President -77- EXHIBIT A [For Global Note only: UNLESS THIS CERTIFICATE IS PRESENTED BY AN AUTHORIZED REPRESENTATIVE OF THE DEPOSITORY TRUST COMPANY (55 WATER STREET, NEW YORK, NEW YORK) (THE "DEPOSITORY," WHICH TERM INCLUDES ANY SUCCESSOR DEPOSITARY FOR THE CERTIFICATES) TO THE COMPANY OR ITS AGENT FOR REGISTRATION OF TRANSFER, EXCHANGE OR PAYMENT, AND ANY CERTIFICATE ISSUED IS REGISTERED IN THE NAME OF CEDE & CO. OR IN SUCH OTHER NAME AS REQUESTED BY AN AUTHORIZED REPRESENTATIVE OF THE DEPOSITARY AND ANY PAYMENT HEREON IS MADE TO CEDE & CO. (OR TO SUCH OTHER ENTITY AS IS REQUESTED BY AN AUTHORIZED REPRESENTATIVE OF THE DEPOSITORY), ANY TRANSFER, PLEDGE, OR OTHER USE HEREOF FOR VALUE OR OTHERWISE BY OR TO ANY PERSON IS WRONGFUL SINCE THE REGISTERED OWNER HEREOF, CEDE & CO., HAS AN INTEREST HEREIN.] THE NOTE EVIDENCED HEREBY HAS NOT BEEN REGISTERED UNDER THE UNITED STATES SECURITIES ACT OF 1933, AS AMENDED (THE "SECURITIES ACT"), OR ANY STATE SECURITIES LAWS, AND, ACCORDINGLY, MAY NOT BE OFFERED OR SOLD WITHIN THE UNITED STATES OR TO, OR FOR THE ACCOUNT OR BENEFIT OF, UNITED STATES PERSONS EXCEPT AS SET FORTH IN THE FOLLOWING SENTENCE. BY ITS ACQUISITION HEREOF, THE HOLDER (1) REPRESENTS THAT IT IS (A) A "QUALIFIED INSTITUTIONAL BUYER" (AS DEFINED IN RULE 144A UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT), (B) AN INSTITUTIONAL "ACCREDITED INVESTOR" (AS DEFINED IN RULE 501(A)(1), (2), (3) OR (7) UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT) ("INSTITUTIONAL ACCREDITED INVESTOR"), OR (C) A NON-U.S. PERSON; (2) AGREES THAT IT WILL NOT, PRIOR TO EXPIRATION OF THE HOLDING PERIOD APPLICABLE TO SALES OF THE NOTE EVIDENCED HEREBY UNDER RULE 144(K) UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT (OR ANY SUCCESSOR PROVISION), RESELL OR OTHERWISE TRANSFER THIS NOTE OR THE COMMON STOCK ISSUABLE UPON CONVERSION OF THIS NOTE EXCEPT (A) TO LSI LOGIC CORPORATION OR ANY SUBSIDIARY THEREOF, (B) INSIDE THE UNITED STATES TO A QUALIFIED INSTITUTIONAL BUYER IN COMPLIANCE WITH RULE 144A UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT, (C) INSIDE THE UNITED STATES TO AN INSTITUTIONAL ACCREDITED INVESTOR THAT, PRIOR TO SUCH TRANSFER, FURNISHES TO U.S. BANK NATIONAL ASSOCIATION, AS TRUSTEE (OR A SUCCESSOR TRUSTEE, AS APPLICABLE), A SIGNED LETTER CONTAINING CERTAIN REPRESENTATIONS AND AGREEMENTS RELATING TO THE RESTRICTIONS ON TRANSFER OF THE NOTES (THE FORM OF WHICH LETTER CAN BE OBTAINED FROM SUCH TRUSTEE OR A SUCCESSOR TRUSTEE, AS APPLICABLE), AND IF SUCH TRANSFER IS IN RESPECT OF AN AGGREGATE PRINCIPAL AMOUNT OF NOTES OF LESS THAN $100,000, AN OPINION OF COUNSEL ACCEPTABLE TO THE COMPANY THAT SUCH TRANSFER IS IN A-1 COMPLIANCE WITH THE SECURITIES ACT, (D) OUTSIDE THE UNITED STATES IN COMPLIANCE WITH RULE 904 UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT, (E) PURSUANT TO THE EXEMPTION FROM REGISTRATION PROVIDED BY RULE 144 UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT (IF AVAILABLE) OR (F) PURSUANT TO A REGISTRATION STATEMENT WHICH HAS BEEN DECLARED EFFECTIVE UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT (AND WHICH CONTINUES TO BE EFFECTIVE AT THE TIME OF SUCH TRANSFER); (3) PRIOR TO SUCH TRANSFER (OTHER THAN A TRANSFER PURSUANT TO CLAUSE (2)(F) ABOVE), IT WILL FURNISH TO U.S. BANK NATIONAL ASSOCIATION, AS TRUSTEE (OR A SUCCESSOR TRUSTEE, AS APPLICABLE), SUCH CERTIFICATIONS, LEGAL OPINIONS OR OTHER INFORMATION AS THE TRUSTEE MAY REASONABLY REQUIRE TO CONFIRM THAT SUCH TRANSFER IS BEING MADE PURSUANT TO AN EXEMPTION FROM, OR IN A TRANSACTION NOT SUBJECT TO, THE REGISTRATION REQUIREMENTS OF THE SECURITIES ACT; AND (4) AGREES THAT IT WILL DELIVER TO EACH PERSON TO WHOM THIS IS TRANSFERRED A NOTICE SUBSTANTIALLY TO THE EFFECT OF THIS LEGEND. IN CONNECTION WITH ANY TRANSFER OF THIS NOTE PRIOR TO THE EXPIRATION OF THE HOLDING PERIOD APPLICABLE TO SALES OF THIS NOTE UNDER RULE 144(K) UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT (OR ANY SUCCESSOR PROVISION), THE HOLDER MUST CHECK THE APPROPRIATE BOX SET FORTH ON THE REVERSE HEREOF RELATING TO THE MANNER OF SUCH TRANSFER AND SUBMIT THIS CERTIFICATE TO U.S. BANK NATIONAL ASSOCIATION, AS TRUSTEE (OR A SUCCESSOR TRUSTEE, AS APPLICABLE). IF THE PROPOSED TRANSFEREE IS AN INSTITUTIONAL ACCREDITED INVESTOR OR IS A PURCHASER WHO IS NOT A UNITED STATES PERSON, THE HOLDER MUST, PRIOR TO SUCH TRANSFER, FURNISH TO U.S. BANK NATIONAL ASSOCIATION, AS TRUSTEE (OR A SUCCESSOR TRUSTEE, AS APPLICABLE), SUCH CERTIFICATIONS, LEGAL OPINIONS OR OTHER INFORMATION AS SUCH TRUSTEE MAY REASONABLY REQUIRE TO CONFIRM THAT SUCH TRANSFER IS BEING MADE PURSUANT TO AN EXEMPTION FROM, OR IN A TRANSACTION NOT SUBJECT TO, THE REGISTRATION REQUIREMENTS OF THE SECURITIES ACT. THIS LEGEND WILL BE REMOVED UPON THE EARLIER OF THE TRANSFER OF THIS NOTE PURSUANT TO CLAUSE (2)(F) ABOVE OR UPON ANY TRANSFER OF THIS NOTE UNDER RULE 144(K) UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT (OR ANY SUCCESSOR PROVISION). AS USED HEREIN, THE TERMS "UNITED STATES" AND "U.S. PERSON" HAVE THE MEANINGS GIVEN TO THEM BY REGULATION S UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT. THE INDENTURE CONTAINS A PROVISION REQUIRING THE TRUSTEE TO REFUSE TO REGISTER ANY TRANSFER OF THIS NOTE IN VIOLATION OF THE FOREGIONG RESTRICTION. A-2 LSI LOGIC CORPORATION 4% CONVERTIBLE SUBORDINATED NOTE DUE 2010 No: _______ CUSIP: _________ LSI LOGIC CORPORATION, a corporation duly organized and validly existing under the laws of the State of Delaware (herein called the "Company"), which term includes any successor corporation under the Indenture referred to on the reverse hereof, for value received hereby promises to pay to ___________ or registered assigns, the principal sum of _____________ ($__________) (which principal amount may from time to time be increased or decreased to such other principal amounts (which, taken together with the principal amounts of all other outstanding Notes, shall not exceed $350,000,000 in the aggregate at any time, unless the Purchaser exercises its option to purchase additional notes, in which case the principal amount of the outstanding Notes shall not exceed $402,500,000) by adjustments made on the records of the Trustee hereinafter referred to in accordance with the Indenture) on May 15, 2010, at the office or agency of the Company maintained for that purpose in accordance with the terms of the Indenture, or, at the option of the holder of this Note, at the Corporate Trust Office, in such coin or currency of the United States of America as at the time of payment shall be legal tender for the payment of public and private debts, and to pay interest, semi-annually on May 15 and November 15, of each year, commencing November 15, 2003, on said principal sum at said office or agency, in like coin or currency, at the rate per annum of 4% from May 16, 2003 and thereafter to maturity from the May 15 or November 15, as the case may be, next preceding the date of this Note to which interest has been paid or duly provided for, unless the date hereof is a date to which interest has been paid or duly provided for, in which case from the date of this Note, or unless no interest has been paid or duly provided for on the Notes, in which case from May 16, 2003, until payment of said principal sum has been made or duly provided for. Notwithstanding the foregoing, if the date hereof is after any May 1 or November 1, as the case may be, and before the next following May 15 or November 15, this Note shall bear interest from such May 15 or November 15; provided, however, that if the Company shall default in the payment of interest due on such May 15 or November 15, then this Note shall bear interest from the next preceding May 15 or November 15, to which interest has been paid or duly provided for or, if no interest has been paid or duly provided for on such Note, from May 16, 2003. The interest payable on the Note pursuant to the Indenture on any May 15 or November 15 will be paid to the person entitled thereto as it appears in the Note register at the close of business on the record date, which shall be the May 1 or November 1 (whether or not a Business Day) next preceding such May 15 or November 15, as provided in the Indenture; provided that any such interest not punctually paid or duly provided for shall be payable as provided in the Indenture. Interest may, at the option of the Company, be paid either (i) by check mailed to the registered address of such person (provided that the holder of Notes with an aggregate principal amount in excess of $10,000,000 shall, at the written election of such holder, be paid by wire transfer in immediately available funds) or (ii) by transfer to an account maintained by such person located in the United States. Reference is made to the further provisions of this Note set forth on the reverse hereof, including, without limitation, provisions subordinating the payment of principal of and premium, if any, and interest on the Notes to the prior payment in full of all Senior Debt, as defined in the Indenture, and provisions giving the holder of this Note the right to convert this Note into Common Stock of the Company on the terms and subject to the limitations referred to on the reverse hereof and as more fully specified in the Indenture. Such further provisions shall for all purposes have the same effect as though fully set forth at this place. This Note shall not be valid or become obligatory for any purpose until the certificate of authentication hereon shall have been manually signed by the Trustee or a duly authorized authenticating agent under the Indenture. IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the Company has caused this Note to be duly executed. LSI LOGIC CORPORATION By:_____________________________________________ Name: Title: Attest:_________________________________________ Name: Title: Dated: May 16, 2003 TRUSTEE'S CERTIFICATE OF AUTHENTICATION This is one of the Notes described in the within-named Indenture. U.S. BANK NATIONAL ASSOCIATION as Trustee By:_____________________________ Authorized Signatory REVERSE OF NOTE LSI LOGIC CORPORATION 4% CONVERTIBLE SUBORDINATED NOTE DUE 2010 This Note is one of a duly authorized issue of Notes of the Company, designated as its 4% Convertible Subordinated Notes due 2010 (herein called the "Notes"), limited to the aggregate principal amount of $350,000,000 ($402,500,000 if the Purchaser exercises in full its option to purchase additional Notes) issued and to be issued under and pursuant to an indenture dated as of May 16, 2003 (herein called the "Indenture"), between the Company and U.S. Bank National Association, as trustee (herein called the "Trustee"), to which Indenture and all indentures supplemental thereto reference is hereby made for a description of the rights, limitations of rights, obligations, duties and immunities thereunder of the Trustee, the Company and the holders of the Notes. In case an Event of Default, as defined in the Indenture, shall have occurred and be continuing, the principal of, premium, if any, and accrued interest (including Additional Interest, if any) on all Notes may be declared, and upon said declaration shall become, due and payable, in the manner, with the effect and subject to the conditions provided in the Indenture. The Indenture contains provisions permitting the Company and the Trustee, with the consent of the holders of not less than a majority in aggregate principal amount of the Notes at the time outstanding, evidenced as in the Indenture provided, to execute supplemental indentures adding any provisions to or changing in any manner or eliminating any of the provisions of the Indenture or of any supplemental indenture or modifying in any manner the rights of the holders of the Notes; provided, however, that no such supplemental indenture shall (i) extend the fixed maturity of any Note, or reduce the rate or extend the time of payment of interest thereon, or reduce the principal amount thereof or premium, if any, thereon, or reduce any amount payable on repurchase thereof, or impair the right of any Noteholder to institute suit for the payment thereof, or make the principal thereof or interest or premium, if any, thereon payable in any coin or currency other than that provided in the Note, or modify the provisions of the Indenture with respect to the subordination of the Notes in a manner adverse to the Noteholders in any material respect, or change the obligation of the Company to repurchase any Note upon the happening of a Fundamental Change in a manner adverse to the holder of the Notes, or impair the right to convert the Notes into Common Stock subject to the terms set forth in the Indenture, including Section 15.6 thereof, without the consent of the holder of each Note so affected or (ii) reduce the aforesaid percentage of Notes, the holders of which are required to consent to any such supplemental indenture, without the consent of the holders of all Notes then outstanding. It is also provided in the Indenture that, prior to any declaration accelerating the maturity of the Notes, the holders of a majority in aggregate principal amount of the Notes at the time outstanding may on behalf of the holders of all of the Notes waive any past default or Event of Default under the Indenture and its consequences except a default in the payment of interest (including Additional Interest, if any) or any premium on or the principal of any of the Notes, a default in the payment of repurchase price pursuant to Article III or a failure by the Company to convert any Notes into Common Stock of the Company. Any such consent or waiver by the holder of this Note (unless revoked as provided in the Indenture) shall be conclusive and binding upon such holder and upon all future holders and owners of this Note and any Notes which may be issued in exchange or substitute hereof, irrespective of whether or not any notation thereof is made upon this Note or such other Notes. The indebtedness evidenced by the Notes is, to the extent and in the manner provided in the Indenture, expressly subordinate and subject in right of payment to the prior payment in full of all Senior Debt of the Company, as defined in the Indenture, whether outstanding at the date of the Indenture or thereafter incurred, and this Note is issued subject to the provisions of the Indenture with respect to such subordination. Each holder of this Note, by accepting the same, agrees to and shall be bound by such provisions and authorizes the Trustee on its behalf to take such action as may be necessary or appropriate to effectuate the subordination so provided and appoints the Trustee his attorney-in-fact for such purpose. No reference herein to the Indenture and no provision of this Note or of the Indenture shall alter or impair the obligation of the Company, which is absolute and unconditional, to pay the principal of and any premium, if any, and interest (including Additional Interest, if any) on this Note at the place, at the respective times, at the rate and in the coin or currency herein prescribed. Interest on the Notes shall be computed on the basis of a 360-day year of twelve 30-day months. The Notes are issuable in registered form without coupons in denominations of $1,000 and any integral multiple of $1,000. At the office or agency of the Company referred to on the face hereof, and in the manner and subject to the limitations provided in the Indenture, without payment of any service charge but with payment of a sum sufficient to cover any tax or other governmental charge that may be imposed in connection with any registration or exchange of Notes, Notes may be exchanged for a like aggregate principal amount of Notes of other authorized denominations. The Notes will not be redeemable at the option of the Company prior to the final maturity date of the Notes. The Notes are not subject to redemption through the operation of any sinking fund. If a Fundamental Change (as defined in the Indenture) occurs at any time prior to the final maturity date of the Notes, the Notes will be repurchasable on the 30th day after notice thereof at the option of the holder. Such repayment shall be made at a price equal to 100% of the principal amount to be repurchased. The Company shall also pay accrued but unpaid interest, if any (including Additional Interest, if any) on such Notes to, but excluding, the Repurchase Date; provided that if such Repurchase Date is May 15 or November 15, then the interest payable on such date shall be paid to the holder of record of the Note on the next preceding May 1 or November 1. The Company shall mail to all holders of record of the Notes a notice of the occurrence of a Fundamental Change and of the repurchase right arising as a result thereof on or before the 10th day after the occurrence of such Fundamental Change. For a Note to be so repurchased at the option of the holder, the Company must receive at the office or agency of the Company maintained for that purpose in accordance with the terms of the Indenture, such Note with the form entitled "Option to Elect Repayment Upon a Fundamental Change" on the reverse thereof duly completed, together with such Notes duly endorsed for transfer, on or before the 30th day after the date of such notice (or if such 30th day is not a Business Day, the immediately preceding Business Day). Subject to the provisions of the Indenture, the holder hereof has the right, at its option, at any time after the date of original issuance hereof through the close of business on the final maturity date of this Note, so long as such Note has not previously been repurchased by the Company, to convert the principal hereof or any portion of such principal which is $1,000 or an integral multiple thereof into that number of shares of the Company's Common Stock, as said shares shall be constituted at the date of conversion, at an initial Conversion Rate of 74.5156 shares of Common Stock per $1,000 principal amount of Notes, as adjusted from time to time as provided in the Indenture, upon surrender of this Note, together with a conversion notice as provided in the Indenture, to the Company at the office or agency of the Company maintained for that purpose in accordance with the terms of the Indenture, or at the option of such holder, the Corporate Trust Office, and, unless the shares issuable on conversion are to be issued in the same name as this Note, duly endorsed by, or accompanied by instruments of transfer in form satisfactory to the Company duly executed by, the holder or by his duly authorized attorney. No adjustment in respect of interest or dividends will be made upon any conversion; provided, however, that if this Note shall be surrendered for conversion during the period from the close of business on any record date for the payment of interest to the close of business on the Business Day next preceding the interest payment date, this Note must be accompanied by an amount, in New York Clearing House funds or other funds acceptable to the Company, equal to the interest payable on such interest payment date on the principal amount being converted. No fractional shares will be issued upon any conversion, but an adjustment in cash will be made, as provided in the Indenture, in respect of any fraction of a share which would otherwise be issuable upon the surrender of any Note or Notes for conversion. Upon due presentment for registration of transfer of this Note at the office or agency of the Company maintained for that purpose in accordance with the terms of the Indenture, or at the option of the holder of this Note, at the Corporate Trust Office, a new Note or Notes of authorized denominations for an equal aggregate principal amount will be issued to the transferee in exchange thereof; subject to the limitations provided in the Indenture, without charge except for any tax or other governmental charge imposed in connection therewith. The Company, the Trustee, any authenticating agent, any paying agent, any conversion agent and any Note registrar may deem and treat the registered holder hereof as the absolute owner of this Note (whether or not this Note shall be overdue and notwithstanding any notation of ownership or other writing hereon made by anyone other than the Company or any Note registrar), for the purpose of receiving payment hereof, or on account hereof, for the conversion hereof and for all other purposes, and neither the Company nor the Trustee nor any other authenticating agent nor any paying agent nor any other conversion agent nor any Note registrar shall be affected by any notice to the contrary. All payments made to or upon the order of such registered holder shall, to the extent of the sum or sums paid, satisfy and discharge liability for monies payable on this Note. No recourse for the payment of the principal of or any premium or interest on this Note, or for any claim based hereon or otherwise in respect hereof; and no recourse under or upon any obligation, covenant or agreement of the Company in the Indenture or any indenture supplemental thereto or in any Note, or because of the creation of any indebtedness represented thereby, shall be had against any incorporator, stockholder, employee, agent, officer or director or subsidiary, as such, past, present or future, of the Company or of any successor corporation, either directly or through the Company or any successor corporation, whether by virtue of any constitution, statute or rule of law or by the enforcement of any assessment or penalty or otherwise, all such liability being, by the acceptance hereof and as part of the consideration for the issue hereof, expressly waived and released. This Note shall be deemed to be a contract made under the laws of New York, and for all purposes shall be construed in accordance with the laws of New York. The holders of this Note are entitled to the benefits of a Registration Rights Agreement, dated as of May 16, 2003, between the Company and the Purchaser. Terms used in this Note and defined in the Indenture are used herein as therein defined. ABBREVIATIONS The following abbreviations, when used in the inscription of the face of this Note, shall be construed as though they were written out in full according to applicable laws or regulations: TEN COM - as tenants in common UNIF GIFT MIN ACT -- ___________ Custodian TEN ENT - as tenant by the ____________ entireties (Cust) JT TEN - as joint tenants with (Minor) right of survivorship under Uniform Gifts to Minors Act and not as tenants in ____________________________________________ common (State) Additional abbreviations may also be used though not in the above list. CONVERSION NOTICE To: LSI Logic Corporation The undersigned registered owner of this Note hereby irrevocably exercises the option to convert this Note, or the portion hereof (which is $1,000 or an integral multiple thereof) below designated, into shares of Common Stock of LSI Logic Corporation in accordance with the terms of the Indenture referred to in this Note, and directs that the shares issuable and deliverable upon such conversion, together with any check in payment for fractional shares and any Notes representing any unconverted principal amount hereof, be issued and delivered to the registered holder hereof unless a different name has been indicated below. If shares or any portion of this Note not converted are to be issued in the name of a person other than the undersigned, the undersigned will check the appropriate box below and pay all transfer taxes payable with respect thereto. Any amount required to be paid to the undersigned on account of interest accompanies this Note. Dated: ________________ ______________________________________________ ______________________________________________ Signature(s) Signature(s) must be guaranteed by a commercial bank or trust company or a member firm of a major stock exchange if shares of Common Stock are to be issued, or Notes to be delivered, other than to and in the name of the registered holder. ______________________________________________ Signature Guarantee Fill in for registration of shares of Common Stock if to be issued, and Notes if to be delivered, other than to and in the name of the registered holder: __________________________________ (Name) __________________________________ (Street Address) __________________________________ (City, State and Zip Code) Please print name and address Principal amount to be converted (if less than all): $____________ Social Security or Other Taxpayer Identification Number ______________ OPTION TO ELECT REPURCHASE UPON A FUNDAMENTAL CHANGE TO: LSI LOGIC CORPORATION The undersigned registered owner of this Note hereby irrevocably acknowledges receipt of a notice from LSI Logic Corporation (the "Company") as to the occurrence of a Fundamental Change with respect to the Company and requests and instructs the Company to repay the entire principal amount of this Note, or the portion thereof (which is $1,000 or an integral multiple thereof) below designated, in accordance with the terms of the Indenture referred to in this Note at the price of 100% of such entire principal amount or portion thereof, together with accrued but unpaid interest to, but excluding, such date, to the registered holder hereof. Dated: ____________________ ______________________________________________ ______________________________________________ Signature(s) NOTICE: The above signatures of the holder(s) hereof must correspond with the name as written upon the face of the Note in every particular without alteration or enlargement or any change whatever. Principal amount to be redeemed (if less than all): $____________ ______________________________________________ Social Security or Other Taxpayer Identification Number ASSIGNMENT For value received ______________________________ hereby sell(s), assign(s) and transfer(s) unto ______________________________ (Please insert social security or other Taxpayer Identification Number of assignee) the within Note, and hereby irrevocably constitutes and appoints _________________________ attorney to transfer the said Note on the books of the Company, with full power of substitution in the premises. In connection with any transfer of the Note within the period prior to the expiration of the holding period applicable to sales thereof under Rule 144(k) under the Securities Act (or any successor provision) (other than any transfer pursuant to a registration statement that has been declared effective under the Securities Act), the undersigned confirms that such Note is being transferred: [ ] To LSI Logic Corporation or a subsidiary thereof, or [ ] Pursuant to and in compliance with Rule 144A under the Securities Act of 1933, as amended; or [ ] To an Institutional Accredited Investor pursuant to and in compliance with the Securities Act of 1933, as amended; [ ] Pursuant to and in compliance with Rule 144 under the Securities Act of 1933, as amended; or [ ] Pursuant to and in compliance with Regulation S under the Securities Act of 1933, as amended; and unless the box below is checked, the undersigned confirms that such Note is not being transferred to an "affiliate" of the Company as defined in Rule 144 under the Securities Act of 1933, as amended (an "Affiliate"). [ ] The transferee is an Affiliate of the Company. Dated: ____________________ ______________________________________________ ______________________________________________ Signature(s) Signature(s) must be guaranteed by a commercial bank or trust company or a member firm of a major stock exchange if shares of Common Stock are to be issued, or Notes to be delivered, other than to or in the name of the registered holder. ______________________________________________ Signature Guarantee NOTICE: The signature on the conversion notice, the option to elect repayment upon a Fundamental Change or the assignment must correspond with the name as written upon the face of the Note in every particular without alteration or enlargement or any change whatever. EXHIBIT B LSI Logic Corporation 1621 Barber Lane Milpitas, California 95035 U.S. Bank National Association 550 S. Hope Street, Suite 500 Los Angeles, CA 90071 Attn: Corporate Trust Services Ladies/Gentlemen: We are delivering this letter in connection with an offering by LSI Logic Corporation of 4% Convertible Subordinated Notes due 2010 (the "Notes), which are convertible into shares of Common Stock, $.01 par value (the "Common Stock"), all as described in the Offering Memorandum (the "Offering Memorandum") relating to the offering. We hereby confirm that: 1. we are an "accredited investor" within the meaning of Rule 501(a)(1), (2) or (3) under the Securities Act of 1933, as amended (the "Securities Act"), or an entity in which all of the equity owners are accredited investors within the meaning of Rule 501(a)(1), (2) or (3) under the Securities Act (an "Institutional Accredited Investor"); 2. (A) any purchase of Notes by us will be for our own account or for the account of one or more other Institutional Accredited Investors or as fiduciary for the account of one or more trusts, each of which is an "accredited investor" within the meaning of Rule 501(a)(7) under the Securities Act and for each of which we exercise sole investment discretion or (B) we are a "bank," within the meaning of Section 3(a)(2) of the Securities Act, or a "savings and loan association" or other institution described in Section 3(a)(5)(A) of the Securities Act that is acquiring Notes as fiduciary for the account of one or more institutions for which we exercise sole investment discretion; 3. in the event that we purchase any Notes, we will acquire Notes having a minimum principal amount of not less than $200,000 for our own account or for any separate account for which we are acting; 4. we have such knowledge and experience in financial and business matters that we are capable of evaluating the merits and risks of purchasing Notes; 5. we are not acquiring Notes with a view to distribution thereof or with any present intention of offering or selling Notes or the Common Stock issuable upon conversion thereof, except as permitted below; provided that the disposition of our property and property of any accounts for which we are acting as fiduciary shall remain at all times within our control; and B-1 6. we have received a copy of the Offering Memorandum and acknowledge that we have had access to such financial and other information, and have been afforded the opportunity to ask such questions of representatives of the Company and receive answers thereto, as we deem necessary in connection with our decision to purchase Notes. We understand that the Notes are being offered in a transaction not involving any public offering within the United States within the meaning of the Securities Act and that the Notes and the Common Stock issuable upon conversion thereof have not been registered under the Securities Act, and we agree, on our own behalf and on behalf of each account for which we acquire any Notes, that if in the future we decide to resell or otherwise transfer such Notes or the Common Stock issuable upon conversion thereof, such Notes or Common Stock may be resold or otherwise transferred only (i) to the Company or any subsidiary thereof, (ii) to a person who is a "qualified institutional buyer" (as defined in Rule 144A under the Securities Act) in a transaction meeting the requirements of Rule 144A, (iii) to an Institutional Accredited Investor that, prior to such transfer, furnishes to the Trustee for the Notes (or in the case of Common Stock, the transfer agent therefor) a signed letter containing certain representations and agreements relating to the restrictions on transfer of such securities (the form of which letter can be obtained from the Trustee or transfer agent, as the case may be), (iv) pursuant to the exemption from registration provided by Rule 144 under the Securities Act (if applicable), (v) pursuant to and in compliance with Regulation S under the Securities Act, or (vi) pursuant to a registration statement which has been declared effective under the Securities Act (and which continues to be effective at the time of such transfer), and in each case, in accordance with any applicable securities laws of any State of the United States or any other applicable jurisdiction and in accordance with the legends set forth on the Notes or the Common Stock issuable upon conversion thereof. We further agree to provide any person purchasing any of the Notes or the Common Stock issuable upon conversion thereof (other than pursuant to clause (vi) above) from us a notice advising such purchaser that resales of such securities are restricted as stated herein. We understand that the Trustee or transfer agent for the Notes and the Common Stock will not be required to accept for registration of transfer any Notes or Common Stock issued upon conversion of the Notes except upon presentation of evidence satisfactory to the Company that the foregoing restrictions on transfer have been complied with. We further understand that certificates representing any Notes (or any Note in global form) and any Common Stock issued upon conversion of the Notes (other than pursuant to clause (vi) above) will bear a legend reflecting the substance of this paragraph. We acknowledge that the Company, others and you will rely upon our confirmations, acknowledgments and agreements set forth herein, and we agree to notify you promptly in writing if any of our representations or warranties herein ceases to be accurate and complete. THIS LETTER SHALL BE GOVERNED BY, AND CONSTRUED IN ACCORDANCE WITH, THE LAWS OF THE STATE OF NEW YORK. ___________________________________ (Name of Purchaser) By:________________________________ Name:______________________________ Title:_____________________________ Address:___________________________ ___________________________________ ___________________________________
EX-10.45 4 f92385exv10w45.txt EXHIBIT 10.45 EXHIBIT 10.45 EXECUTION COPY REGISTRATION RIGHTS AGREEMENT BETWEEN LSI LOGIC CORPORATION AND MORGAN STANLEY & CO. INCORPORATED DATED AS OF MAY 16, 2003 2 REGISTRATION RIGHTS AGREEMENT, dated as of May 16, 2003, between LSI Logic Corporation, a Delaware corporation (together with any successor entity, herein referred to as the "COMPANY"), and Morgan Stanley & Co. Incorporated, as initial purchaser (the "INITIAL PURCHASER") under the Purchase Agreement (as defined below). Pursuant to the Purchase Agreement, dated as of May 12, 2003, between the Company and the Initial Purchaser (the "PURCHASE AGREEMENT"), the Initial Purchaser has agreed to purchase from the Company $350,000,000 ($402,500,000 if the Initial Purchaser exercises its option in full) in aggregate principal amount of 4% Convertible Subordinated Notes due 2010 (the "SECURITIES"). The Securities initially may be convertible into fully paid, nonassessable shares of common stock, par value $0.01 per share, of the Company on the terms, and subject to the conditions, set forth in the Indenture (as defined herein). To induce the Initial Purchaser to purchase the Securities, the Company has agreed to provide the registration rights set forth in this Agreement pursuant to Section 1 of the Purchase Agreement. The parties hereby agree as follows: 1. Definitions. As used in this Agreement, the following capitalized terms shall have the following meanings: "ADDITIONAL INTEREST": As defined in Section 3(a) hereof. "ADDITIONAL INTEREST PAYMENT DATE": Each May 15 and November 15. "AFFILIATE": The definition of "Affiliate" in the Indenture. "AGREEMENT": This Registration Rights Agreement, as amended, modified or otherwise supplemented from time to time. "BLUE SKY APPLICATION": As defined in Section 6(a) hereof. "BUSINESS DAY": The definition of "Business Day" in the Indenture. "COMMISSION": Securities and Exchange Commission. "COMMON STOCK": The definition of "Common Stock" in the Indenture. "COMPANY": As defined in the preamble hereto. "EFFECTIVENESS PERIOD": As defined in Section 2(a)(iii) hereof. "EFFECTIVENESS TARGET DATE": As defined in Section 2(a)(ii) hereof. "EXCHANGE ACT": Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended, and the rules and regulations promulgated thereunder. 3 "HOLDER": A Person who owns, beneficially or otherwise, Transfer Restricted Securities. "HOLDER QUESTIONNAIRE": As defined in Section 2(b) hereof. "INDEMNIFIED HOLDER": As defined in Section 6(a) hereof. "INDENTURE": The Indenture, dated as of May 16, 2003 between the Company and U.S. Bank National Association, as trustee (the "TRUSTEE"), pursuant to which the Securities are to be issued, as such Indenture is amended, modified or supplemented from time to time in accordance with the terms thereof. "INITIAL PURCHASER": As defined in the preamble hereto. "MAJORITY OF HOLDERS": Holders holding over 50% of the aggregate principal amount of Transfer Restricted Securities outstanding; provided, however that in determining whether Transfer Restricted Securities are outstanding, Transfer Restricted Securities held for the account of the Company or of any of its Affiliates shall be disregarded; provided, further that for purpose of this definition, a holder of shares of Common Stock that constitute Transfer Restricted Securities when issued upon conversion of the Securities shall be deemed to hold an aggregate principal amount of Securities (in addition to the principal amount of Securities held by such holder) equal to the quotient of (x) the number of such shares of Common Stock received upon conversion of the Securities and then held by such holder and (y) the conversion rate(s) in effect at the time such Holder converted Securities into such shares of Common Stock as determined in accordance with the Indenture. "NASD": National Association of Securities Dealers, Inc. "PERSON": An individual, partnership, corporation, company, unincorporated organization, trust, joint venture or a government or agency or political subdivision thereof. "PURCHASE AGREEMENT": As defined in the preamble hereto. "PROSPECTUS": The prospectus included in a Shelf Registration Statement, as amended or supplemented by any prospectus supplement and by all other amendments thereto, including post-effective amendments, and all material incorporated by reference into such Prospectus. "QUESTIONNAIRE DEADLINE": As defined in Section 2(b) hereof. "RECORD HOLDER": With respect to any Additional Interest Payment Date, each Person who is a Holder on the Register on the May 1 or November 1 immediately preceding the relevant Additional Interest Payment Date. In the case of a Holder of shares of Common Stock issued upon conversion of the Securities, "Record Holder" shall mean each Person who is a Holder of shares of Common Stock which constitute Transfer 4 Restricted Securities on the May 1 or November 1 immediately preceding the relevant Additional Interest Payment Date. "REGISTER": The definition of "Register" in the Indenture. "REGISTRAR": The definition of "Registrar" in the Indenture. "REGISTRATION DEFAULT": As defined in Section 3(a) hereof. "SALE NOTICE": As defined in Section 4(e) hereof. "SECURITIES": As defined in the preamble hereto; provided, however, that for the purpose of Section 2(b) and Section 4(d) hereof, this definition shall include the shares of Common Stock issuable upon conversion of the 4% Convertible Subordinated Notes due 2010. "SECURITIES ACT": Securities Act of 1933, as amended, and the rules and regulations promulgated thereunder. "SHELF FILING DEADLINE": As defined in Section 2(a)(i) hereof. "SHELF REGISTRATION STATEMENT": As defined in Section 2(a)(i) hereof. "SUSPENSION NOTICE". As defined in Section 4(c) hereof. "SUSPENSION PERIOD". As defined in Section 4(b)(i) hereof. "TIA": Trust Indenture Act of 1939, as amended, the rules and regulations of the Commission thereunder, in each case, as in effect on the date the Indenture is qualified under the TIA. "TRANSFER RESTRICTED SECURITIES": Each Security and each share of Common Stock issued upon conversion of Securities for which a holder has submitted a properly completed Holder Questionnaire by the Questionnaire Deadline, or for which a holder has otherwise submitted a properly completed Holder Questionnaire and been named in the Shelf Registration Statement pursuant to Section 2(b) hereof, until the earliest of: (i) the date on which such Security or such share of Common Stock issued upon conversion thereof has been effectively registered under the Securities Act and disposed of in accordance with the Shelf Registration Statement; (ii) the date on which such Security or such share of Common Stock issued upon conversion thereof is transferred in compliance with Rule 144 under the Securities Act or may be sold or transferred by a person who is not an affiliate of the Company pursuant to Rule 144 under the Securities Act (or any other similar provision then in force) without any volume or manner of sale restrictions thereunder; or 5 (iii) the date on which such Security or such share of Common Stock issued upon conversion ceases to be outstanding (whether as a result of repurchase, cancellation, conversion or otherwise). UNDERWRITTEN REGISTRATION OR UNDERWRITTEN OFFERING: A registration in which Transfer Restricted Securities are sold to an underwriter for reoffering to the public pursuant to the Shelf Registration Statement. Unless the context otherwise requires, the singular includes the plural, and words in the plural include the singular. 2. Shelf Registration (a) The Company shall: (i) not later than 90 days after the date hereof (the "SHELF FILING DEADLINE"), cause to be filed a registration statement pursuant to Rule 415 under the Securities Act (the "SHELF REGISTRATION STATEMENT"), which Shelf Registration Statement shall provide for resales of all Transfer Restricted Securities held by Holders that have provided the information required pursuant to the terms of Section 2(b) hereof; (ii) use its reasonable efforts to cause the Shelf Registration Statement to be declared effective by the Commission not later than 180 days after the date hereof (the "EFFECTIVENESS TARGET DATE"); and (iii) use its reasonable efforts to keep the Shelf Registration Statement continuously effective, supplemented and amended as required by the provisions of Section 4(b) hereof (and subject to the right of the Company to suspend the use of the Shelf Registration Statement by delivery of a Suspension Notice in accordance with Section 4(b)(i) hereof) to the extent necessary to ensure that (A) it is available for resales by the Holders of Transfer Restricted Securities entitled, subject to Section 2(b), to the benefit of this Agreement and (B) it conforms with the requirements of this Agreement and the Securities Act, for a period (the "EFFECTIVENESS PERIOD") until the earliest of: (1) two years following the last date of original issuance of any of the Securities; or (2) the date when the Holders of Transfer Restricted Securities are able to sell all such Transfer Restricted Securities immediately without restriction pursuant to the volume limitation provisions of Rule 144 under the Securities Act; and (3) the date when all of the Transfer Restricted Securities of those Holders that complete and deliver in a timely manner the Holder Questionnaire described below are registered 6 under the Shelf Registration Statement and disposed of in accordance with the Shelf Registration Statement. (b) No holder of Securities may include any of its Securities in the Shelf Registration Statement pursuant to this Agreement unless such holder furnishes to the Company in writing, prior to or on the 20th Business Day after the date of the Holder Questionnaire (or, in the case of a holder that is a transferee of Transfer Restricted Securities, prior to or on the earlier of (i) the 20th business day after the completion of such transfer to the transferee and (ii) 9:00 a.m., San Francisco time, on the second Business Day before the effectiveness of the Shelf Registration Statement) (the "QUESTIONNAIRE DEADLINE"), such information as the Company may reasonably request for use in connection with the Shelf Registration Statement or Prospectus or preliminary Prospectus included therein and in any application to be filed with or under state securities laws (the form of which request is attached as Annex A to the offering memorandum dated May 12, 2003 regarding the sale of the Securities to the Initial Purchaser and is referred to herein as the "HOLDER QUESTIONNAIRE"). In connection with all requests for information from holders of Securities with respect to inclusion of Securities in the Shelf Registration Statement prior to the Questionnaire Deadline, the Company shall notify such holders of the requirements set forth in the preceding sentence. The Company agrees and undertakes that (i) it shall distribute a Holder Questionnaire no later than 20 Business Days prior to the effectiveness of the Shelf Registration Statement to each holder of Securities at the address set forth on the Register of Securities maintained by the Registrar of the Securities or the records of the transfer agent of the Common Stock at such time, and (ii) upon the request of any holder of Securities prior to 9:00 a.m., San Francisco time, on the second Business Day before the effectiveness of the Shelf Registration Statement, the Company shall distribute a Holder Questionnaire to such holder at the address set forth in such request. Holders of Securities that do not complete the Holder Questionnaire and timely deliver it to the Company shall not be named as selling securityholders in the Prospectus or preliminary Prospectus included in the Shelf Registration Statement and therefore shall not be permitted to sell any Transfer Restricted Securities pursuant to the Shelf Registration Statement. Notwithstanding the foregoing, upon request from any holder of Securities that did not return a Holder Questionnaire on a timely basis, (i) the Company shall distribute a Holder Questionnaire to such holder of Securities at the address set forth in the request and (ii) upon receipt of a properly completed Holder Questionnaire from such holder of Securities, the Company shall use its reasonable efforts to name such holder as a selling securityholder by means of a pre-effective amendment or, if permitted by the Commission, by means of a Prospectus supplement to the Shelf Registration Statement; provided, however, that the Company shall have no obligation to pay Additional Interest to such holder for its failure to file a pre-effective amendment or Prospectus supplement. Each Holder as to which the Shelf Registration Statement is being effected agrees to furnish promptly to the Company all information required to be disclosed in order to make information previously furnished to the Company by such Holder not materially misleading. NO HOLDER OF TRANSFER RESTRICTED SECURITIES SHALL BE ENTITLED TO ADDITIONAL INTEREST PURSUANT TO SECTION 3 HEREOF UNLESS SUCH HOLDER SHALL HAVE PROVIDED ALL SUCH REASONABLY REQUESTED INFORMATION PRIOR TO OR ON THE QUESTIONNAIRE DEADLINE. 7 3. Additional Interest. (a) If: (i) the Shelf Registration Statement is not filed with the Commission prior to or on the Shelf Filing Deadline; (ii) the Shelf Registration Statement has not been declared effective by the Commission prior to or on the Effectiveness Target Date; (iii) except as provided in Section 4(b)(i) hereof, the Shelf Registration Statement is filed and declared effective but, during the Effectiveness Period, shall thereafter cease to be effective or fail to be usable for its intended purpose without being succeeded within five Business Days by a post-effective amendment to the Shelf Registration Statement, a supplement to the Prospectus or a report filed with the Commission pursuant to Section 13(a), 13(c), 14 or 15(d) of the Exchange Act that cures such failure and, in the case of a post-effective amendment, is itself immediately declared effective; or (iv) (A) prior to or on the 45th or 60th day, as the case may be, of any Suspension Period, such suspension has not been terminated or (B) Suspension Periods exceed an aggregate of 90 days in any 360 day period, (each such event referred to in foregoing clauses (i) through (iv), a "REGISTRATION DEFAULT"), the Company hereby agrees to pay liquidated damages in the form of additional interest ("ADDITIONAL INTEREST") with respect to the Transfer Restricted Securities from and including the day following the Registration Default to but excluding the earlier of (1) the day on which the Registration Default has been cured and (2) the date the Shelf Registration Statement is no longer required to be kept effective, accruing at a rate: (A) in respect of the Securities, to each holder of Securities, (x) with respect to the first 90-day period during which a Registration Default shall have occurred and be continuing, equal to 0.25% per annum of the principal amount of the Securities, and (y) with respect to the period commencing on the 91st day following the day the Registration Default shall have occurred and be continuing, equal to 0.50% per annum of the principal amount of the Securities; provided that in no event shall Additional Interest accrue at a rate per year exceeding 0.50% of the principal amount of the Securities; and (B) in respect of any shares of Common Stock, to each holder of shares of Common Stock issued upon conversion of Securities, (x) with respect to the first 90-day period in which a Registration Default shall have occurred and be continuing, equal to 0.25% per annum of the principal amount of the converted Securities, and (y) with respect to the period commencing the 91st day following the day the Registration Default shall have occurred and be continuing, equal to 0.50% per annum of the principal amount of the converted Securities; provided that in no event shall Additional Interest accrue at a rate per year exceeding 0.50% of the principal amount of the converted Securities. 8 (b) All accrued Additional Interest shall be paid in arrears to Record Holders by the Company on each Additional Interest Payment Date in the same manner as the payment of interest on the Securities. Upon the cure of all Registration Defaults relating to any particular Security or share of Common Stock, the accrual of Additional Interest with respect to such Security or share of Common Stock will cease. The Company agrees to deliver all notices, certificates and other documents contemplated by the Indenture in connection with the payment of Additional Interest. Notwithstanding any other provision of this Agreement, no Additional Interest shall accrue as to any Transfer Restricted Security from and after the earlier of the date such security is no longer a Transfer Restricted Security and the expiration of the Effectiveness Period. All obligations of the Company set forth in this Section 3 that are outstanding with respect to any Transfer Restricted Security at the time such security ceases to be a Transfer Restricted Security shall survive until such time as all such obligations with respect to such Transfer Restricted Security shall have been satisfied in full. The parties hereto agree that the Holders of Transfer Restricted Securities will suffer damages, and that it would not be feasible to ascertain the extent of such damages with precision, if a Registration Default were to occur. The parties hereto further agree that the Additional Interest provided for in this Section 3 constitutes a reasonable estimate of the damages that may be incurred by Holders of Transfer Restricted Securities by reason of a Registration Default. Therefore, the parties hereto agree that the sole damages payable for a violation of the terms of this Agreement with respect to which Additional Interest is expressly provided for (including any non-compliance with a covenant that results, directly or indirectly, in a Registration Default) shall be such Additional Interest. 4. Registration Procedures. (a) In connection with the Shelf Registration Statement, the Company shall comply with all the provisions of Section 4(b) hereof and shall use its reasonable efforts to effect such registration to permit the sale of the Transfer Restricted Securities, and pursuant thereto, shall prepare and file with the Commission a Shelf Registration Statement relating to the registration on any appropriate form under the Securities Act. (b) In connection with the Shelf Registration Statement and any Prospectus required by this Agreement to permit the sale or resale of Transfer Restricted Securities, the Company shall: (i) Subject to any notice by the Company in accordance with this Section 4(b) of the existence of any fact or event of the kind described in Section 4(b)(iii)(D) and the Company's right to invoke a Suspension Period in the manner described in this Section 4(b)(i), use its reasonable efforts to keep the Shelf Registration Statement continuously effective during the Effectiveness Period; upon the occurrence of any event that would cause the Shelf Registration Statement or the Prospectus contained therein (A) to contain a material misstatement or omission or (B) not be effective and usable for resale of Transfer Restricted Securities during the Effectiveness Period, unless a Suspension Period 9 is then in effect, the Company shall file promptly an appropriate amendment to the Shelf Registration Statement, a supplement to the Prospectus or a report filed with the Commission pursuant to Section 13(a), 13(c), 14 or 15(d) of the Exchange Act, in the case of clause (A), correcting any such misstatement or omission, and, in the case of either clause (A) or (B), use its reasonable efforts to cause such amendment to be declared effective and the Shelf Registration Statement and the related Prospectus to become usable for their intended purposes as soon as practicable thereafter. Notwithstanding the foregoing, the Company may suspend the effectiveness of the Shelf Registration Statement by written notice to the Holders for a period not to exceed an aggregate of 45 days in any 90-day period or 90 days in any 360-day period (each such period, a "SUSPENSION PERIOD") if: (x) an event occurs and is continuing as a result of which the Shelf Registration Statement, the Prospectus, any amendment or supplement thereto, or any document incorporated by reference therein would, in the Company's judgment, contain an untrue statement of a material fact or omit to state a material fact required to be stated therein or necessary to make the statements therein not misleading; and (y) the Company reasonably determines that the disclosure of such event at such time would have a material adverse effect on the Company and its subsidiaries taken as a whole; provided that, in the event the disclosure relates to a previously undisclosed proposed or pending material business transaction, the disclosure of which the Company determines in good faith would be reasonably likely to impede the Company's ability to consummate such transaction, the Company may extend the 45-day Suspension Period from 45 days to 60 days. The Company shall not be required to specify in the written notice to the Holders the nature of the event giving rise to the Suspension Period. (ii) Prepare and file with the Commission such amendments and post-effective amendments to the Shelf Registration Statement as may be necessary to keep the Shelf Registration Statement effective during the Effectiveness Period; cause the Prospectus to be supplemented by any required Prospectus supplement, and as so supplemented to be filed pursuant to Rule 424 (it being understood that, subject to the circumstances set forth in the penultimate sentence of each of Sections 2(b) and 4(d), the Company shall not be required to file a prospectus supplement pursuant to 424(b) with respect to any Holder that failed to submit its Holder Questionnaire by the Questionnaire Deadline) under the Securities Act, and to comply fully with the applicable provisions of Rules 424 and 430A under the Securities Act in a timely manner; and comply with the provisions of the Securities Act with respect to the disposition of all securities covered by the Shelf Registration Statement during the applicable period in accordance with the intended method or methods of distribution by the sellers thereof set forth in the Shelf Registration Statement or supplement to the Prospectus. 10 (iii) Advise in writing the underwriter(s), if any, and the selling Holders promptly (in the case of Holders, at the address set forth on the Register of Securities maintained by the Registrar of the Securities or the records of the transfer agent of the Common Stock at such time) of each of the following: (A) when the Prospectus or any Prospectus supplement or post-effective amendment has been filed, and, with respect to the Shelf Registration Statement or any post-effective amendment thereto, when the same has become effective, (B) any request by the Commission for amendments to the Shelf Registration Statement or amendments or supplements to the Prospectus or for additional information relating thereto, (C) the issuance by the Commission of any stop order suspending the effectiveness of the Shelf Registration Statement under the Securities Act or of the suspension by any state securities commission of the qualification of the Transfer Restricted Securities for offering or sale in any jurisdiction, or the initiation of any proceeding for any of the preceding purposes, or (D) the existence of any fact or the happening of any event, during the Effectiveness Period (but not as to the substance of any such fact or event), that makes any statement of a material fact made in the Shelf Registration Statement, the Prospectus, any amendment or supplement thereto, or any document incorporated by reference therein untrue, or that requires the making of any additions to or changes in the Shelf Registration Statement or the Prospectus in order to make the statements therein not misleading (provided, however, that no notice by the Company shall be required pursuant to this clause (D) in the event that the Company either promptly files a Prospectus supplement to update the Prospectus or a Form 8-K or other appropriate Exchange Act report that is incorporated by reference into the Shelf Registration Statement, which, in either case, contains the requisite information with respect to such material event that results in such Shelf Registration Statement no longer containing any such untrue or misleading statements). If at any time the Commission shall issue any stop order suspending the effectiveness of the Shelf Registration Statement, or any state securities commission or other regulatory authority shall issue an order suspending the qualification or exemption from qualification of the Transfer Restricted Securities under state securities or Blue Sky laws, the Company shall use its reasonable efforts to promptly obtain the withdrawal or lifting of such order and will provide to each Holder (in the case of Holders, at the address set forth on the Register of Securities maintained by the Registrar of the Securities or the records of the transfer agent of the Common Stock at such time) who is named in the Shelf Registration Statement prompt notice of the withdrawal of any such order. 11 (iv) If requested by any selling Holders or the underwriter(s), if any, incorporate in the Shelf Registration Statement or Prospectus, pursuant to an amendment prior to effectiveness if necessary, such information as such selling Holders and underwriter(s), if any, may reasonably request to have included therein, including, without limitation information relating to the "Plan of Distribution" of the Transfer Restricted Securities as specified by such Holder in such Holder Questionnaire to be delivered prior to the Questionnaire Deadline. (v) Furnish to each selling Holder (in the case of Holders, at the address set forth in the Register of Securities or the records of the transfer agent of the Common Stock at such time) and each of the underwriter(s), if any, upon their request, without charge, at least one copy of the Shelf Registration Statement, as first filed with the Commission, and of each amendment thereto (and any documents incorporated by reference therein or exhibits thereto (or exhibits incorporated in such exhibits by reference) as such Person may request). (vi) Deliver to each selling Holder (in the case of Holders, at the address set forth in the Register of Securities or the records of the transfer agent of the Common Stock at such time) and underwriter(s), if any, without charge, as many copies of the Prospectus (including each preliminary prospectus) and any amendment or supplement thereto as such Persons reasonably may request; subject to any notice by the Company in accordance with this Section 4(b) of the existence of any fact or event of the kind described in Section 4(b)(iii) (D), the Company hereby consents to the use of the Prospectus and any amendment or supplement thereto by each of the selling Holders in connection with the offering and the sale of the Transfer Restricted Securities covered by the Prospectus or any amendment or supplement thereto. (vii) In connection with an Underwritten Offering, the Company shall: (A) upon request, furnish to each underwriter, if any, in such substance and scope as they may reasonably request and as are customarily made by issuers to underwriters in primary underwritten offerings for selling security holders, upon the date of closing of any sale of Transfer Restricted Securities in an Underwritten Registration: (1) a certificate, dated the date of such closing, signed by a Vice President or the Chief Financial Officer of the Company confirming, as of the date thereof, the matters customarily covered in an officer's certificate to underwriters in connection with underwritten offerings of securities; (2) opinions, each dated the date of such closing, of counsel to the Company covering such of the matters as are customarily covered in legal opinions to underwriters in connection with underwritten offerings of securities; and 12 (3) customary comfort letters, dated the date of such closing, from the Company's independent accountants (and from any other accountants whose report is contained or incorporated by reference in the Shelf Registration Statement) in the customary form and covering matters of the type customarily covered in comfort letters to underwriters in connection with underwritten offerings of securities; and (B) deliver such other documents and certificates as may be reasonably requested by such parties to evidence compliance with clause (A) above and with any customary conditions contained in the underwriting agreement or other agreement entered into by the selling Holders pursuant to this clause (x). (viii) Before any public offering of Transfer Restricted Securities, cooperate with the selling Holders, the underwriter(s), if any, and their counsel in connection with the registration and qualification of the Transfer Restricted Securities under the securities or Blue Sky laws of such jurisdictions in the United States as the selling Holders or underwriter(s), if any, may reasonably request and do any and all other acts or things necessary or advisable to enable the disposition in such jurisdictions of the Transfer Restricted Securities covered by the Shelf Registration Statement; provided, however, that the Company shall not be required (A) to register or qualify as a foreign corporation or a dealer of securities where it is not now so qualified or to take any action that would subject it to the service of process in any jurisdiction where it is not now so subject or (B) to subject themselves to taxation in any such jurisdiction if they are not now so subject. (ix) Cooperate with the selling Holders and underwriter(s), if any, to facilitate the timely preparation and delivery of certificates representing Transfer Restricted Securities to be sold and not bearing any restrictive legends (unless required by applicable securities laws); and enable such Transfer Restricted Securities to be in such denominations and registered in such names as the Holders may request at least two Business Days before any sale of Transfer Restricted Securities. (xii) Use its reasonable efforts to cause the Transfer Restricted Securities covered by the Shelf Registration Statement to be registered with or approved by such other U.S. governmental agencies or authorities as may be necessary to enable the seller or sellers thereof to consummate the disposition of such Transfer Restricted Securities. (xiii) Subject to Section 4(b)(i) hereof, if any fact or event contemplated by Section 4(b)(iii)(D) hereof shall exist or have occurred, use its reasonable efforts to prepare a supplement or post-effective amendment to the Shelfs Registration Statement or related Prospectus or any document incorporated therein by reference or file any other required document so that, as thereafter 13 delivered to the purchasers of Transfer Restricted Securities, the Prospectus will not contain an untrue statement of a material fact or omit to state any material fact required to be stated therein or necessary to make the statements therein, in light of the circumstances in which they are made, not misleading; provided that the Company shall not be required to comply with the foregoing obligations during any Suspension Period or any period during which Additional Interest is accruing. (xiv) Provide CUSIP numbers for all Transfer Restricted Securities not later than the effective date of the Shelf Registration Statement and provide the Trustee under the Indenture with certificates for the Securities that are in a form eligible for deposit with The Depository Trust Company. (xv) Cooperate and assist in any filings required to be made with the NASD and in the performance of any due diligence investigation by any underwriter that is required to be retained in accordance with the rules and regulations of the NASD. (xvi) Otherwise use its reasonable efforts to comply with all applicable rules and regulations of the Commission and all reporting requirements under the rules and regulations of the Exchange Act. (xvii) Cause the Indenture to be qualified under the TIA not later than the effective date of the Shelf Registration Statement required by this Agreement, and, in connection therewith, cooperate with the Trustee and the holders of Securities to effect such changes to the Indenture as may be required for such Indenture to be so qualified in accordance with the terms of the TIA; and execute and use its reasonable efforts to cause the Trustee thereunder to execute all documents that may be required to effect such changes and all other forms and documents required to be filed with the Commission to enable such Indenture to be so qualified in a timely manner. (xviii) Cause all Common Stock covered by the Shelf Registration Statement to be listed or quoted, as the case may be, on each securities exchange or automated quotation system on which Common Stock is then listed or quoted. (c) Each Holder agrees by acquisition of a Transfer Restricted Security that, upon receipt of any notice (a "SUSPENSION NOTICE") from the Company of the existence of any fact of the kind described in Section 4(b)(iii)(D) hereof, such Holder will, and will use its reasonable efforts to cause any underwriter(s) in an Underwritten Offering to, forthwith discontinue disposition of Transfer Restricted Securities pursuant to the Shelf Registration Statement until: (i) such Holder has received copies of the supplemented or amended Prospectus contemplated by Section 4(b)(xiii) hereof; or (ii) such Holder is advised in writing by the Company that the use of the Prospectus may be resumed, and has received copies of any additional or supplemental filings that are incorporated by reference in the Prospectus. 14 Each Holder agrees to keep the receipt of a Suspension Notice and its contents confidential. If so directed by the Company, each Holder will deliver to the Company (at the Company's expense) all copies, other than permanent file copies then in such Holder's possession, of the Prospectus covering such Transfer Restricted Securities that was current at the time of receipt of such notice of suspension. (d) Each holder of Securities who intends to be named as a selling Holder in the Shelf Registration Statement shall furnish to the Company in writing, within 20 Business Days after the date of the Holder Questionnaire, such information regarding such holder and the proposed distribution by such holder of its Securities as the Company may reasonably request for use in connection with the Shelf Registration Statement or Prospectus or preliminary Prospectus included therein. Holders that do not complete the Holder Questionnaire and deliver it to the Company shall not be named as selling securityholders in the Prospectus or preliminary Prospectus included in the Shelf Registration Statement and therefore shall not be permitted to sell any Transfer Restricted Securities pursuant to the Shelf Registration Statement; provided, however, that notwithstanding the foregoing, a holder that is a transferee of Securities who furnishes the Company a properly completed Holder Questionnaire on or prior to the earlier of (i) the 20th business day after the completion of a transfer of Securities to a holder of Securities that is a transferee and (ii) 9:00 a.m., San Francisco time, on the second Business Day before the effectiveness of the Shelf Registration Statement shall be named as selling securityholders in the Prospectus or preliminary Prospectus included in the Shelf Registration Statement, provided, further, that upon request from a holder of Securities that did not return a Holder Questionnaire on a timely basis, (i) the Company shall distribute a Holder Questionnaire to such holder at the address set forth in the request and (ii) upon receipt of a properly completed Holder Questionnaire from such holder, the Company shall use its reasonable efforts to name such holder as a selling securityholder by means of a pre-effective amendment or, if permitted by the Commission, by means of a Prospectus supplement to the Shelf Registration Statement (provided, that the Company shall have no obligation to pay Additional Interest to such Holder for its failure to file a pre-effective amendment or Prospectus supplement). Each Holder who intends to be named as a selling Holder in the Shelf Registration Statement shall promptly furnish to the Company in writing such other information as the Company may from time to time reasonably request in writing. (e) Upon the effectiveness of the Shelf Registration Statement, each Holder shall notify the Company at least five Business Days prior to any intended distribution of Transfer Restricted Securities pursuant to the Shelf Registration Statement (a "SALE NOTICE"), which notice shall be effective for five Business Days. Each Holder of Transfer Restricted Securities, by accepting the same, agrees to hold any communication by the Company in response to a Sale Notice in confidence. Upon receipt of a Sale Notice, the Company shall inform each Holder in writing of the existence of a Suspension Period or otherwise, of the kind of event described in Section 4(b)(iii)(D). 5. Registration Expenses. All expenses incident to the Company's performance of or compliance with this Agreement shall be borne by the Company regardless of whether a Shelf Registration Statement becomes effective, including, without limitation: 15 (i) all registration and filing fees and expenses (including filings made with the NASD); (ii) all fees and expenses of compliance with federal securities and state Blue Sky or securities laws; (iii) all expenses of printing (including printing of Prospectuses and certificates for the Common Stock to be issued upon conversion of the Securities) and the Company's expenses for messenger and delivery services and telephone; (iv) all fees and disbursements of counsel to the Company; (v) all application and filing fees in connection with listing (or authorizing for quotation) the Common Stock on a national securities exchange or automated quotation system pursuant to the requirements hereof; and (vi) all fees and disbursements of independent certified public accountants of the Company. The Company shall bear its internal expenses (including, without limitation, all salaries and expenses of their officers and employees performing legal, accounting or other duties), the expenses of any annual audit and the fees and expenses of any Person, including special experts, retained by the Company. Notwithstanding the foregoing, the Holders of the Transfer Restricted Securities being registered shall pay all agency fees and commissions and underwriting discounts and commissions attributable to the sale of such Transfer Restricted Securities and the fees and disbursements of any counsel or other advisors or experts retained by such Holders (severally and jointly), other than the counsel and experts that represent the Company specifically referred to above. 6. Indemnification and Contribution. (a) The Company shall indemnify and hold harmless each Holder, such Holder's officers, directors and employees and each person, if any, who controls such Holder within the meaning of the Securities Act (each, an "INDEMNIFIED HOLDER"), from and against any loss, claim, damage or liability, joint or several, or any action in respect thereof (including, but not limited to, any loss, claim, damage, liability or action relating to resales of the Transfer Restricted Securities), to which such Indemnified Holder may become subject, insofar as any such loss, claim, damage, liability or action arises out of, or is based upon: (i) any untrue statement or alleged untrue statement of a material fact contained in (A) the Shelf Registration Statement or Prospectus or any amendment or supplement thereto or (B) any blue sky application or other document or any amendment or supplement thereto prepared or executed by the Company (or based upon written information furnished by or on behalf of the Company expressly for use in such blue sky application or other document or amendment on supplement) filed in any jurisdiction specifically for the purpose of qualifying any or all of the Transfer Restricted Securities under the securities law 16 of any state or other jurisdiction (such application or document being hereinafter called a "BLUE SKY APPLICATION"); or (ii) the omission or alleged omission to state therein any material fact required to be stated therein or necessary to make the statements therein, in the light of the circumstances under which they were made, not misleading, and shall reimburse each Indemnified Holder promptly upon demand for any legal or other expenses reasonably incurred by such Indemnified Holder in connection with investigating or defending or preparing to defend against any such loss, claim, damage, liability or action as such expenses are incurred; provided, however, that the Company shall not be liable in any such case to the extent that any such loss, claim, damage, liability or action arises out of, or is based upon, any untrue statement or alleged untrue statement or omission or alleged omission made in the Shelf Registration Statement or Prospectus or amendment or supplement thereto or Blue Sky Application in reliance upon and in conformity with written information furnished to the Company by or on behalf of such Holder (or its related Indemnified Holder) specifically for use therein; provided, further, that the Company shall not be liable to any Indemnified Holder under the indemnity agreement in this subsection (a) with respect to any preliminary Prospectus to the extent that any such loss, claim, damage or liability of such Indemnified Holder results from the fact that such Indemnified Holder sold Transfer Restricted Securities to a Person as to whom it shall be established that there was not sent or given, at or prior to the written confirmation of such sale, a copy of the final Prospectus in any case where such delivery is required by the Securities Act if the Company had previously furnished copies thereof in sufficient quantities to such Indemnified Holder and the loss, claim, damage or liability of such Indemnified Holder results from an untrue statement or omission of a material fact contained in the preliminary Prospectus which was (i) identified to such Indemnified Holder at or prior to the earlier of the filing with the Commission or the furnishing to such Indemnified Holder of the corrected Prospectus and (ii) corrected in the final Prospectus. The foregoing indemnity agreement is in addition to any liability which the Company may otherwise have to any Indemnified Holder. (b) Each Holder, severally and not jointly, shall indemnify and hold harmless the Company, its officers, directors and employees and each person, if any, who controls the Company within the meaning of the Securities Act, from and against any loss, claim, damage or liability, joint or several, or any action in respect thereof, to which the Company or any such officer, employee or controlling person may become subject, insofar as any such loss, claim, damage or liability or action arises out of, or is based upon: (i) any untrue statement or alleged untrue statement of any material fact contained in the Shelf Registration Statement or Prospectus or any amendment or supplement thereto or any Blue Sky Application; or (ii) the omission or the alleged omission to state therein any material fact required to be stated therein or necessary to make the statements therein, in light of the circumstances under which they were made, not misleading, but in each case only to the extent that such untrue statement or alleged untrue statement or omission or alleged omission was made in reliance upon and in conformity with written 17 information furnished to the Company by or on behalf of such Holder (or its related Indemnified Holder) specifically for use therein, and shall reimburse the Company and any such officer, employee or controlling person promptly upon demand for any legal or other expenses reasonably incurred by the Company or any such officer, employee or controlling person in connection with investigating or defending or preparing to defend against any such loss, claim, damage, liability or action as such expenses are incurred. The foregoing indemnity agreement is in addition to any liability which any Holder may otherwise have to the Company and any such officer, employee or controlling person. (c) Promptly after receipt by an indemnified party under this Section 6 of notice of any claim or the commencement of any action, the indemnified party shall, if a claim in respect thereof is to be made against the indemnifying party under this Section 6, notify the indemnifying party in writing of the claim or the commencement of that action; provided, however, that the failure to notify the indemnifying party shall not relieve it from any liability which it may have under this Section 6 except to the extent it has been materially prejudiced by such failure and, provided, further, that the failure to notify the indemnifying party shall not relieve it from any liability which it may have to an indemnified party otherwise than under this Section 6. If any such claim or action shall be brought against an indemnified party, and it shall notify the indemnifying party thereof, the indemnifying party shall be entitled to participate therein and, to the extent that it wishes, jointly with any other similarly notified indemnifying party, to assume the defense thereof with counsel satisfactory to the indemnified party. After notice from the indemnifying party to the indemnified party of its election to assume the defense of such claim or action, the indemnifying party shall not be liable to the indemnified party under this Section 6 for any legal or other expenses subsequently incurred by the indemnified party in connection with the defense thereof other than reasonable costs of investigation; provided, however, that the Holders shall have the right to employ a single counsel to represent jointly a the Holders and their officers, employees and controlling persons who may be subject to liability arising out of any claim in respect of which indemnity may be sought by the Holders against the Company under this Section 6 if the Holders seeking indemnification shall have been advised by legal counsel that there may be one or more legal defenses available to such Holders and their respective officers, employees and controlling persons that are different from or additional to those available to the Company, and in that event the fees and expenses of such separate counsel shall be paid by the Company. No indemnifying party shall: (i) without the prior written consent of the indemnified parties (which consent shall not be unreasonably withheld) settle or compromise or consent to the entry of any judgment with respect to any pending or threatened claim, action, suit or proceeding in respect of which indemnification or contribution may be sought hereunder (whether or not the indemnified parties are actual or potential parties to such claim or action) unless such settlement, compromise or consent includes an unconditional release of each indemnified party from all liability arising out of such claim, action, suit or proceeding, or (ii) be liable for any settlement of any such action effected without its written consent (which consent shall not be unreasonably withheld), but if settled with its written consent or if there be a final judgment for the plaintiff in any such action, the indemnifying party agrees to indemnify and hold harmless any 18 indemnified party from and against any loss of liability by reason of such settlement or judgment. (d) If the indemnification provided for in this Section 6 shall for any reason be unavailable or insufficient to hold harmless an indemnified party under Section 6(a) or 6(b) in respect of any loss, claim, damage or liability (or action in respect thereof) referred to therein, each indemnifying party shall, in lieu of indemnifying such indemnified party, contribute to the amount paid or payable by such indemnified party as a result of such loss, claim, damage or liability (or action in respect thereof): (i) in such proportion as is appropriate to reflect the relative benefits received by the Company from the offering and sale of the Transfer Restricted Securities on the one hand and a Holder with respect to the sale by such Holder of the Transfer Restricted Securities on the other, or (ii) if the allocation provided by clause (6)(d)(i) is not permitted by applicable law, in such proportion as is appropriate to reflect not only the relative benefits referred to in clause 6(d)(i) but also the relative fault of the Company on the one hand and the Holders on the other in connection with the statements or omissions or alleged statements or alleged omissions that resulted in such loss, claim, damage or liability (or action in respect thereof), as well as any other relevant equitable considerations. The relative benefits received by the Company on the one hand and a Holder on the other with respect to such offering and such sale shall be deemed to be in the same proportion as the total net proceeds from the offering of the Securities purchased under the Purchase Agreement (before deducting expenses) received by the Company, on the one hand, bear to the total proceeds received by such Holder with respect to its sale of Transfer Restricted Securities on the other. The relative fault of the parties shall be determined by reference to whether the untrue or alleged untrue statement of a material fact or the omission or alleged omission to state a material fact relates to information supplied by the Company on the one hand or the Holders on the other, the intent of the parties and their relative knowledge, access to information and opportunity to correct or prevent such statement or omission. The Company and each Holder agree that it would not be just and equitable if the amount of contribution pursuant to this Section 6(d) were determined by pro rata allocation or by any other method of allocation that does not take into account the equitable considerations referred to in the first sentence of this paragraph (d). The amount paid or payable by an indemnified party as a result of the loss, claim, damage or liability, or action in respect thereof, referred to above in this Section 6 shall be deemed to include, for purposes of this Section 6, any legal or other expenses reasonably incurred by such indemnified party in connection with investigating or defending or preparing to defend any such action or claim. Notwithstanding the provisions of this Section 6, no Holder shall be required to contribute any amount in excess of the amount by which the total price at which the Transfer Restricted Securities purchased by it were resold exceeds the amount of any damages which such Holder has otherwise been required to pay by reason of any untrue or alleged untrue statement or omission or alleged omission. No person guilty of fraudulent misrepresentation (within the meaning of Section 11(f) of the Securities Act) shall be entitled to contribution from any person 19 who was not guilty of such fraudulent misrepresentation. The Holders' obligations to contribute as provided in this Section 6(d) are several and not joint. 7. Rule 144A. In the event the Company is not subject to Section 13 or 15(d) of the Exchange Act, the Company hereby agrees with each Holder, for so long as any Transfer Restricted Securities remain outstanding, to make available to any Holder or beneficial owner of Transfer Restricted Securities in connection with any sale thereof and any prospective purchaser of such Transfer Restricted Securities from such Holder or beneficial owner, the information required by Rule 144A(d)(4) under the Securities Act in order to permit resales of such Transfer Restricted Securities pursuant to Rule 144A. 8. Underwritten Registrations. The Holders of Transfer Restricted Securities covered by the Shelf Registration Statement who desire to do so may sell such Transfer Restricted Securities in an Underwritten Offering if approved by the Company in its sole discretion; provided, however that no such Holder may participate in any Underwritten Registration hereunder unless such Holder: (i) agrees to sell such Holder's Transfer Restricted Securities on the basis provided in any underwriting arrangements approved by the Persons entitled hereunder to approve such arrangements; and (ii) completes and executes all reasonable questionnaires, powers of attorney, indemnities, underwriting agreements, lock-up letters and other documents required under the terms of such underwriting arrangements. In any such Underwritten Offering, the investment banker or investment bankers and manager or managers that will administer the offering will be selected by a Majority of Holders whose Transfer Restricted Securities are included in such offering; provided, that such investment bankers and managers must be reasonably satisfactory to the Company. If requested by the underwriter(s), if any, the Company agrees to make appropriate officers of the Company available to the underwriters for meetings with prospective purchasers of the Transfer Restricted Securities and prepare and present to potential investors customary "road show" or marketing materials in a manner consistent with other new issuances of other securities similar to the Transfer Restricted Securities. 9. Miscellaneous. (a) Actions Affecting Transfer Restricted Securities. The Company shall not, directly or indirectly, take any action with respect to the Transfer Restricted Securities as a class that would adversely affect the ability of the Holders of Transfer Restricted Securities to include such Transfer Restricted Securities in a registration undertaken pursuant to this Agreement. (b) No Inconsistent Agreements. The Company will not, on or after the date of this Agreement, enter into any agreement with respect to its securities that is inconsistent with the rights granted to the Holders in this Agreement or otherwise conflicts with the provisions hereof. In addition, the Company shall not grant to any of its security holders (other than the Holders of Transfer Restricted Securities in such capacity) the right to include any of its 20 securities in the Shelf Registration Statement provided for in this Agreement other than the Transfer Restricted Securities. The Company has not previously entered into any agreement (which has not expired or been terminated) granting any registration rights with respect to its securities to any Person which rights conflict with the provisions hereof. (c) Amendments and Waivers. This Agreement may not be amended, modified or supplemented, and waivers or consents to or departures from the provisions hereof may not be given, unless the Company has obtained the written consent of a Majority of Holders. (d) Notices. All notices and other communications provided for or permitted hereunder shall be made in writing by hand-delivery, first-class mail (registered or certified, return receipt requested), telex, facsimile transmission, or air courier guaranteeing overnight delivery: (i) if to a Holder, at the address set forth on the records of the Registrar under the Indenture or the transfer agent of the Common Stock, as the case may be; and (ii) if to the Company: LSI Logic Corporation 1621 Barber Lane Milpitas, California 95035 Attention: General Counsel Tel: (408) 433-8000 Fax: (408) 954-3353; with a copy to: Wilson Sonsini Goodrich & Rosati 650 Page Mill Road Palo Alto, California 94304 Attention: Michael Occhiolini Tel: (650) 493-9300 Fax: (650) 493-6811 All such notices and communications shall be deemed to have been duly given: at the time delivered by hand, if personally delivered; five Business Days after being deposited in the mail, postage prepaid, if mailed; when answered back, if telexed; when receipt acknowledged, if transmitted by facsimile; and on the next Business Day, if timely delivered to an air courier guaranteeing overnight delivery. (e) Successors and Assigns. This Agreement shall inure to the benefit of and be binding upon the successors and assigns of each of the parties, including without limitation and without the need for an express assignment, subsequent Holders of Transfer Restricted Securities; provided, however, that (i) this Agreement shall not inure to the benefit of or be binding upon a successor or assign of a Holder unless and to the extent such successor or assign 21 acquired Transfer Restricted Securities from such Holder and (ii) nothing contained herein shall be deemed to permit any assignment, transfer or other disposition of Transfer Restricted Securities in violation of the terms of the Purchase Agreement or the Indenture. If any transferee of any Holder shall acquire Transfer Restricted Securities, in any manner, whether by operation of law or otherwise, such Transfer Restricted Securities shall be held subject to all of the terms of this Agreement, and by taking and holding such Transfer Restricted Securities such person shall be conclusively deemed to have agreed to be bound by and to perform all of the terms and provisions of this Agreement. (f) Counterparts. This Agreement may be executed in any number of counterparts and by the parties hereto in separate counterparts, each of which when so executed shall be deemed to be an original and all of which taken together shall constitute one and the same agreement. (g) Securities Held by the Company or Their Affiliates. Whenever the consent or approval of Holders of a specified percentage of Transfer Restricted Securities is required hereunder, Transfer Restricted Securities held by the Company or its "affiliates" (as such term is defined in Rule 405 under the Securities Act) shall not be counted in determining whether such consent or approval was given by the Holders of such required percentage. (h) Headings. The headings in this Agreement are for convenience of reference only and shall not limit or otherwise affect the meaning hereof. (i) Governing Law. THIS AGREEMENT SHALL BE GOVERNED BY, AND CONSTRUED IN ACCORDANCE WITH, THE LAW OF THE STATE OF NEW YORK. (j) Severability. If any one or more of the provisions contained herein, or the application thereof in any circumstance, is held invalid, illegal or unenforceable, the validity, legality and enforceability of any such provision in every other respect and of the remaining provisions contained herein shall not be affected or impaired thereby. (k) Entire Agreement. This Agreement is intended by the parties as a final expression of their agreement and intended to be a complete and exclusive statement of the agreement and understanding of the parties hereto in respect of the subject matter contained herein. There are no restrictions, promises, warranties or undertakings, other than those set forth or referred to herein with respect to the registration rights granted by the Company with respect to the Transfer Restricted Securities. This Agreement supersedes all prior agreements and understandings between the parties with respect to such subject matter. IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties have executed this Agreement as of the date first written above. LSI LOGIC CORPORATION By: /s/ Bryon Look ------------------------------------------ Name: Bryon Look Title: Executive Vice President and Chief Financial Officer MORGAN STANLEY & CO. INCORPORATED By: /s/ Mathew Hein ------------------------------------------ Name: Mathew Hein Title: Vice President EX-99.1 5 f92385exv99w1.txt EXHIBIT 99.1 Exhibit 99.1 CERTIFICATION OF CHIEF EXECUTIVE OFFICER PURSUANT TO 18 U.S.C. SECTION 1350, AS ADOPTED PURSUANT TO SECTION 906 OF THE SARBANES-OXLEY ACT OF 2002 I, Wilfred J. Corrigan, certify pursuant to 18 U.S.C. Section 1350, as adopted pursuant to Section 906 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002, that the Quarterly Report of LSI Logic Corporation on Form 10-Q for the quarterly period ended June 30, 2003, fully complies with the requirements of Section 13(a) or 15(d) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934 and that information contained in such Form 10-Q fairly presents, in all material respects, the financial condition and results of operations of LSI Logic Corporation. By: /s/ Wilfred J. Corrigan ------------------------------------ Name: Wilfred J. Corrigan Title: Chairman & Chief Executive Officer EX-99.2 6 f92385exv99w2.txt EXHIBIT 99.1 Exhibit 99.2 CERTIFICATION OF CHIEF FINANCIAL OFFICER PURSUANT TO 18 U.S.C. SECTION 1350, AS ADOPTED PURSUANT TO SECTION 906 OF THE SARBANES-OXLEY ACT OF 2002 I, Bryon Look, certify pursuant to 18 U.S.C. Section 1350, as adopted pursuant to Section 906 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002, that the Quarterly Report of LSI Logic Corporation on Form 10-Q for the quarterly period ended June 30,2003, fully complies with the requirements of Section 13(a) or 15(d) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934 and that information contained in such Form 10-Q fairly presents, in all material respects, the financial condition and results of operations of LSI Logic Corporation. By: /s/ Bryon Look ---------------------------------- Name: Bryon Look Title: Executive Vice President & Chief Financial Officer -----END PRIVACY-ENHANCED MESSAGE-----